Exegetical and Hermeneutical Commentary of Joshua 1:1
Now after the death of Moses the servant of the LORD it came to pass, that the LORD spoke unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ minister, saying,
Ch. Jos 1:1-9. The Command of God to Joshua
1. Now ] Rather, And. The usual connective particle. It implies that something has gone before, of which it is the continuation. Compare the opening words of the Books of Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Judges. Here, as often afterwards, the Book of Joshua presupposes that of Deuteronomy.
after the death of Moses ] in the land of Moab on the eastern side of the Jordan, where he was buried over against the idol sanctuary of Beth-Peor (Deu 34:6). Through thirty days of stillness, the camp had been full of weeping and mourning for the great Lawgiver.
Joshua the son of Nun ] For an outline of his life see Introduction.
Moses’ minister ] Joshua is not spoken of as Moses’ “ servant,” but as his “ minister.” Comp. Exo 24:13; Deu 1:38. For his formal appointment to the office see Num 27:15 ff.
Fuente: The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges
Now … – Hebrew: and, … The statement following is thus connected with some previous one, which is assumed to be known to the reader. So Judges, Ruth, 1 Samuel, etc., are by the same means linked on to the books preceding them. The connection here is the closer, since the Book of Deuteronomy concludes, and the book of Joshua opens, by referring to the death of Moses.
Moses, the servant of the Lord – On the epithet, see the marginal reference b.
Moses minister – It is impossible altogether to pass by the typical application of this verse. Moses, representing the law, is dead; Joshua, or, as that name is written in Greek, Jesus, is now bidden by God to do what Moses could not – lead the people into the promised land. Joshua was Moses minister, just as Christ was made under the Law; but it was Joshua, not Moses, who worked out the accomplishment of the blessings which the Law promised. On the name Joshua, see Exo 17:9 note, and Num 13:16.
Saying – No doubt directly, by an immediate revelation, but not as God spake to Moses, mouth to mouth Num 12:8. Though upon Joshuas appointment to be Moses successor (Num 27:18 ff), it had been directed that counsel should be asked for him through the medium of Eleazar after the judgment of Urim, yet this was evidently a resource provided to meet cases of doubt and difficulty. Here there was no such case; but the appointed leader, knowing well the purpose of God, needed to be stirred up to instant execution of it; and the people too might require the encouragement of a renewed divine command to set out at once upon the great enterprise before them (compare Jos 1:13).
Fuente: Albert Barnes’ Notes on the Bible
Jos 1:1-9
NOW after the death of Moses . . . the Lord spake unto Joshua.
The death of the old lawgiver
I. The death of Moses was ushered in by no decay.
In this respect it was a striking exception to the rule. His mental vigour wan unimpaired when he passed away. We have evidence of this in that wonderful book of Deuteronomy, which Jesus loved to ponder and to quote. Witness also the grand swan-song into which he bursts before its close, pouring forth the sum and substance of all his warnings and exhortations in a flood of molten emotion. Witness the beatitudes that follow, wherein the seer pierces with prophetic eye the dark future and perceives the final consummation, when Jehovah shall remove all iniquity from Israel and write His law upon their hearts. Surely such exercises as these betoken a mind in a state of the highest vigour and activity. And as it was with the mind so was it with the body. Moses had no look of a dying man as he left the camp and climbed to Nebos brow; no painful and protracted illness, no decrepit old age. What a blessed exodus was this; more a translation than a death. An active, useful, holy life; a speedy death–could there be a greater blessing if we have to die?
II. The death of Moses was embittered by no regret. Moses was not dragged up that hill unwillingly, like a malefactor to his doom. There was no indulgence in rebellious sentiment and anxiety; no nervous and fearful activity in winding up the affairs of life; but contrariwise, there was profound, calm, and courageous submission to the Divine will. In good time let us honestly face all the possible sorrow and disappointment, and learn, like him, to overcome through faith, obedience, and humility.
III. His death was darkened by no dismay. Of all the multitude in Israel that loved him, not one was with him. Alone, alone, alone, he has passed into the presence of his Maker. Yes, and we too, whatever the circumstances of our end, however tender and unsleeping the ministry of loving hearts and gentle hands that soothes our dying moments, alone must enter deaths dark door and be ushered into the presence of our God. Alone, yet not unfriended, if we know Jesus who is there; alone, yet undismayed, if like Moses we trust in Him, for He has said, I will be with thee.
IV. The death of Moses was brightened by great consolation. (A. B. Mackay.)
Death enters into Gods plans
Joshua must succeed Moses and be Gods servant as he was. He must aim at this as the one distinction of his life; he must seek in every action to know what God would have him to do. Happy man if he can carry out this ideal of life! No conflicting interests or passions will distract his soul. The power that nerves his arm will not be more remarkable than the peace that dwells in his soul. He will show to all future generations the power of a lost will, not the suppression of all desire, according to the Buddhists idea of bliss, but all lawful natural desires in happy and harmonious action, because subject to the wise, holy, and loving guidance of the will of God. Thus we see among the other paradoxes of His government how God uses death to promote life. The death of the eminent, the aged, the men of brilliant gifts makes way for others, and stimulates their activity and growth. When the champion of the forest falls the younger trees around it are brought more into contact with the sunshine and fresh air, and push up into taller and more fully developed forms. In many ways death enters into Gods plans. Not only does it make way for the younger men, but it has a solemnizing and quickening effect on all who are not hardened and dulled by the wear and tear of life. What a memorable event in the spiritual history of families is the first sudden affliction, the first breach in the circle of loving hearts! First, the new experience of intense tender longing, baffled by the inexorable conditions of death; then the vivid vision of eternity, the reality of the unseen flashing on them with living and awful power, and giving an immeasurable importance to the question of salvation; then the drawing closer to one another, the forswearing of all animosities and jealousies, the cordial desire for unbroken peace and constant co-operation; and if it be the father or the mother that has been taken, the ambition to be useful–to be a help, not a burden, to the surviving parent, and to do what little they can of what used to be their fathers or their mothers work. Death becomes actually a quickener of the vital energies; instead of a withering influence, it drops like the gentle dew, and becomes the minister of life. (W. G. Blaikie, D. D.)
Death makes room for others
And some great names must be removed to make way for lesser names that have growing sap in them and real capability of beneficent expansion. Some great trees must be cut down to make room for lesser trees that mean to be great ones in their time. We owe much to the cutting-down power of death, the clearing power of the cruel scythe or axe. (J. Parker, D. D.)
Onward, through, and over
Moses was dead. His work was done. It was rounded off so far as he was concerned, and so he went to his reward. There is a lesson of no small importance to you and me. Our business is to do the duty that lies next us. That duty may only seem to be a fragment of what we desire to accomplish, but it is all we are answerable for, and to do our portion well is to stand clear with conscience and with God. In the construction of a door, one man makes the panels, another makes the frame, another fits it together, and a fourth hangs it by its hinges. The panel maker has a very imperfect portion of the work to show as the result of his toil, but he has done his part and fulfilled his mission whether the door ever swings in its place or no. Your business and mine is to fulfil the injunction, whether in our daily toil, in the training of our children, in the work of the Church or whatever other duty may fall to us–Whatsoever thine hand findeth to do, do it with thy might. Our hearts may find to do a good deal more; if our hand cannot find the opportunity to work out the hearts desire, we are accepted for what we have done and what we would do and cannot; and whatever and how-much soever remains undone, we shall ascend, like Moses, to our own Mount Nebo and die in a flood of rosy light with Canaan before our eyes and Gods Well done sounding in our ears. The man who carries the hod of mortar up the ladder does not lay a single brick, but in his measure his service is essential and as worthy as the architect that planned the building, or the mason that rears its walls. From this point of view, servant is a grander name than seraph or archangel, for what would these be if they did not serve or stand and wait? Their wings would droop and their celestial glory would be quenched in night. Moses minister. That is what Joshua is called. It is another word for servant. He ministered to, that is, he served Moses; and herein lies another lesson, for he was thereby a servant also of the Lord. He who well serves the Lords servant serves that servants Master, and He says, Ye did it unto Me. Oh for a full and perfect measure of this rich interchange, this interlinking of lives and sympathies, servants of each other, vying in a holy rivalry as to who shall be the lowliest, readiest, willingest servant of the servants of the Lord! Spake to Joshua. Joshua was born when Moses was an exile and a stranger hidden for his life among the wilds of Midian. Theres another lesson of great value in this. It did not seem likely then, did it? that Moses should ever be a leader of men, the emancipator of a nation. Providence sees and plans for a long time ahead of our to-day, and holds in reserve agents and forces that we cannot see; and because we cannot see them we doubt and question and in the face of the unlikely we say, It cannot be. That solitary pale-faced and half starved monk in a German cell; how is he to shake all Europe and make the Pope tremble on his throne? There is nothing more unlikely: and yet Frederic, Prince of Saxony, is being placed by God upon his throne to be a ready and brave helper when the time came; and before Luther left his cell, Providence had sprung upon the world the printing press, which was to be Luthers deadliest artillery. Gods plans are laid; His movements are in process, and for the fulfilment of every purpose that He cherisheth there shall come the hour and the man. Now mark, that this is true in our own individual history and experience. Every humble and trustful disciple of the Lord Jesus is the ward of Divine Providence. Listen: The God of my mercy shall prevent me; that is, shall go before me, You look forward with an anxious eye and heart to some possible contingency, and say, It is sure to happen. Time passes, and perhaps it does happen; but you find that meanwhile God hath stationed at that point something or somebody that acts as a buffer to the blow, and although your Moses may fail you at your need, some Joshua comes in to fill the gap and meet the need of the moment to the full. Therefore arise. There is an old saying that there is much virtue in an if; it appears to me that there is much virtue in this word therefore. Moses is dead, therefore arise. Remembering who Moses was and how entirely Moses was depended on, it would seem more natural to say, Therefore lie still; this is a blow from which you cannot recover. When he was alive you often asked him to take you back to Egypt for safetys sake. Now that he is dead, you had better take yourselves back, for if you are not drowned in an attempt to pass the river, the Canaanites will dig your graves on the other side. Now is not that the kind of therefore with which the Church of God is sadly familiar, and with which those who have relationship with faint-hearted people have a saddening acquaintance? A stay and pillar of the Church dies or removes, therefore nothing can be done; what can we do without him? Here is a man who starts in business. Things do not advance as he wishes. He therefore must shut up his shop, be content to collapse. Surely that logic will be laughed at. Well, do not let us hear it in the Church; do not let us say it in presence of our obstacles. If the axe is blunt, grip it with both hands and put more strength into the blow. No fretting, no retreating, no conferring with doubts and fears. Is Moses dead? Therefore arise! Cross hands over the dead heros coffin, and vow to Heaven to take his name as a new watchword, and to cross the Jordan while the earth is still fresh upon his grave. Go over this Jordan. In measuring the chances of doing a thing you must take into account who orders it. It was Napoleon who said to the French army, Go over the Alps. It would not have been done under anybody elses guidance. It was God that said to Joshua, Go over this Jordan. Then though it be as deep as the sea, though it swirl like a whirlpool, though it rush like Niagara, he will go to yonder side. There is just one other lesson that I would fain gather from these suggestive words–The land which I do give them. First, God had said to them while in Egypt, The land which I will give them. Oh! what weary years of waiting followed! At last they had given it up. They said, Where is the promise of His coming? Then the lash of the taskmaster fell and silenced them. Now they are in sight of it, and He says, The land which I do give them. The promise is in the very act of being fulfilled. By and by the waters parted and let them through, and, as they stand on the plains of Sharon, or lie at rest under the shadow of the hills of Lebanon, God says, The land which I have given them! Mark the tenses, how they change: I will give, I do give, I have given. Men and brethren, that is Gods order. He is faithful that promised. (J. J. Wray.)
Dignity of Gods service
The first graveyard which meets the eye in the Moravian cemetery of Herrnhut bears the inscription, Christian David, the servant of the Lord. This was in life the high distinction of the humble and apostolic colleague of Count Zinzendorf, and was even recognised by the Imperial Council of Russia when the Moravian carpenter had occasion to appear before it.
Moses and Joshua
Moses work ended at Jordan–Joshuas began at Jordan. History is vested in the life of its representative men, and has in it no gaps. The mantle of Elijah falls on Elisha, and the next generation was provided for before Moses went up into Nebo. Moses wanted to go over Jordan. It seemed to him, most likely, that he died before his time. And yet his work, as we can see it now, was a completed and a nicely-rounded one. His commission was to bring the Hebrews to the Jordan; Joshuas commission was to bring them over the Jordan and establish them in Canaan. We are to learn from such representative instances that when a man is interested in nothing but to do the work that God sets him, he will never die till the work is done thoroughly and successfully. Among the little servants of God there are no fallen buds, and among the adult servants of God no broken columns. (C. H. Parkhurst, D. D.)
The new leader
It has been said, Great men have no successors. But if we mean by successor one who takes up the work where his predecessor has left it, and develops it according to the Divine ideal, then all men, great and small alike, have successors. As Pascal puts it, You cannot produce the great man before his time, and you cannot make him die before his time; you cannot displace nor advance him, nor put him back; you cannot continue his existence, and replace him, for he existed only because he had his work to do; he exists no longer, because there is no longer anything for him to do; and to continue him is to continue a useless part. A worthy successor to the great leader had been found. The Divine choice, a choice which had been revealed to Moses before his death, and which greatly gladdened his heart, had fallen upon Joshua. There were reasons for this choice of Joshua which we do well to consider; for if his preparation for this high place was not so romantic or so miraculous as that of Moses, it was none the less effective and Divine. His training was, like ours, of a more homely pattern.
I. It can scarcely be doubted that Joshuas lineage had something to do with Gods choice. His parents were slaves, and though the bloody edict enacted in Moses infant days had long since been repealed, these serfs had felt to the full the bitterness of bondage. But notwithstanding all, they had not lost faith and hope in God; and we get a glimpse into their souls state through the significant name they gave their firstborn. They called him Hoshea, that is Salvation. Surely their infants name is the very echo of their father Jacobs dying words to Dan, I have waited for Thy salvation, O Lord. We can well believe that Joshua was brought up in an atmosphere of hope. It is more than likely, from what we know of the habits of the ancient Egyptians, that in a corner of his fathers lowly dwelling stood an object which often excited his childish wonder and curiosity. It was a mummy case, painted all over with strange devices and curious figures, which with its somewhat faded richness presented a strange contrast to the mean furniture of the dwelling. Within it, we can easily imagine his mother telling him, are preserved the bones of Joseph. But why do you keep Josephs bones? Because when he lay dying he gave commandment concerning them, &c. The child would listen and ponder, and look with new solemnity on that sacred trust; then he might ask, Mother, was that true which Joseph said when he was dying? Yes, my boy. Then why do we not go at once–
Mother, oh where is that blissful shore,
Shall we not seek it and weep no more?
We must wait Gods time. We are His people, and He knows what is best. Will it be long till that day comes? I cannot tell, but I do not think it will be very long, for God said to our great father Abraham that we would go back to it in the fourth generation, and the time must be near. Thus the influences that surrounded Joshua in his youth must have moulded his character and prepared him for the place he took, first as Moses lieutenant, then as leader of Israel; and the assurance of the truth of Josephs dying words must have mollified the bitterness of that cruel bondage. Every visitation of judgment would be a confirmation of his faith, and every trial a purifying furnace to remove his dross. He would hear from his father and grandfather, who were elders of the important tribe of Ephraim, the precise particulars of the Divine commission, and while they, with the other elders, were under Moses and Aaron attending to the more difficult and important matters in connection with the proposed Exodus, it is very likely that, following his natural bent of mind, he would be actively employed in attempting to organise the people and prepare them for a simultaneous movement. Thus while this champion first steps into the arena when Israel confronts Amalek, we may well suppose that he had done yeomans service before, and his fitness and aptness for his lifes work must have depended in great measure on home surroundings.
II. Joshuas character had also to do with this choice. Its constituent elements were noble and simple, easily understood and readily appreciated. He was every inch a soldier, brave and manly, simple in habit, straightforward in speech, cool-headed, warm-hearted, energetic, swift in thought and action. He was firm as a rock, true as steel. Nothing could exceed his fidelity. How true was he, above all, to his God! So was he with his master. He never failed Moses. At all times he was jealous for his honour, and would tolerate nothing derogatory to his dignity and authority. He was even true to his enemies. He kept his word and carried out his engagements, in the spirit as well as the letter, though trapped by guile into the making of them. His courage also was of the loftiest kind. It could face not only enemies, but, harder far, misguided friends. Like all noble natures, Joshua was also unselfish, humble, and modest. He had learned to obey, and was therefore fit to command. His patience and hopefulness were also very marked, and much needed in the leader of such a people as Israel. He was able to endure the fatigues of the march as well as the rush of battle, not fainting under the hardships of the weary campaign, but ever on the alert to push every advantage to its utmost limit, and always, by his cheerful bearing and cheery words, keeping up the hearts of the people. He was a leader alert, circumspect, prudent, leaving nothing to chance or the chapter of happy accidents, but doing everything that foresight could suggest for the attainment of the end in view.
III. Joshuas training had also to do with this choice. When he was put at the head of the people he was no novice. Joshua was the oldest man in the camp with the single exception of Caleb; therefore he was a man of experience and ripened wisdom. We have already spoken about that home school, in which his parents were the teachers. This was the granitic foundation of all his subsequent greatness. He was also taught in the grand and stirring school of the Exodus. Here God Himself was Joshuas teacher. Great national events have a high educational value. The stimulus of stirring times is deep, formative, and all pervasive. Still another school furnished Joshua with valuable instruction, and that was the camp of Israel. If by the wonders of the Exodus he was taught to know God, by the conduct of Israel he would learn to know man. Day by day he would be learning how to command and lead. Find without doubt the crowning lessons in this long preparatory course would be imparted in the tent of Moses. Moses tent was Joshuas college. And the very fact that he had been associated so long with Moses as his lieutenant would not only prepare himself but also the minds of the people for this change.
IV. This choice of Joshua had also reference to the character of the work that had to be done. The great work now before Israel is to conquer and divide the land. This was a kind of work most congenial to Joshua, and for which he had received special preparation. He is the right man for the present work, as Moses was the right man for the past.
V. Also, this significant choice had reference to the great plan of god in the economy of redemption. Moses My servant is dead. Thus said Jehovah. Therefore Moses brought no one into the inheritance. Israel lost sight of him for ever, before they put down a foot in Canaan. If they are to pass over that Jordan, and possess the land, it cannot be under Moses. This act of leadership is deliberately taken out of his hands by God Himself. Surely the lesson is plain to all who know the essence of the gospel. By the deeds of the law shall no flesh be justified in His sight. The law brings no one into Gods heritage. But what Moses could not do Joshua was raised up to accomplish. If we would enter into Gods inheritance we must turn from Moses and look to Joshua. Who was he? A man in all points made like his brethren; not nurtured in Pharaohs palace like Moses, but born with them in Goshen, sharing their burdens, labouring side by side with them, afflicted in all their afflictions, bearing their griefs and carrying their sorrows. Who cannot see here a picture of Gods own Son, made of a woman, made under the law? Turn from the law to the gospel. What is your hope of glory, Moses or Jesus? Yet we must never dream that Moses and Joshua are antagonistic. There is no quarrel in Gods economies. Just as Moses and Joshua wrought together for the same great end, so is it with the law and the gospel. (A. B. Mackay.)
Whom do I succeed?
Every age succeeds an age marked by greatness peculiarly its own. We are born now into a grand civilisation; it admits of no indolence, or reluctance as to work, and it cannot be satisfied by what is petty, perfunctory, and inexpensive as to the strength which is laid out upon it. History brings its responsibilities. To be born immediately after such and such leaders have played their part in the worlds theatre is itself to have a cross of no mean weight laid upon the shoulder. We may close our eyes and think nothing about these things, but we do not thereby make them the less realities, nor do we thereby destroy the standard of judgment which they force upon us and by which our life will be tested. Every man should say, Whom do I succeed? Whose are these footprints near the place whereon I stand? Has a giant been here–a great leader, a noble sufferer, a patient student, a father great in love, a mother greater still?–then my responsibility begins with their greatness and goodness; what I have to do, the soliloquist should say, is to go on: where they have been great, I must try to be greater still–or if not along their line, along some line of my own–so that the ages may not stagger backwards, but with steadiness and majesty of strength advance from one degree to another as the light increases to the perfect day. (J. Parker, D. D.)
Promotion
When a merchant has a vacancy in his establishment, he promotes to it that one of his servants who in the post which he has been occupying has displayed the greatest measure of fidelity and perseverance; and, when a youth applies for a situation, the success of his application will depend on the report which his former employer gives regarding him or on the record which he has written for himself in school. But it is not otherwise in the providence of God. Those who fill best the spheres in which they have been placed are, in general, those who are in the long run advanced to higher positions; while they who despise the small things of their present duties are left to sink into still deeper obscurity. (Christian World Pulpit.)
Death and its lessons
The man to whom the charge is addressed is the inferior, in every way, of his master. A good man, a brave soldier, a disinterested head of the State–this he is. But the zest and the sparkle has gone out of the history with Moses; the passage of the river is a feeble repetition of the passage of the sea; and the scene to which it admits Israel is one, for the most part, of comparatively common day–alternations of fighting and resting, victories imperfectly followed up, acquiescences, languid and faithless, in a virtual partition of Canaan between Israel and Israels foe. It is the more lifelike as a picture of the fortunes of our race. It is thus that earths history is written, it is thus that the stream of time flows on. The Moses is followed by the Joshua, the morning of promise by the noonday of disappointment, both alike pointing onward, onward still, to a sunset long delayed, and an evening time which shall at last be light. The hero of strategy or prowess–the genius of discovery or imagination–the prophet of earth or heaven–lives not to reap, leaves the harvest to another, looks abroad from his Pisgah upon worlds unconquered, feels at last that he rather stops the onward march of a generation whose turn is come. It is well. Man must be little if he would be great–must see himself but an atom in the universe of life if he would do anything that is real in the work which is all Gods. And he has his reward. The man that knows the blessedness of being little is disembarrassed of the self-consciousness which is battling to be great. That energy is all free for action which loses no time in contemplating itself. That ability grows apace in vigour which remembers that it is of Gods giving. It was so with Moses. His one prayer was, Let the God of the spirits of all flesh set a man over His congregation. Upon him, when he was found, he laid his hand, presented him instantly to the congregation as the man of the future, and put some of his own honour at once upon him, that the congregation might understand and be obedient. He has his reward. This it is which eases life of its carefulness. This it is which makes greatness endurable as well as possible–the thought that God has no need of it, can raise up even from the stones a workman and a patriot, metes not with mans measure and reckons not by mans years. I am the Lord, I change not; therefore ye sons of men can both quietly serve and peacefully fall on sleep. Moses My servant is dead. Yes, My servant, though he once spake unadvisedly; yes, My servant, though he was refused his hearts prayer; yes, My servant, though he might not go over Jordan. Moses My servant is dead: even when we are judged, we are but chastened; yea, if we not only suffer for our sins, but even sleep! Now therefore arise, go over this Jordan. The work of God is not ended. Rather are we always on the brink of a river that must be crossed, and in sight of a land that has to be conquered. Who can look around him on the face of this earth, and so much as dream that Jordan is crossed, that Canaan is occupied? Who could live this life if he did not feel and know that effort, that progress, is its law? What we look forth upon, from the spot which is this present, is a work, and it is a warfare. With our guides or without them, it is quite evident that there rolls a deep and a rapid river between us and rest, between us and a land of promise, which is that new heaven and earth wherein dwelleth righteousness. We cannot pretend to say that intelligence such as we possess, that civilisation such as we have attained, that religion such as a Christendom realises, is satisfactory, is successful, is victorious, whether in the aspect of happiness or in the aspect of good. Everything is in conflict, everything is in struggle, everything is (at best) in a condition of movement and in a condition of hope. The plain of Moab is our world–a cold, broad stream divides us from any thing that we can call rest, from anything that we can call possession. My servant is dead, now therefore arise, and go over. There is a vacancy, which you must fill. That is one lesson of death. It is a summons to the living. God has lost a workman–will you take his place? Terrible would it be for this nation if either growing luxury or spreading vice should diminish the supply of strong men for the carrying on of the work of God in England. It is not the decay of genius which is formidable–it is the decay of strength. Joshua was (in many senses) the inferior of Moses, but that inferiority was no loss, on the whole, to his country; he had his work, as Moses had his–and, like Moses, he did it. My servant is dead; therefore arise and go over, If there is a call in death, there is also an encouragement. See, it says to us, what life is. See the blessedness of Gods service. Hear Him say of the departed, My servant still. The man who has served God in his generation shall never die. He is in the hands of God, though it be out of the sight of the living. My servant is dead; arise therefore, and go over, whither he, we trust, is gone. In the words of the historic parable of Ascension Day, Take ye up the mantle that fell from him, and with it smite the waters–that, like him, and after him, you in your turn may pass over dryshod. (Dean Vaughan.)
Arise, go over this Jordan.
The campaign commenced
I. What the Lord spake unto joshua; or, the issue of the order. Never was a mightier task assigned to any man than to Joshua; and yet never did any man start forth better equipped than he, for observe, the Lord gives him–
(1) An express warrant;
(2) glorious and gracious promises;
(3) hearty encouragement;
(4) clear directions.
II. What Joshua commanded the people; or, his proclamation of the lords order.
1. His obedience is prompt and unquestioning. No wherewith is interposed; no sign asked. He does not pause or procrastinate, but then (verse 10) and there, like a man of activity, he issues the order to the tribes through their officers, bidding the people at once prepare them victuals for the journey; yea, strong in faith, and full of the Holy Ghost, he announces that within three days they are to cross the Jordan.
2. As Joshuas obedience was prompt, so was it thorough. He will not do Gods work by halves, nor go to war without all the army.
III. What the people answered Joshua; or, their acceptance of the lords order. Only be strong, and of good courage! They indicate that Joshua had rehearsed in their ears the charge that God had given him. The key to their import is found in the clause, thou and all this people (verse 2). They recognise their union with their captain. Thus their exhortation may be regarded as an echo, and an acceptance of the call to effort and endurance.
Lessons:
1. There is great encouragement here for all who, like Joshua, are called to occupy posts of authority, responsibility, or difficulty.
2. The same consolation belongs to every Christian. We all have a warfare to accomplish, a Jordan to pass over, an inheritance to seek. The call of God, the promises of God, and the presence of God are our warrant.
3. A deeper lesson remains, respecting the office of Jesus. He is the Captain of the Lords host. (G. W. Butler, M. A.)
Joshua successor, to Moses
1. Every man who is doing anything worth working at is some ones successor, and in time must be succeeded by some one. Alas for the man who succeeds only to a place to occupy, and not to a work to do! Joshua was successor to a grand man in wonderful work.
2. Every mans work is a continuation. The workmen die, but the work goes on.
3. Every mans work is his own. It differs from that of him who went before, and of him who will come after. Moses had been trained in Pharaohs court and among Jethros flock; Joshua in the brickyards of Egypt and in the army of Israel. Each had been fitted for the work he was to do. And every mans work is shaped by that of his predecessor.
I. God gives men definite work to do. It is important that you know your vocation. God has called you to His likeness and His service; to be as Christ was in the world, with His mind in you and His work upon your hands; to manifest the Father to men, and to lead men to the Father. It is your definite work, your one great aim as Christians, as Gods children, whether you accept it or not–your only worthy aim.
II. A definite work demands an equally definite law. If the work be given, the law for its prosecution must be given also from the same source. God has been good to His people in perpetuating for them the written Word, enlarged and modified for their changing conditions. The object-lessons, which were needed in the childhood of the race, gave way to the precepts which might better guide its youth; and these in turn yielded to the statement of the great principles of all right feeling and conduct, with the declaration of which the canon is closed, and which need no addition, because they are adaptable to every variety of condition and culture.
III. A divine helper. When the Lord gives a man a work to do which is beyond his power, He always promises the needed aid. Go over this Jordan, and divide this land among My people, says the Lord; but God says also, As I was with Moses, so I will be with thee. I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. But, beside the promise of a Divine Helper, Joshua had both the vision of His person and the experience of His aid. We, too, may listen, and hear the promise coupled with the command. We also may look up and see, not in vision, but in the mirror of His Word, the Captain of our salvation, the Lord of war and righteousness, armed for our defence, at hand for our deliverance. No life is worth the living unless it sets before itself a work worthy to be done. No life tan do a worthy work save as it recognises the Divine law, and avails itself of the Divine Helper. With these three outward conditions of his success, there needed one quality on Joshuas part to make it sure, and that was–
IV. A brave heart. But the courage came from his confidence in the Divine mission, the Divine law, and the Divine Helper. So, too, may it be for us all. If we know that the Lord our God is with us, we shall not be afraid nor dismayed; but we too shall be prospered, and shall have good success. (Sermons by the Monday Club.)
The commission of Joshua
I. The divine commission is given to men who are peculiarly fitted for the work. In one respect all men are weak; but in their weakness they must not be weaklings. God can use all men; but He never calls one to a burden that is beyond his ability to carry. Man must become worthy or willing before God will commission him to any work. God cannot make much of any man who does not make much of himself. We too often speak as if God gives man his character; it is all wrong. By Divine help every man makes himself and develops his own powers, for the exercise or misuse of which he alone is responsible. It is every mans privilege to be worthy of receiving the Divine call.
II. The source of all strength is God.
1. God wants strong men. There is no strength without symmetry. Samsons strength was counterbalanced by his moral weakness. Benedict Arnold ranked among the nations heroes at Ticonderoga, but the lurking perfidy of his heart betrayed the traitor at last. The intellectual brilliancy of an Aaron Burr could not raise him to any greatness so long as his moral nature was corrupt. Washington was as great a power in national affairs on account of his moral nature as from his civic deeds; so of Lincoln and Grant.
2. All strength springs from within. You cannot make any man stronger than he is. Place him in favouring circumstances, but these cannot control him, except as they mark his weakness. You may bolster men, but this gives no manhood; may extol them above their deserts, but all the puffs of adulation make them no stronger. The whole world cannot make any man to be worth more than he is in himself. This strength is possible to all. Take away bodily fear, or timidity as to others opinions, and every man can be strong. There is no sight more sublime than man enduring the flames that scorch him in the path of duty; mightier than the mighty rebukes of millions as he walks alone; undismayed, as Christlike he stands with some repentant child of sin, for Christs sake. The image of God can surpass in sublimity and divinity all else the world has ever seen, because the measure of the obstacles he overcomes marks the heroism of his own soul.
3. God promises help in thus gaining strength. What power in the words: As I was with Moses, so I will be with thee, &c. Stronger yet the promise: The Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest. There is no strength without God. Power comes only when the watchward is Immanuel. I can do all things, &c. There is no truly great man who is ungodly. It takes a great hope to give great courage.
III. They whose strength is in God are invincible. There is no such bulwark as the truth; no such power as comes from the consciousness of doing right. There is no such strength as the man possesses whose conscience is clear. One such man can chase a thousand, and two put ten thousand to flight. It is not necessary for men with truth on their side to take up the worlds methods in their plans and plottings. Men in whom God dwells are as truly unharmed by evil as they are by the storms that can do no more than wet their cheeks. The world cannot crush Gods children; it can crown with thorns, but it cannot, with all its might, cast off from memory the crown of the just. It can build bonfires, make dungeons, and sharpen sabres, but it cannot weaken the joys that count all these only as symbols of their swift entrance upon a better life.
IV. The bounds of all successful service are in the written word. So far as history has a voice, God has never left Himself without a witness of His truth. Sinais law was but the expression of principles long before partially known. Twice in the record of this commission of Joshua the condition of prosperity is given as obedience to all the law made known through Moses: Turn not from it to the right hand or to the left, &c. It was this same law that should never depart out of his mouth; day and night he should meditate upon its precepts, and watch closely to do according to all that is written therein: for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, &c. The truth of this grand principle has been stamped upon the world wherever civilisation has gained a hold. (David O. Mears.)
Taking possession of our inheritance
I. Take a survey of the inheritance.
1. I would say of this inheritance which God has prepared for His saints, and has given to them by a covenant of salt, that it is exceeding broad. All that we can think or desire is ours in the covenant of grace. There are immeasurable breadths and lengths, but we confine ourselves to close quarters. Truly there is very much land yet to be possessed! Some graces you must have, or you are not saved; some sins must at once be driven out of your life at the swords point, or you are not the Lords. As for the choicer graces, you are foolish indeed if you think of doing without them; and as for the less violent sins, you err greatly if you spare one of them.
2. This heritage is exceedingly desirable. When sin is driven out, and we come to live in Gods own land, then we find precious treasure; we dig, and we are enriched. We have all things in Christ; yea, in Him we have all that our utmost want can require.
3. This heritage, upon which we are now looking down from the summit of our faith, is full of variety. Here are Hermons of experience, Tabors of communion, Jabboks of prevailing prayer, and Cheriths of Divine providence. The revelation of God is a blessed country, full of all manner of delights. They that live in Christ dwell in spiritual realms, which for light and joy are as heaven below. Above all things, it is Thy land, O Immanuel!
II. Glance at the title deeds of our inheritance. I would not mind exhibiting our title before the whole bench of judges, for it has no flaw in it, and will stand in the highest court.
1. First, notice its covenant character: I have given it to you. You will find the full conveyance in Gen 15:18-21. Each believer may say, He hath in Christ Jesus made with me an everlasting covenant, ordered in all things and sure; and therefore do I possess all spiritual blessings, and shall possess them world without end.
2. Observe, next, that this deed of gift is notable for its graciousness. How does it run? Which I do sell to them? Ah, no! It is no sale, but a free gift.
3. Note well the righteousness of our title: Which I do give to them. The Lord God has a right to give what He pleases, for the earth is the Lords, and the fulness thereof, the world, and they that dwell therein. Of His own has He given unto us. In the great sacrifice of His dear Son He has satisfied all claims of justice, and He acts justly when He blesses largely those for whom Jesus died.
4. Do not fail to see its sureness: The gifts and calling of God are without repentance. I do give, saith He, and thus He stands to His act and deed. Oh, children of God, what do you think of your title-deeds? You stand possessed of your kingdom by the gift of Him who has a right to give what He pleases. The kingdom is given you because it is your Fathers good pleasure to give it to you. Not only was it His good pleasure, but it remains so. What great simpletons we are if we do not take possession of the brave country which is ceded to us!
III. Let us make a move towards our possessions. There is your land, but Jordan rolls between.
1. The first thing to do in this matter is to go over this Jordan. Come out from the world, and be separate. The land of gracious experience is meant for you to dwell in, so that you may be recognised as the Lords peculiar people, separated unto the Most High. Oh, for that decisive step by which, like Abraham, you conic out from your fathers house that you may be a sojourner with God in the land which His grace will show you!
2. Having decided for the Lord, you are next to take possession by an act of simple faith. Every place in the grace country upon which the sole of your foot shall tread is yours. You will remember that the Red Indians agreed to sell to William Penn as much land as a man could walk round in a day; and I do not wonder that at the end of the day they complained that the white brother had made a big walk. I think I should have put my best leg foremost if whatever I could put my foot upon would be mine; would not you? Why, then, do you not hurry up in spiritual matters? Do you value earthly things more than spiritual? Mark, then, that if you put your foot down upon a blessing, and say, This is mine, it is yours. What a very simple operation is the claim of faith! (C. H. Spurgeon.)
Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you.–
The commission for the conquest
I. It was divine. It is important to bear this in mind, otherwise we shall misunderstand not only the whole teaching of this book, but the whole history of Israel as a nation. Deus vult is written on every page, however stained with blood. Joshua was no bandit or freebooter, eager for plunder; no Alexander or Napoleon, consumed by the lust of power and the greed of empire. He was simply a servant, carrying out the commands of a superior. And in truth there was a Divine necessity for this commission. If the Divine purposes are to be carried out, if He is to keep His place as the Judge of all the earth, some such commission was a necessity. Is there anything analogous to this in the spiritual sphere? There is. God does not in these days call the Christian to any war such as that to which He called Joshua; yet there is a holy war, a glorious crusade, in which He would have us all warriors. Before every one of us He places a double battlefield. There is an outer fight, and the field of battle is the whole world, according to the gospel commission, Go ye into all the world, &c. There is also an inner fight, and the field of battle is the heart, according to that holy exhortation which urges us to bring every thought into subjection to the Lord Jesus.
III. It was clear in its terms. No doubt could arise in the mind of Joshua as to what God desired him to do. Arise! The wilderness journey is at an end; the time to take possession has come. Arise from these weary disciplinary wanderings to high and heroic achievements. Even so our commission as Christians for our twofold fight is clear as day, and as emphatic as the Divine lips could make it. Therefore the removal of every valiant soldier of the Cross should be a mighty stimulus to those left behind. We best revere the memory of the good and great who have passed away by giving all diligence to the work which was so dear to them.
III. It was difficult to carry out. Go over this Jordan. Joshua is here put in as great extremity as was Moses at the Red Sea. Aye, and the crossing of the Jordan is only the first great difficulty among many. Often, in like manner, obedience to the gospel commission implies the facing of difficulties which to the eye of sense are insuperable. The fight of faith is never easy.
IV. It was terrible in its consequences. When we think of its bearing on these Canaanites, we can conceive nothing more appalling. These nations were like the grass of the field, and Israel was Gods scythe to cut them down. What a contrast to all this have we in the commission of the gospel and the present work of the Lord Jesus. When on earth He said, I came not to destroy mens lives but to save them, and the work He has given His followers now to do is a work of salvation. Surely, then, we should be all the more eager to carry it out.
V. It was also righteous. In this case nothing was done in undue haste. The Divine patience that had borne with these evil tenants for four hundred years was marvellous; and they grew worse and worse all the time. The gracious pause of forty years, after He had made bare His mighty arm before all flesh, by the wonders done in Loans field, and proclaimed that the time had come when He was to give this land to Israel, should have won submission. If now they resist His action, it is at their peril. If the war in which Joshua was engaged was righteous, how holy is that war by which righteousness and peace, joy and goodwill, are multiplied on the earth. The man who consecrates all his faculties to the downfall of evil, first within and then without, whose life is one long struggle against spiritual wickedness, acts according to the principles of eternal rectitude.
VI. It was beneficial in its results. He who reads history cannot fail to see that impure and enfeebled races and nations have been the prey of those who have been comparatively pure and strong; and thus, by conquest, take it all in all, civilisation has been advanced, and the state of the race as a whole ameliorated. Better a bad limb be cut off than the whole body mortify. Such national surgery may be terrible, but it is beneficial. In like manner, by unflinching valour in the fight of faith, the children of God become the worlds best benefactors. In conquering evil within and without, we not only do good to ourselves but to the whole human race. Ye are the salt of the earth. Without this preserving salt of Christlike souls how soon would the carcase become corrupt and the eagles of judgment alight.
VII. It had also a wide reference and a narrow application. It spoke of the country which stretched from the wilderness and this Lebanon. Thus the inheritance of Israel embraced a territory of great richness, beauty, variety, and compactness. Yet while Joshuas commission embraced the whole land, the land become the possession of Israel only as it was subdued acre by acre. These ancient warriors had not only to take the title-deeds, but also to enter into possession. To do the first was easy; to do the second was hard. Even so is it with the Christian. He has indeed a goodly heritage–a whole heaven of spiritual blessedness. All things are yours. Blessed with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places. But we cannot enjoy one of these blessings apart from the conflict of faith. (A. B. Mackay.)
Ownership and possession
Here is a great promise with a sharp limitation: Every place is yours–but every place only as you tread upon it, occupy, subdue, possess it. A most instructive parallel might be drawn between the subjugation of Palestine by Israel and the settlement of America by the English. In both cases tyranny at home had much to do with the movement, for the Stuarts of England and the Pharaohs of Egypt held essentially the same views of royal prerogative, In both cases the country was already occupied by aborigines, and the free, wild life of the Jebusites and the Amorites was not unlike that of the Iroquois and Sioux Indians. In both cases the land was parcelled out before it was actually possessed. In both cases possession was achieved only through long and obstinate struggle with an enemy continually defeated, but stubbornly refusing to submit. According to the royal grants, Massachusetts and Virginia reached through to the Pacific Ocean. It required five minutes to draw the long parallels on the royal map; it needed two centuries actually to push civilisation across the continent, and the work is not yet finished. Ownership comes before possession, and is useless without it. The Divine giving is always done along this line. In dealing with the fields and the forests, God pours out sunshine and rain unasked, and the earth can only lie helpless, now flooded and now parched with heat. But in dealing with men made in His image, Gods giving is a far finer and more subtle process. There is in it a wondrous delicacy that seems to fear refusal, that is busied chiefly with finding a place in which the gift is wanted. He gives us the title-deed, the motive-power, the strength, the gladness, and then says, Enter and possess. We are all familiar with this in the intellectual realm. You put into your sons hand a Virgil or a Shakespeare. Now, you say, he has the works of Shakespeare, or Virgil. Has them?–he has the possibility, the opportunity! It is a great thing to have that; thousands have remained ignorant for want of that. But when you possess an author, the book in the hand will be only a subordinate affair. You will know the man himself; lines will flash out upon you at your toil, great sweet thoughts will recur in dreams, passages will intertwine with all your daily task, and when you possess Shakespeare, he will possess you. You give your son teachers and schools–there your power stops. You seat your daughter at the piano, but for musical power, culture, achievement–she must enter into and possess these, or she will for ever stand outside. You buy a home. The papers are signed, the deed is recorded; instantaneously the house is yours. But then comes the process of moving into it. Every season you move a little further in; through days of birth and bridal when the joy bells ring, through days of grief when all the bells are muffled, you are growing into that house, and when men ask, Why dont you move up town? you say, My heart is here; this place I love. So Jesus Christ comes to a man at the entrance of Christian life, and puts him into ownership. To as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God. He bestows upon us the title-deeds unencumbered. He spreads before us a great territory, and says, That is yours. Forgiveness for sins that are past, an inner quietness which naught can ruffle, a balm for lifes hurts and bruises, a daily strength for daily needs, a courage that rises with obstacles and never knows defeat, all this is ours–if we will make it ours. Ours to possess, to enjoy, to experience. There is an old-fashioned phrase that had a deal of truth in it experiencing religion. A man has just as much religion as he has experienced; only when talking of our experience let us not go back twenty years–let us review the last twenty-four hours. How was it with me last evening? Was God last night in my soul, was I filled with serenity and courage and devotion to other souls, not twenty years ago, but last night? Our Bible is no larger than our reading of the Bible. Some men have a Bible consisting of a few Psalms and half a dozen chapters in the Gospels. Others have a Bible that is a patchwork of half-remembered texts, put together in childhood and now badly faded. A man with a rich, deep Christian experience cannot be content with a few threadbare chapters, he is ever reaching into new territory. So it is with the various great truths of the Christian religion–all are ours, but ours only as we possess them. The true use of a creed is not to set forth what men must believe, but to record what men do believe. And the man who is growing will find his creed growing too, growing indeed more simple, but growing stronger, and deeper, and broader. A grown man with a childs religion is like a man trying to content himself with nursery toys–he is soon disgusted with his attempt. But when a man is constantly moving onward, then one truth after another will reveal its inner meaning to his soul. We cannot expect that all truths will be equally precious in any one day. There is a rotation of crops in the spiritual life, and everything is beautiful in his time. There is always one truth that shines brightest, as there is always one star on the meridian. Other stars will follow and culminate in their season. I think often with a strange awe of the first settlers of the Atlantic States, as they came across the sea, bearing the maps which gave them rights extending to the Pacific. This is just the conditions of some of us to-day. The boundless possibilities of Christianity lie before us Jesus Christ comes to us saying, It is all yours–a Christian life, a Christian death, a Christian heaven, it is yours if you will take it. And if we do not by voluntary act enter into what He offers, then the offer is to us absolutely worthless. The truth heard Sunday after Sunday is then only a genuine damage, making the heart each week less sensitive, less responsive–it hardens all within and petrifies the feeling. But let us return to the text again. Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon–surely there is a hint here of the slow and toilsome process of spiritual acquisition. I do not hold out before any man a Christian life that is free from effort. Christianity at sight is always a delusion. At sight of Jesus we are indeed ushered into new relation and position. But then comes the path, sometimes winding through the shadow, sometimes leading straight uphill, always leading heavenward and always bright with an unseen Friend. So it is with the entire advance of the Church of Jesus Christ. Sometimes when we are impatient and fretful let us remember that here, too, walking is the normal movement. Why God doesnt convert India to-day is to us a mystery. That great movements should pace so slowly, and the advance be so measured and unequal, seems to us incomprehensible. One other suggestion is here–a hint that the farther a man travels the richer he becomes. Mountain range or lowly valley, forest or verdant meadow, whatsoever experience of Gods love and grace we pass through, that is ours for ever. We learn more of mans weakness but more of Gods power, and the more we truly know the gladder shall we really be. New experiences are to be ours, and the best is yet to come. (W. H. P. Faunce.)
Foothold
There are many curious legends regarding the way in which land grants were given in former times. We read of one man who got from his king as much land as he could ride round while the king slept; of another who was granted as much land as could be covered by a bulls hide, which he cut into a continuous narrow strip, capable of enclosing a large area; of a third who was promised as much land as a bushel of barley would sow, which he was careful to sow as sparsely as possible, so that it might extend the borders of his farm to the utmost limits. At an annual fair, held in August, at the village of Carnwath, in Scotland, a foot-race is run as the tenure by which the property in the neighbourhood is held by the Lockhart family. The prize is a pair of red hose or stockings, and the proprietor used to have a messenger ready whenever the race was run to tell the result to the Lord Advocate of Scotland. In conformity with these ancient methods of land-measuring, God promised to Moses first, and renewed His promise to Joshua after the death of Moses, that He would give the Israelites every place that the sole of their foot should tread upon. It was a primitive custom to measure out the land that was to be cultivated or built upon by the foot; and a foot is still one of the terms of measurement among us derived from the human member. By primitive people the footprint was regarded as the symbol of possession, denoting that the land had been marked out by the foot of the individual, and so acquired as his own property. Some scholars derive the origin of the word possession itself from pedis positio, the position of the foot; and it was a maxim of the ancient jurists that whatever a persons foot touched was his. On the tombs of the ancient Romans, Christians and pagans alike, is often sculptured the symbol of a foot, to indicate that these tombs were the property of the persons who reposed in them. This primitive ceremony will also explain the allusion in Psa 108:1-13., where God speaks of dividing Shechem and meting out the valley of Succoth, casting His shoe over Edom, and triumphing over Philistia, and in this way taking possession for His people of the whole land of Canaan, while the Book of Ruth informs us that taking off the shoe from the foot signified the transfer or renunciation of property or of rights. (H. Macmillan, D. D.)
Something to be done to gain possession
In all primitive methods of allotting land–strange as some of them may appear to the modern legal mind–there was something to be done by the possessor himself in order to get possession. His tenure was made valid only by some personal act in connection with the property. He could not own a tract of land which he had not seen, as you might do in Australia, or New Zealand, or in the backwoods of America, although you were never there. It was necessary, in order that the land should become his, that he should do something in connection with it which implied a personal appropriation on the spot. This is the true significance of the curious antique rites by which persons got possession of land. They measured it with their feet, not only in marking it off, but also by passing frequently to and fro over its surface in ploughing and sowing, and all the other labours required for its cultivation, and thus literally obtained a foothold in it. And the same principle holds good still, although these quaint archaic customs have long been discontinued. As regards the new lands in the colonies bestowed upon emigrants by Government, it is absolutely necessary that the persons to whom they are allotted should cultivate the ground and erect buildings on it in order to secure their right of possession. They cannot hold their lands merely upon paper, without ever coming near them, or doing anything to reclaim them from the wilderness. It is thus a universally recognised principle that the right of ownership of the earth is acquired by human labour, man bringing himself in some form or other into direct personal contact with the soil. This is the ultimate ground of ownership to which all can appeal. God gave Abraham the promise of possessing the Holy Land, but Abraham did not get the fulfilment of that promise by remaining in Ur of the Chaldees. He had to leave his home, journey over the wide intervening desert, and traverse on foot the land of promise from end to end. God intended the Israelites to measure out with their feet, and so take possession, according to immemorial custom, of the whole region from Lebanon to the desert, and from the Mediterranean to the Euphrates. But they stayed their feet, and actually measured only a little strip of land, which was parcelled out among the twelve tribes; while the Canaanites, the Philistines, and the Syrians, and all the desert tribes, were allowed, by the easy terms which the Israelites made with them, to possess in peace by far the largest part of the heritage of the chosen people. Even in the palmiest days of David and Solomon, when the possessions of the Israelites were most extensive, they never reached the limits which God had intended for them. The great lesson, then, which the text conveys to us is that the Israelites owned only as much of the land of promise as they actually trod with the sole of their foot. They had a large promise, but it was to be made good by their own exertions. It is Gods law, true of your spiritual inheritance as of the ancient literal inheritance of Israel, that only as much as you measure out with the sole of your foot is truly your own. You have the Bible, and you think you know it well; and yet of this vast religious literature you only really know a mere fragment. You confine your reading to your favourite passages, while you leave the rest unstudied; and yet it is in these neglected parts that new truth is most often to be found. Then you have the privileges and blessings of grace! They are great and extensive, but they are conditioned by the same law that only what you live up to, appropriate, and realise of them is your own. Gods superabounding grace is limited by the bounds you yourselves put upon it. If you are made straitly, Gods blessing must needs straiten to you. Your salvation is just as much as, and no more than, you yourselves experience of it. Christ says to you m every case, According to your faith be it unto you. Then there is your own individual Christian life. What a vast, unclaimed, untrodden land of promise it is l You have each a boundless capacity; you are made to seek, to long for the infinite truth, the infinite good, the infinite love. How little have the greatest saints been able to fill up the grand outline which God sketched out at first when He made man in His own image! How far short have you all come of Gods design for you, and even of your own ideal! You have contracted the bounds of your being and the bounds of your world to the smallest dimensions by your devotion to the petty and passing things of earth. And then there is the heavenly Canaan, the true land of promise, towards which you profess to be walking day by day as pilgrims and strangers on earth. God has given it to all His true Israel; but they shall only possess as much of it as they shall tread with the sole of their foot. You will only get as much of heaven as you are fit for; and in the case of many I fear that will be but a very small bit. (H Macmillan, D. D.)
All the land of the Hittites.–
The land of the Hittites
One geographical expression, in the delimitation of the country, demands a brief explanation. While the country is defined as embracing the whole territory from Lebanon to the Euphrates, it is also defined as consisting in that direction of all the land of the Hittites. But were not the Hittites one of the seven nations whose land was promised to Abraham and the fathers, and not even the first in the enumeration of these? Why should this great north-eastern section of the promised domain be designated the land of the Hittites? The time was when it was a charge against the accuracy of the Scripture record that it ascribed to the Hittites this extensive dominion. That time has passed away, inasmuch as, within quite recent years, the discovery has been made that in those distant times a great Hittite empire did exist in the very region specified, between Lebanon and the Euphrates. The discovery is based on twofold data: references in the Egyptian and other monuments to a powerful people, called the Khita (Hittites), with whom even the great kings of Egypt had long and bloody wars; and inscriptions in the Hittite language found in Hamah, Aleppo, and other places in Syria. There is still much obscurity resting on the history of this people. That the Hittites proper prevailed so extensively has been doubted by some; a Hittite confederacy has been supposed, and sometimes a Hittite aristocracy exercising control over a great empire. The only point which it is necessary to dwell on here is, that in representing the tract between Lebanon and Euphrates as equivalent to all the land of the Hittites, the author of the Book of Joshua made a statement which has been abundantly verified by recent research. (W. G. Blaikie, D. D.)
There shall not any man be able to stand before thee.–
Joshua on the march
There shall not any man be able, &c. Well, you say, it does not require any great courage to go out with a backing like that. I reply, God promised Joshua no more than He promises you and me in our conflicts. The framer of the universe, the chieftain of all eternity, has pledged all His resources to see us through, and He promised no more than that to Joshua. His first undertaking was to cross the river Jordan in a spring freshet. You might as well talk of wading across the Hudson river at Yonken as to think of wading the river Jordan at the season of which I am speaking. The Canaanites on the other side felt perfectly secure. But one day Joshua orders out his troops, and tells them to fall into line. Forward: march! They pass on towards the river, and it seems as if the light armed troops, and the spearmen, and the archers, and all their leaders, must be swept down in the fearful flood. Let them prepare, you say, for a watery grave. March on. Come to the other bank. They reach the bank, and they pull themselves up its steep, thirty or forty feet in height–they pull themselves up the bank by the oleanders, and the tamarisks, and the willows, until they reach the top. No sooner have they climbed up this high bank than with dash, and roar, and terrific rush, the waters of the Jordan break loose from their strange anchorage. God never makes any provision for the Christians retreat. He clears the path to Canaan if we go ahead; if we go back we die. Victory ahead! Darkness, flood, ruin, and death behind! You say: Why didnt those Canaanites destroy Joshua and his troops while they had a chance? Here they were, on a bank thirty or forty feel high. There were the Israelites under Joshua down in the bed of the stream. Why didnt the Canaanites fight back these invaders? The promise had been given, and the Lord God keeps His promise. There shall not any man be able to stand before thee all the days of thy life. But we cannot stop here. It is no place for Joshuas troops to stay. What is that in the distance? At the end of a grove of palms eight miles long is the chief city Jericho, the great metropolis. Take it Joshua must. Take it Joshua cant, say the unbelievers. Joshua rises up to his full stature, and he gives the command. He feels the right moment has come, and he says: Shout! for the Lord hath given you the city, and the command is heard, and the people all together cry: Down, Jericho! down, Jericho! and that long line of solid masonry begins to quiver, and then crash go the walls, the temples, the palaces, until the earth quakes, and the heavens are blackened with the dust, and the shriek of the crushed city and the huzza of the victorious Israelites commingle. This is no place to stop. Forward: march! There is city of Ai to be taken. Oh! says a scouting party just come back from that city, you can take that very easily. Joshua, you need not go; you stay, and few of us will go and take that city. They started out in pompous order to take the city of Ai. The men of Ai came out and gave one yell, and away ran the Israelites like reindeer. Our northern troops, at Bull Run, made slow time compared with those Israelites with the men of Ai after them. We have no right to go into the Lords conflict having only half our force. Body, mind, soul, reputation, property–everything–must be marshalled, equipped, launched for God, and against our enemies. And soon the retreating army come up. They say: Oh! general, we are all cut to pieces. Those men of Ai are awful people. We are all cut to pieces. Joshua falls down on his face in chagrin. But how did God arouse Joshua? Did He address him in some complimentary apostrophe? No. He says: Get thee up. Why liest thou thus on thy face? Joshua arose, I suppose, looking mortified; but his old courage came back again. He marshals all the Israelites, and he says: We will go up en masse, and we will take the city of Ai. And as I see the smoke of the burning city curling in the sky, and as I hear the groans of the defeated men of Ai, and the victorious shout of the Israelites, Joshua hears something better than that: There shall not any man be able, &c. Joshuas troops cannot stop yet. Forward: march! says Joshua; for there is the city of Gibeon; it has put itself under the wing of Joshuas protection, and Joshua must defend it. Joshua makes a three days march in one night. Prepare now to see the Gettysburgh, the Waterloo, the Sedan of the ancients. It is not yet quite sundown in Joshuas day, and we will have time for five royal funerals. Who will preach their funeral sermon? Massillon preached the funeral sermon of Louis XIX. Dr. Robert South preached a sermon commemorative of Charles
I. Who will preach the funeral sermon of these five bad kings? Joshua. And what shall be his text? There shall not any man be able, &c. Oh, you say, it is a pity to bury these five kings so ignominiously. No, sir; before that rock is sealed up I want to put in five more beings, first having them beheaded–King Alcohol, King Fraud, King Lust, King Superstition, King Bigotry. Have them all in. Cover them over with a mound of broken decanters and the debris of their miserable doings. Roll a rock against that cave so they never can get out. Then chisel for these last five kings the same epitaph you had for the other five kings; and let all the Christian reformers and philanthropists, before the sun of their protracted day of usefulness is ended, come up and read it. (T. De Witt Talmage.)
Victory assured
There is no foe to your growth in grace, no enemy in your Christian work, no dreaded form of evil dominating and cursing the souls of men, which was not included in your Saviours conquests. You need not be afraid of them. When you touch them, they will flee before you. God has promised to deliver them up before you. There shall no man of them be able to stand before you. Neither Anakim nor fenced cities need daunt you. You are one of the conquering legion. Claim your share in the Saviours victory. (F. B. Meyer, B. A.)
I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.–
A great promise
I. The import of the promise.
1. It includes in it more than that natural and essential presence of God which surrounds all beings and all things; for the essence of God is diffused through the trackless path of immensity.
2. It refers to Gods special and gracious presence.
(1) Friendship;
(2) observation;
(3) direction;
(4) protection;
(5) provision.
3. A more than ordinary communication of Gods presence is vouchsafed to those who are called out to services of peculiar difficulty, to offices of high responsibility.
II. The certainty of the fulfilment of this promise. I feel assured of its fulfilment when I reflect–
1. On the Author of this promise. I will be with thee. I will not leave thee, &c. God is not a man that He should lie, neither the Son of man that He should repent.
2. The terms in which the promise is couched. Repetition, but no tautology.
3. Experience. Was not God with Moses?
III. The advantages which the fulfilment of this promise will throw over your whole life. Oh, let but this be fulfilled, and you are safe for both worlds, for time and for eternity! Mark its influence–
1. On the hours of solitude. Every real Christian will wish to be alone: he will say, I am never less alone than when alone.
2. On your intercourse with society. Others will take knowledge of you, that you have been with Jesus.
3. On your conduct. Prudence; benevolence; sanctity.
4. On afflictions and distresses. If God be with us, no weapon shall prosper against us, no trap shall catch us, no pit shall ensnare us.
5. On the days of lifes decline, and in the immediate prospect of its conclusion. All earthly attachments are doomed to be dissolved; but God is ever with His servants, especially when most needed.
Lessons:
1. Admire the astonishing condescension and grace of God, that He should thus address Himself to worms of the earth, to sinful worms, to such as you and I are!
2. Let me ask you if you have an interest in this promise.
3. Be very thankful for any measure of the fulfilment of this promise which you may have enjoyed. (G. Clayton, M. A.)
God with us through life
I. The interest which God takes in mens lives.
1. Every event is closely observed by Him.
2. He often comes unsolicited and unthought of. Like the mother who, while attending to the duties of her household, still keeps her eye on the little one at play, that she may interpose in time of danger.
II. God appeals to his past conduct to encourage his servant to trust in him.
1. We are influenced more by the past conduct of a friend than by his promises.
2. There are degrees of manifested interest, care, and love. God was with Moses–
(1) Continuously, from beginning to end.
(2) Notwithstanding a variation of conduct on the part of His servant.
(3) Under circumstances of great provocation.
(4) As a Friend of infinite resources.
(5) As an unerring Guide.
(6) To uphold his position against any usurpation on the part of others.
III. The bestowal of the blessings included in this declaration was made dependent upon Joshuas obedience. He who will not keep Gods law cannot have the presence of God with him. (A London Clergyman.)
A great promise
I. It is a great promise. For it includes everything. Gods presence can supply wisdom, can give strength, and will insure success.
II. It was to a great man.
1. He was humble.
2. He was trained had followed the Jews from Egypt.
3. He was good. Not one notorious sin or evil habit is recorded of him as there is of nearly every other noted character in Scripture. He was the only one who withstood the test of the wilderness journey.
III. It was in reference to a great work.
1. The conquering the promised land.
2. The organising the people.
3. The vindicating the power and glory of God. (Homilist.)
Strengthening medicine for Gods servants
I. The suitability of the consolation which these words gave to Joshua. I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.
1. This must have been very cheering to him in reference to himself. Joshua may possibly have been somewhat despondent under a very pressing sense of his own deficiencies; and this cheering assurance would meet his case. If God be with our weakness it waxes strong; if He be with our folly it rises into wisdom; if He be with our timidity it gathers courage.
2. The consolation given to Joshua would be exceedingly suitable in the presence of his enemies. Surely, in the presence of God, Anakim become dwarfs, strongholds become as a lodge in a garden of cucumbers, and chariots of iron are as thistledown upon the hillside driven before the blast. If God be for us, who can be against us? They that be with us are more than they that be against us, when once the Lord of hosts is seen in our ranks.
3. This consolation, too, was sufficient for all supplies. Perhaps Joshua knew that the manna was no longer to fall. I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee was a supply which would meet all the demands of the commissariat. When the Lord opens all His granaries none shall lack for bread, and when He unlocks His wardrobes none shall go bare.
4. Surely this word must often have brought consolation to the heart of Joshua when he saw the people failing him. Oh, what a blessed thing it is in a false and fickle world, where he that eats bread with us lifts up his heel against us, where the favourite counsellor becomes an Ahithophel, and turns his wisdom into crafty hate, to know that there is a Friend that sticketh closer than a brother, one who is faithful and gives us sure tokens of a love which many waters cannot quench!
II. At what times may we consider this promise to be spoken to ourselves?
1. Surely it is when we are called to do Gods work. Joshuas work was the Lords work. Do you know that God has put you where you are, and called you to do the work to which your life is dedicated? Then go on in Gods name, for, as surely as He called you to His work, you may be sure that to you also He says, as indeed to all His servants, I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.
2. But I hear some of you say, We are not engaged in work of such a kind that we could precisely call it work for God. Well, but are you engaged in a work which you endeavour to perform to Gods glory? Is your ordinary trade one which is lawful–one concerning which you have no doubt as to its honest propriety; and in carrying it on do you follow right principles only?
3. We must, if we are to have this promise, take God into our calculations. A great many persons go about their supposed lifework without thinking about God. You must walk by faith if you are to enjoy the privileges of the faithful.
4. We must also be careful that we walk in Gods ways. Observe that the next verse to the text runs thus, Be strong and of a good courage, and then the seventh verse is a singular one, Only be thou strong, &c. What for? To obey! Does it want courage and strength to obey? Why, nowadays, that man is thought to be courageous who will have no laws of God to bind him; and he is thought to be strong-minded who ridicules revelation. But let us rest assured that he is truly strong of mind and heart who is content to be thought a fool, and sticks to the good old truth, and keeps the good old way.
III. What this promise does not preclude.
1. This promise does not exclude effort. If you want to succeed, use every faculty you have, and put forth all your strength; and if it is a right cause you may then fall back on this promise.
2. Neither does this promise preclude occasional disaster. Yes, and without the violation of any law, the best man in the world must expect in the most successful enterprise that there will be some discouragements. Look at the sea: it is rolling in, it will rise to full tide before long, but every wave that comes up dies upon the shore; and after two or three great waves which seem to capture the shingle there comes a feebler one which sucks back. Very well, but the sea will win, and reach its fulness. So in every good work for God there is a back-drawing wave every now and then. God will certainly test you, but He will not fail you, nor forsake you.
3. Nor, again, does this promise preclude frequent tribulations and testings of faith. In the autobiography of the famous Francke of Halle, who built, and, in the hand of God, provided for, the orphan-house of Halle, he says, I thought when I committed myself and my work to God by faith, that I had only to pray when I had need, and that the supplies would come; but I found that I had sometimes to wait and pray for a long time. The supplies did come, but not at once. The pinch never went so far as absolute want; but there were intervals of severe pressure. There was nothing to spare. Every spoonful of meal had to be scraped from the bottom of the barrel, and every drop of oil that oozed out seemed as if it must be the last; but still it never did come to the last drop, and there was always just a little meal left. God has not promised to take any of you to heaven without trying your faith.
4. This promise does not preclude our suffering very greatly, and our dying, and perhaps dying a very sad and terrible death, as men judge. God never left Paul, but I have seen the spot where Pauls head was smitten off by the headsman. The Lord never left Peter, but Peter, like his Master, had to die by crucifixion. The Lord never left the martyrs, but they had to ride to heaven in chariots of fire.
IV. What, then, does the text mean, if we may have all this trial happening to us?
1. Your labour shall not be in vain in the Lord. Press on. We have heard of a minister who added only one to his Church through a long year of very earnest ministry–only one, a sad thing for him; but that one happened to be Robert Moffatt, and he was worth a thousand of most of us. Go on. If you bring but one to Christ, who shall estimate the value of the one?
2. And then there shall be no desertion as to yourself, for your heavenly Friend has said, I will not forsake thee. You will not be left alone or without a helper. You are thinking of what you will do in old age. Do not think of that: think of what God will do for you in old age. Oh, but your great need and long illness will wear out your friends, you say. Perhaps you may wear out your friends, but you will not wear out your God, and He can raise up new helpers if the old ones fail. Oh, but your infirmities are many, and will soon crush you down: you cannot live long in such circumstances. Very well, then you will be in heaven; and that is far better. But you dread pining sickness. It may never come; and suppose it should come, remember what will come with it–I will make all thy bed in thy sickness. I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee–so runs the promise. Fear thou not, for I am with thee; be not dismayed, for I am thy God.
V. Why may we be quite sure that this promise will re fulfilled to us?
1. I answer, first, we may be quite sure because it is Gods promise. Did ever any promise of God fall to the ground yet?
2. Rent ye well assured that if a man be called to do Gods work God will not fail him, because it is not after the manner of the Lord to desert His servants. He will not push His servants into severe conflicts and then fail them.
3. Besides, remember that should Gods servants fail, if they are really Gods servants, the enemy would exult and boast against the Lord Himself. This was a great point with Joshua in after-days (Jos 7:9). If the Lord raises up Luther, and does not help Luther, then it is not Luther that fails; it is God that fails, in the estimation of the world.
4. Besides, if God has raised you up to accomplish a purpose by you, do you think He will be defeated? Were ever any of His designs frustrated?
5. Besides, if we trust God, and live for God, He loves us much too well to leave us. It is not to be imagined that He will ever put a load upon His own childrens shoulders without giving them strength to bear the burden, or send them to labours for which He will not give them adequate resources. Oh, rest in the Lord, ye faithful. (C. H. Spurgeon.)
Be strong and of a good courage.–
A great -promise and a stirring exhortation
What the heathen gods are fabled to have done with some of their favourite warriors, God here and now does to this His first soldier-saint, sending him forth to the fray invulnerable, invincible. By faith in this great promise, Joshua is more than conqueror. Poor and tame in comparison is the Veni, vidi, vici! of Romes great hero. Gods presence is pledged to Joshua unconditionally and unalterably. Oh, highly favoured Joshua! Yes, and also highly favoured saints, for even with a like great and precious promise do we go a warfare against evil. In regard to both the outer and the inner conflict in which we are engaged we should always remember that we are on the winning side. The battle is the Lords. Forward is the Divine command. We are not to make up our minds for defeat, but to march in the assurance of victory. My grace is sufficient for thee. This promise gives us power as we face error of every kind. The enemies of the gospel in these days are proud and boastful. If we were to judge by their shouts, we should think that the whole fabric of Christianity was falling to pieces. Have we anything to pit against these enemies? Most assuredly. The Divine presence, as in the case of Joshua, is pledged to be with us. This great promise given to Joshua was followed up by a stirring exhortation. Courage! this peal of bells rings out in all its changes. Why? Because Joshua was a coward? Nay, he had the heart of a lion, but because courage is the fundamental virtue in every saint of God, in every soldier of righteousness, in every witness for the truth. One of the great wants of the day is courage, courage to confess Christ in every company and on all occasions; courage to hold fast to His every word; courage to do all His will; courage to follow wherever He leads. It is called a good courage, and no virtue better deserves the epithet, for it is good whether we consider its qualities or its achievements, the throne on which it sits or the crown with which it is adorned. It is good courage because it is obedient, not self-willed, obstinate, headstrong. Again and again the greatest exploits of courage have been summed up in the words, I must obey God. Such courage is of the highest quality. It can never quail, because conscious of eternal rectitude. It is a good courage also because it is studious and humble. Its aim being to obey all Gods will, in the spirit as well as in the letter, it gives all diligence to know Gods will. Accordingly, the hero of Jehovah meditates in Gods law day and night; takes counsel not with flesh and blood, but with the living oracles, and finds therein all his comfort, strength, and light. This good courage, being obedient and studious, is also intelligent. It observes with watchful care the hints of Providence and the checks of conscience. It learns better every day what Gods will is in all things. Remember that such courage is the great secret of success. This above all things frightens our great adversary the devil. Satan has no dread of learning, or wisdom, or riches, but he does fear tile courage of a soul resting in communion with God. And well he may, for this courage arms the soul with Divine might. (A. B. Mackay.)
The sources of Joshuas strength
I. A faithful past The aloe blooms but once in a hundred years, but every hour of all that century is needed to produce the delicate texture and resplendent beauty of the flower. The deed of a Grace Darling is not the sudden outburst of the moment that gives it birth, but the result of long years of self-discipline, courage, and ministry to others. And this summons of Joshua to the leaders place in Israel was the guerdon of more than eighty years of faithful service. None of us can tell for what God is educating us. We fret and murmur at the narrow round and daily task of ordinary life, not realising that it is only thus that we can be prepared for the high and holy office which awaits us. We must descend before we can ascend. Gods will comes to thee and me in daily circumstances, in little things equally as in great; meet them bravely; be at your best always, though the occasion be one of the very least; dignify the smallest summons by the greatness of your response; so the call will come to you as to Joshua, the son of Nun, Moses minister.
II. A distinct call The supreme inquiry for each of us, when summoned to a new work, is not whether we possess sufficient strength or qualification for it, but if we have been called to it of God; and when that is so there is no further cause for anxiety. If it is in His plan that we should march through a river, or attack a walled town, or turn to flight an army, we have simply to go forward. Rivers will dry up, walls will fall down, armies shall be scattered as snow in summer. There is no such thing as impossibility when God says, Forward, soul, arise, go over this Jordan!
III. The sense of the presence of God. There have been generals whose presence on the field of battle has been the presage and guarantee of victory. Not only have they inspired the soldiers with a sense of confidence in their leadership, but they have encouraged them by their personal prowess and bravery. There is a marvellous sense of security and courage when a Christiana, a Mr. Fearing, or a Miss Much-Afraid is assured of the presence of a Greatheart, who has never turned his back on a foe. And a lonely, trembling soul dares to step bravely across the margin of life into the unknown beyond: to go down unabashed into the chill waters of death, because it can sing, Thou art with me; Thy rod and Thy staff they comfort me.
IV. The indwelling of the word of God. Coal contains within its texture the strength absorbed from the sun in bygone ages; so words will pass on to men the heroic thoughts which thrilled the souls of those who spake them first. There are words, as there are strains of music, which cannot be uttered without nerving men to dare and do, to attempt and achieve. A woman will be strong to wait and suffer for long years in the strength of a sentence spoken by her lover as he parted from her: An army has before now forgot sleepless nights and hungry marches in the stirring harangue of its general. And is not this what the prophet meant, when he said, Thy words were found and I did eat them, and Thy words were unto me a joy, and the rejoicing of my heart? and what Jesus meant when He said, The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life ? We can do all things when Christ is in us in unthwarted power. The only limit lies in our faith and capacity, or, in other words, in our absolute submission to His indwelling. Little children can overcome when there is within them a Stronger than their foes. Weaklings may do exploits when the Mighty Conqueror who travels in the greatness of His strength makes them the vehicle of His progress. (F. B. Meyer, B. A.)
The strength and courage needed for common life
Be thou strong and very courageous. What to do? To lead the army? To batter down strong walls and enter into the imminent, deadly breach? Nay, all this is left out of sight; the exhortation to be strong and very courageous is given solely with a moral application. A man shows himself more brave in an inflexible adherence to the law of God as the the rule of his life in all things than in any feats of arms or deeds of daring.
I. A sufficient rule of guidance for life. Joshua had; we have. Our law is the whole gospel, as requiring from us a practical and loving and continuous obedience. To be strong is to make endeavour to go forward and grasp something in the Divine life; it is to take up a certain position in practical obedience, and say (not ostentatiously yet clearly), I am here, I stand by this. To be of good courage is to maintain that position against the force of temptation and opposition of every kind; is to say firmly, Here I shall abide, I cannot go back from this. Well, but a life that consists of gaining new positions, and grasping new things, and defending all that is thus attained, is of necessity a life of enterprise and progress. And such a life, in this world, will certainly meet with a great deal of opposition, silent and declared, and will require a great deal of strength and courage in those who seek to lead it.
1. Indeed, we might truly say that strength and courage are needed at home, and with ourselves, before we meet the world at all. The critical point of the struggle is within. Let me be strong, then, against my inferior self! Let me grip him hard, and wrestle with him, until he is overthrown! Let me be very courageous against his withering and insidious suggestions.
2. Then also, strength and courage are needed constantly and much in the Church, i.e., among Christian people. One Christian needs to be strong against other Christians–in this way as well as in others–that every Christian has his own inner thought of what he ought to be and do; his own ideal, as we call it.
3. Then still more is courage needed, and strength, when you go more fully out into the world. Here are certain principles in the law of Christ, as the regulative system of a Christians life, principles of honour and-honesty, of purity, sobriety, love, and self-denial, of humility and gentleness, which are clearly different from the principles that obtain in the world generally. Not that contrary principles are professed openly in the world except by a few; but that contrary, or at any rate far inferior, principles are acted upon, through the world, in its different spheres, commercial, political, literary, social, is just as certain as it is that there is a world at all. One great point of duty with Christians just now, I think, ought to be the endeavour to live simple lives, so as, if possible, to pull back this drifting society of ours towards the simplicity it has lost.
4. Again, it is sometimes necessary to speak frankly and boldly in condemnation of the action or in opposition to the speaking of others.
II. How we may attain this temper and habit of Christian courage. It is fed by truth, by the law, or the revealed truth of God. What men call spirit, the mere clash and effervescence of nature, will soon evaporate; but when the soul has found the flowing fountains of strength, and drinks of the same day by day, her courage will be day by day renewed. Again, not only must we take the Word of God into our daily thought and meditation, but believing the wonderful assurance it gives us of the actual presence of the speaker, the Lord, with those who serve Him, we must make room for Him in our daily life, and lean upon the almighty arm, and even in the darkest and most unsuccessful moments sit silent to hear the great reviving words, The Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest. (A. Raleigh,D. D.)
The charge to the soldier of the Lord
I. The duty of courageous strength. Christianity has altered the perspective of human virtues, has thrown the gentler ones into prominence altogether unknown before, and has dimmed the brilliancy of the old heroic type of character; but it has not struck those virtues out of its list. Still, there is as much need in the lowliest Christian life for the loftiest heroism as ever there was. All Christian progress is conflict, and we have to fight, not only with the evils that are within, but if we would be true to the obligations of our profession and loyal to the commands of our Master, we have to take our part in the great campaign which He has inaugurated and is ever carrying on against every abuse and oppression, iniquity and sin, that grinds down the world and makes our brethren miserable and servile. Be strong! Then strength is a duty; then weakness is a sin. Then the amount of strength that we possess and wield is regulated by ourselves. We have our hands on the sluice. We may open it to let the whole full tide run in, or we may close it till a mere dribble reaches us. For the strength which is strength, and not merely weakness in a fever, is a strength derived. Be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might. Let Christs strength in. Open the heart wide that it may come. Keep yourself in continual touch with God, the fountain of all power. Trust is strength, because trust touches the Rock of Ages. But courage is duty, too, as well as strength. Power and the consciousness of power do not always go together. In regard of the strength of nature, courage and might are quite separable. There may be a strong coward and a weak hero. But in the spiritual region, strength and courage do go together. The consciousness of the Divine power with us, and that alone, will make us bold with a boldness that has no taint of levity and presumption mingled with it, and never will overestimate its own strength.
II. The duty of implicit obedience to the word of command. Courage and strength come first, and on them follows the command to do all according to the law, to keep it without deflection to right or left, and to meditate on it day and night. These two virtues make the perfect soldier–courage and obedience. But the connection between these two is not merely that they must co-exist, but that courage and strength are needed for, and are to find their noblest field of exercise in, absolute acceptance of, and unhesitating, swift, complete, unmurmuring obedience to, everything that is discerned to be Gods will and our duty. For the Christian soldier, then, Gods law is his marching orders. The written Word, and especially the Incarnate Word, are our law of conduct. Christ has given us Him self, and therein has given a sufficient directory for conduct and conflict which fits close to all our needs, and will prove definite and practical enough if we honestly try to apply it. The application of Christs law to daily life takes some courage, and is the proper field for the exercise of Christian strength. If you are not a bold Christian you will very soon get frightened out of obedience to your Masters commandments. Courage, springing from the realisation of Gods helping strength, is indispensable to make any man, in any age, live out, thoroughly and consistently, the principles of the the law of Jesus Christ. No man in this generation will work out a punctual obedience to what he knows to be the will of God, without finding out that all the Canaanites are not dead yet, but that there are enough of them left to make a very thorny life for the consistent follower of Jesus Christ. And not only is there courage needed for the application of the principles of conduct which God has given us, but you will never have them handy for swift application unless, in many a quiet hour of silent, solitary, patient meditation, you have become familiar with them.
III. The sure victory of such bold obedience: thou mayest prosper whithersoever thou goest; thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then shalt thou have good success, or, as the last word might be rendered, then shalt thou act wisely. You may not get victory from an earthly point of view, for many a man that lives strong and courageous and joyfully obeying Gods law as far as he knows it, and because he loves the Lawgiver, goes through life, and finds that, as far as the worlds estimate is concerned, there is nothing but failure as his portion. The success which my text means is the carrying out of conscientious convictions of Gods will into practice. That is the only success that is worth talking about or looking for. The man that succeeds in obeying and translating Gods will into conduct is the victor, whatever be the outward fruits of his life. (A. Maclaren, D. D.)
Strength and courage
Joshua must be strong and very courageous. But are strength and courage really within our own power? Is strength not absolutely a Divine gift, and as dependent on God in its ordinary degrees as it was in the case of Samson in its highest degree? No doubt in a sense it is so; and yet the amount even of our bodily strength is not wholly beyond our own control. As bodily strength is undoubtedly weakened by careless living, by excess of eating and drinking, by all irregular habits, by the breathing of foul air, by indolence and self-indulgence of every kind, so undoubtedly it is increased and promoted by attention to the simple laws of health, by activity and exercise, by sleep and sabbatic rest, by the moderate use of wholesome food, as well as by abstinence from hurtful drinks and drugs. And surely the duty of being strong, in so far as such things can give strength, is of far more importance than many think; for if we can thus maintain and increase our strength we shall be able to serve both God and man much better and longer than we could otherwise have done. But in Joshuas ease it was no doubt strength and courage of soul that was mainly meant. Even that is not wholly independent of the ordinary conditions of the body. On the other hand, there are no doubt memorable cases where the elasticity and power of the spirit have been in the very inverse ratio to the strength of the body. By cheerful views of life and duty, natural depression has been counteracted, and the soul filled with hope and joy. The joy of the Lord, said Nehemiah, is the strength of His people. Fellowship with God, as our reconciled God and Father in Christ, is a source of perpetual strength. Who does not know the strengthening and animating influence of the presence even of a friend, when we find his fresh and joyous temperament playing on us in some season of depression? The radiance of his face, the cheeriness of his voice, the elasticity of his movements seem to infuse new hope and courage into the jaded soul. When he is gone we try to shake off the despondent feeling that has seized us, and gird ourselves anew for the battle of life. And if such an effect can be produced by fellowship with a fellow-creature, how much more by fellowship with the infinite God!–especially when it is His work we are trying to do, and when we have all His promises of help to rest on. God is near thee, therefore cheer thee, is a perpetual solace and stimulus to the Christian soul. (W. G. Blaikie, D. D.)
Christian fortitude
1. Fortitude in bearing.
2. Fortitude in attempting or assailing. (D. Featley, D. D.)
Gods strength made perfect in human weakness
What f must all they whom God uses be strong? Is it essential that there should be strength of limb and muscle in the physical and moral constitution of those who are called to do the Divine biddings in the world? Because, if that be so, we who are like Ehud, left-handed, like Gideon, least in our fathers house, or like Saul of Tarsus, painfully conscious of weakness, can never get beyond the rank and file in the army of the Lord. And yet, may not this reiterated appeal indicate that the heart of Joshua misgave him, and that he was conscious of his utter inadequacy to fulfil the great commission that was thrust upon him? Probably he had never dreamt of so high an honour, so vast a responsibility. When, therefore, the call came to him to assume the office which Moses was vacating, his heart failed him, and he needed every kind of encouragement and stimulus, both from God and man. Be strong means that he felt weak; Be of good courage means that he was affrighted; Be not thou dismayed means that he seriously considered whether he would not have to give up the task. He was a worm and no man; how should he deliver Israel? It is when men are in this condition that God approaches them with the summons to undertake vast and overwhelming responsibilities. Most of us are too strong for Him to use us, too full of our own schemes and plans and ways of doing things. He must empty us, and humble us, and bring us down to the dust of death, so low that we need every straw of encouragement, every leaf of help; and then He will raise us up, and make us as the rod of His strength. The world talks of the survival of the fittest. But God gives power to the faint, and increases might to them that have no strength; He perfects His strength in weakness, and uses things that are not to bring to nought things that are. (F. B. Meyer, B. A. )
Courage necessary
It is said of Cromwell that when he had gathered some raw troops, being much in doubt about their courage, he determined to put it to the test before employing them in active service. He therefore placed a number of soldiers in ambush, in a wood through which he had occasion to lead his new regiment, and when these rushed out suddenly upon the new levies all the timid among them turned and fled. These Cromwell sent to their homes as unfit for his service, and so commenced the training of the men who became known to history as his Ironsides.
A dauntless spirit
Pleopidas hearing that his enemy was coming to give him battle with double the number that he possessed himself, replied to his informant, So much the better for us: we shall beat so many the more. So should the Christian view the trials and sorrows of this life, be they never so many. Through Christ they may all be overcome. (Handbook of Illustration.)
Unto this people shalt thou divide . . . the land.–
The right people for the land
First of all, the land had to be conquered; and there is no difficulty in seeing how necessary it was for one who had this task on hand to be strong and of a good courage, and to meditate on Gods law. Then the land had to be divided, and the people settled in their new life, and Joshua had to initiate them, as it were, in that life; he had to bind on their consciences the conditions on which the land was to be enjoyed, and start them in the performance of the duties, moral, social, and religious, which the Divine constitution required. Here lay the most difficult part of his task. They had not only to be planted physically in groups over the country, but they had to be married to it morally, otherwise they had no security of tenure, but were liable to summary eviction. It was no land of rest for idolaters; all depended on the character they attained: loyally to God was the one condition of a happy settlement. Thus we see the connection between Joshuas devotion to the book of the law and success in the great work of his life–then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success. No doubt he would have the appearance of success if he simply cleared out the inhabitants who were so degraded by sin that God was compelled to sweep them off, and settled His people in their room. But that, after all, was but a small matter unless accompanied by something more. It would not secure the people from at last sharing the fate of the old inhabitants; so far at least that though they should not he exterminated, yet they would be scattered over the face of the globe. And so at all times, in dealing with human beings, we can obtain no adequate and satisfying success unless their hearts are turned to God. Your children may be great scholars, or successful merchants, or distinguished authors, or brilliant artists, or even statesmen; what does it come to if they are dead to God, and have no living fellowship with Jesus Christ? (W. G. Blaikie, D. D.)
Turn not . . . to the right hand or to the left.–
Joshuas obedience
I. Obedience is the highest practical courage. The world counts obedience to be a mean-spirited thing, and speaks of rebellion as freedom. We have heard men say, I will be my own master; I shall follow my own will. To be a free thinker and a free liver seems to be the worldlings glory. Take the worlds own martial rule. Who is accounted to be the boldest and the best soldier but the man who is most thoroughly obedient to the captains command? There is a story told of the old French wars which has been repeated hundreds of times. A sentinel is set to keep a certain position, and at nightfall, as he is pacing to and fro, the emperor himself comes by. He does not know the password. Straightway the soldier stops him. You cannot pass, says he. But I must pass, says the emperor. No, replies the man, if you were the little corporal in grey himself you should not go by, by which, of course, he meant the emperor. Thus the autocrat himself was held in check by order. The vigilant soldier was afterwards handsomely rewarded, and all the world said that he was a brave fellow. Then surely it is not a mean and sneaking thing for a man to be obedient to Him who is the Commander-in-chief of the universe, the King of kings, and Lord of lords.
II. The exactness of obedience is the essence of obedience. The world saith, We must not be too precise. As one said to an old Puritan once, Many people have rent their consciences in halves; could not you just make a little nick in yours? No, he said, I cannot, for my conscience belongs to God. We must live, you know, said a money-loving shopkeeper, as his excuse for doing what he could not otherwise defend. Yes, but we must die, was the reply, and therefore we must do no such thing. We are probably better dead if we cannot live without doing wrong. The very essence of obedience lies in exactness. Probably your child, if sometimes disobedient, would still, as a general rule, do what you told him. It would be in the little things that thoroughgoing and commendable obedience would appear. Let the world judge of this for itself. Here is an honest man. Do people say of him, He is such an honest man that he would not steal a horse? No, that would not prove him to be very honest; but they say, He would not even take a pin that did not belong to him. That is the worlds own description of honesty, and surely when it comes to obedience to God it ought to be the same. If I profess to obey the Lord Jesus Christ, the crucial test will not be in great actions, but in little ones.
III. The path of obedience is generally a middle path. There is sure to be a right bond, there is sure to be a left hand, and both are probably wrong. There wilt be extremes on either side. I believe that this is true in ten thousand things in ordinary life, and also true in spiritual things in very many respects. With regard, for instance, to our words; the course of speech generally is, on the one hand to say too much, or on the other hand to say too little; to be silent when the wicked are before us, or else to be rash with our lips and betray a good cause through our rashness in defending it. There is a time to speak, and there is a time to be silent, and he that judgeth well will mark his opportunities and take the middle course. He will neither be garrulous with advice that is not required, nor will he be cowardly and dumb when he ought to bear testimony, for his Master. The same holds good with regard to zeal. We have some abroad nowadays whoso heads are very hot. They talk as if they would turn the world upside down, whilst it is their own brains that need first to be turned into a right condition. Theirs is a fire which burns down the house instead of burning in the grate and warming the household. But shall we therefore not be zealous? God forbid! There is a middle course of true, sensible, prudent zeal–adhering to the truth, and never believing that people can be converted by lies, however earnestly bawled into their ears; walking within the bounds of Gods truth, and being persuaded that the best seed to sow is that which God puts into the basket of His Word, and that sinners are not to be saved by rash statements nor by extravagant declamation, but that they are brought to Christ, as they were of old, by the simple telling out of the story of the Cross affectionately, and by the power of the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven. Here, again, turn neither to the right hand nor to the left.
IV. The path of right is the path of true prosperity. God does not invariably make the doing of the right to be the means of pecuniary gain to us. On the contrary, it frequently happens that for a time men are great losers by their obedience to Christ. But the Scripture always speaks as to the long run; it sums up the whole of life–there it promises true riches. If thou wouldst prosper, keep close to the Word of God, and to thy conscience, and thou shalt have the best prosperity. The thief, though he takes a short way to get rich, yet takes such a dangerous way that it does not pay; but he who walks straight along the narrow road shall find it to be the shortest way to the best kind of prosperity, both in this world and in that which is to come. If not, if we get no outward prosperity here, I trust you and I, if we love Christ, and are filled with His Spirit, can do without it. Well, if we must be poor, it will soon be over, and in heaven there shall be no poverty. Let us, then, run all risks for Christ. He is no soldier who cannot die for his country; he is no Christian who cannot lose life itself for Christ. (C. H. Spurgeon.)
Obedience the condition of victory
Yes, the Lord will be with us in our holy war, but He demands of us that we strictly follow His rules.
1. Our victories will very much depend upon our obeying Him with all our heart, throwing strength and courage into the actions of our faith. If we are half-hearted, we cannot expect more than half a blessing.
2. We must obey the Lord with care and thoughtfulness.
3. We must obey with universal readiness. We may not pick and choose, but must take all the Lords commands as they come.
4. In all this we must go on with exactness and constancy. Ours is to be a straightforward courage, which bends neither to the right nor to the left. (C. H. Spurgeon.)
This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein.–
A good working Bible
Rare botanical specimens are found by diligent searching. It is by earnest and prayerful study of the Bible theft we discover truths that we may call our own. We have a brother who has been working in the gold mines of California for many years. He has a watch-chain that he greatly values because the gold in it is what he searched and dug out of the mountain himself by hard labour and much sacrifice. Truths discovered as the result of hard study are very precious to us. The Bible should be an every-day book to us. A very handsome and expensive Bible on the parlour stand, covered with a bric-a-brac, is of little value as compared with a good working Bible. A well-known Sunday-school worker tells of going into a house in North Wales. As he sat by a table talking with a little girl, he picked up a Bible, when she instantly said, Thats my mothers every-day Bible, sir; Ill give you the Sunday Bible if you want to read. We all need an every-day Bible, one that can be handled easily and conveniently–a Bible with every precious promise and every verse that has been especially helpful to us marked. The Jews were commanded to read the Scripture all the time, to write it upon the door-posts; to have it as frontiers between their eyes; to talk of it by the way, and teach it to their children and childrens children. (Home Messenger.)
Gods revealed wilt the only safe rule for all individual guidance, and the only legitimate foundation for all national law
I. It is of the utmost importance that every man should have a sure guide for the direction of his steps.
1. If you consider the character and condition of man, the truth before us must claim universal acknowledgment. Man is the creature of God. His being, powers, and blessings are all derived from his Maker. He is therefore bound to please Him in all his ways and works. But how is this to be done? By what measure, so to speak, or after what manner, is this love to be expressed, and this obedience to be rendered?
2. If you consider man not only as the mere creature of God, but as a creature endued with an immortal soul, the truth before us will be still more apparent.
3. If you consider man as a sinner before God, exposed to all the dreadful consequences of his rebellion, and utterly without ability to help himself, the truth of this position must still more strikingly appear.
4. If you consider man as exposed to all the vicissitudes of this life–as subject to sorrow, suffering, and pain, as liable to sickness, affliction, and all the other evils incident to our present existence–the truth of this position must claim the approbation of all.
5. If you consider man in reference to death, judgment, and eternity, no voice can ever be lifted up in opposition to this truth.
II. Where is this sure guide to be met with?
1. Is man capable of furnishing himself with such a rule? Evidently not; and that not merely as the negative applies to him as he now is, but even supposing him to be what he once was.
2. Consider the greatness and importance of the matters at stake, and it must be confessed that it would not be safe to trust in any provision coming from such a human source, even supposing it possible that it could be provided.
3. A provision of this kind, coming from any human source, would fall below the circumstances and condition in which we are placed, and therefore could never meet the exigencies of our case, nor, consequently, answer the end proposed.
4. The law, or revealed will of God, is the only safe rule for all individual guidance, as well as the only legitimate foundation for all national law. No mans ways or works can be acceptable in the sight of God who throws aside that rule and walks by the light of his own fire.
III. The benefit and advantages of following that rule and abiding thereby.
1. We shall have a sure guide for the direction of our steps.
2. We shall find everything plain before us.
3. We shall avoid the grievous mistakes and blunders into which others have fallen.
4. We shall find abundant provision for every emergency.
5. We shall be safe and prosperous here, and happy and blessed hereafter.
Conclusion:
1. What an invaluable deposit are the sacred Scriptures as committed to any nation or people!
2. How widely have we departed from these sacred rules!
3. How needful it is that we should make these Holy Scriptures our constant study and daily counsellors! (R. Shittler.)
The Christians law
This book of the law, saith God to Joshua. And both in our text and in the verse preceding it is set forth as a rule claiming his observance and obedience, from which he may not swerve. In a peculiar sense we apply this term to the five books of Moses, and in a yet more limited one to the Decalogue. And since the New Testament contains so fully and so peculiarly the revelation of the gospel of the grace of God, and thus abounds with the language of invitation, promise, and privilege, it may seem as though to us the oracles of God had no other voice, and that the Bible is not to us the book of the law of God. But while we are jealous of Gods grace, let us beware of a dangerous error. The Bible does propound to us a law–the very law of the two tables is unrepealed. Not the Jewish law as our code of worship or practice, not any law as the means of our justification, but the laws of Christian holiness and virtue. Our Bibles must be our lamps, our light, of our counsellors- our oracles of duty no less than of comfort. And while the Cross furnishes the motive, while the Spirit is the Teacher, the Author and Giver alike of will and power, the precepts and prohibitions of the Bible must be our guide, as the by-paths of sin and ruin present themselves on the right hand and on the left. We are not to go to this book of God for our creed or system of theology alone, but for our code of morals and practice. For the Bible is neither all doctrine, nor all promise; it has its rules, its precepts, its prohibitions. Its precepts based upon its doctrine, yoked graciously with its promises, but precepts still. You are placed from day to day amid duties and temptations. Your God, your fellow-men have many claims upon you; you stand in many and varied relationships. You are a pilgrim in a road bestrewed with pitfalls and beset with by-paths of sin and error; a soldier amid many and subtle and mighty foes, with a hard field to fight; a voyager over a stormy sea, amid shoals and rocks and quicksands. Your Bible is your guide, O pilgrim–your sword, O soldier–your chart, O seaman l What else shall preserve you even in sound doctrine in these dangerous days but that ye be mighty in the Scriptures, and so reject another gospel, though its preachers wore the garb and semblance of angels, yea, though (were it possible) they were angels of light? Or what, in reference to your practice, shall secure you against the workings of sins deceitfulness–against the deep devices of your arch-enemy, the tempter–against the false and unscriptural principles of the world around, the spurious morality which passes current among men–what but this book of the law?–this book which in its revelations is pure, unerring, truth–which in its precepts is all pure in holiness, all perfect in virtue. But draw near to it ever as remembering that you are listening to the voice of God. Bow down to its revelations therefore as unerring, to its requirements as authoritative and supreme. (J. C. Miller, D. D.)
Meditation and obedience
Many devout Christians tell us that they find it profitable to take even a single verse and make it peculiarly the subject of their thoughts throughout each day–to make it the little vein in the mine which they more particularly work out. There can be no doubt that many of the vain and sinful thoughts which pass through our minds and grieve the devout Christian might thus be shut out were the thoughts and memory preoccupied with Divine truth. And if any particularly mourn that their thoughts, when left to themselves, are so discursive and unprofitable, that they know so little of religious meditation, it may be well for them thus to choose one verse of their daily portion and make it, so to say, the text of their days thoughts. Let them endeavour to fix its meaning, let them follow out the train of thought to which it leads, let them pray over it in a special manner. And all this with a view more particularly to self-application. But our duty ends not here. The seaman studies his chart and has his compasses on board, not for mere scientific experiments, but that he may voyage in safety to the haven whither he would go, amid the rocks and shoals and quicksands which beset his track. We may not then imagine that all is done when our verses or chapters, our portion, however long, is again punctually gone through. There is a danger of this, as there is a danger of a mere formal lip-service in our prayers. For, as to say prayers is not necessarily to pray, so there is a reading of the Word of God with the mind and the lip only. Our hearts must be the readers, as our hearts must be the petitioners. And then throughout the day the duties here enjoined must be practised, the sins denounced forsaken and shunned, the tempers here set forth as unchristian struggled with, the promises here given lived on, the heaven here proffered sought, the Saviour and the God of whom we read glorified. (J. C. Miller, D. D.)
Meditation
When the impious King Antiochus entered the temple of Jerusalem to lay it waste, his first act was to remove the golden altar and the candlestick, which was also of gold. The devil acts in the same manner when he intends to deprive of spiritual good that soul which is the temple of the living God: he takes from it the altar that is, fervour of mind; he removes from it the candlestick that is, the light which makes known the eternal maxims.
Then thou shalt make thy way prosperous.–
The prosperous way
Gods blessing is ever upon His people, and lie will ever cause that the way of His commandments shall be found the way of happiness and good. Therefore it is true that His peoples way is a prosperous way, that they have good success. The Old Testament promise is–whatsoever thou doest it shall prosper the New, we know that all things work together for good to them that love God. Is not such a man prospering? All may be disappointment and failure to flesh and blood, and in the estimate of sense. He may not know or see or feel his prosperity at this moment, and while all things are working together. But when they have worked and their end is seen, that end shall be found an end of blessing and prosperity. For in the emphatic language of the Psalm, The Lord knoweth the way of the righteous. His path with them may be dark, and hard, and thorny, but it is right; for their path towards Him is obedience and holiness. In what but blessedness can that path issue which the Lord approveth? Would ye know, then, whether Gods blessing is at this moment upon your path? Is it a path in which you are guided by His Word, in which you are taking it as a lamp to your feet, as your counsellor and your delight? If so–let it be hard–it is blessed l Let it be tedious–your Fathers face of love is shining full upon it. Or if at this moment some cloud is casting over it its gloomy shadow, that cloud will soon be gone, having burst in mercy upon your head. (J. C. Miller, D. D.)
The Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest.—
God with the good
The Lord, whose command is universal; God, whose power is invincible; the Lord thy God, whose mercies are incomprehensible, is with thee whithersoever thou goest. If the Lord thy God be with thee, His wisdom is with thee to direct thee, His power to protect thee, His strength to support thee, His goodness to maintain thee, His bounty to reward thee, His word to encourage thee, and if thou die under His banner, His angels presently to carry thee into heaven. Where the Israelites lamentably deplore their ill success in war, they attribute it to Gods absence. Thou goest not forth, say they, with our armies. The Lacedaemonians, being overtaken by the Persian horse and overwhelmed with great flights of arrows, did notwithstanding quietly sit still, without making any resistance at all, or defence, till the sacrifices for victory were happily ended; yea, though many were sore hurt, and some slain outright before any good sign appeared in the entrails; but as soon as their general, Pausanias, had found good tokens of victory, and persuaded his soldiers of the Divine approbation of their war, they arose, and with excellent courage first received the charge of the barbarians, and after charged them afresh, and slew Mardonius, the Persian general, and many thousands of the rest, and got the day. If the conjectural hope of the aid and assistance of a sainted deity put such courage and resolution into the Lacedaemonians, shall not faith in the true God and confidence in His help breed better blood, and infuse nobler spirits into the hearts of Gods warriors and Christian soldiers? God can save His, and overcome the enemy as well with small forces as with great, but all the forces in the world without Him have no force at all. (D. Featley, D. D.)
An inspiring presence
When Napoleon first started to fight our country and Austria, do you know what our soldiers called him? It was Wee One-hundred-thousand-men. That was a fine name. It was a grand testimony to the power of the little Napoleon in the midst of his army. They asked one another, Is Wee One-hundred-thousand-men in the army to-day? He was worth that number of men. Please tell me at what figure you rate the Son of God. Is He in the battle to-day? (J. Robertson.)
The presence of the Master
Bacon has well said, that a dog is brave and generous when he believes himself backed by his master, but timid and crouching, especially in a strange place, when he is alone and his master away; and a human master, says the philosopher, is as a god to the dog.
Fuente: Biblical Illustrator Edited by Joseph S. Exell
THE BOOK OF JOSHUA
-Year before the common Year of Christ, 1451.
-Julian Period, 3263.
-Cycle of the Sun, 10.
-Dominical Letter, B.
-Cycle of the Moon, 10.
-Indiction, 15.
-Creation from Tisri or September, 2553.
CHAPTER I
Moses being dead, God commissions Joshua to bring the people
into the promised land, 1, 2.
The extent of the land to be possessed, 3, 4.
Joshua is assured of victory over all his enemies, and is
exhorted to courage and activity, 5, 6;
and to be careful to act, in all things, according to the law of
Moses, in which he us to meditate day and night, 7, 8.
He is again exhorted to courage, with the promise of continued
support, 9.
Joshua commands the officers to prepare the people for their
passage over Jordan, 10, 11.
The Reubenites, Gadites, and half tribe of Manasseh, are put in
mind of their engagement to pass over with their brethren,
12-15.
They promise the strictest obedience, and pray for the prosperity
of their leader, 16-18.
NOTES ON CHAP. I
Verse 1. Now after the death of Moses] vayehi, and it was or happened after the death of Moses. Even the first words in this book show it to be a continuation of the preceding, and intimately connected with the narrative in the last chapter in Deuteronomy, of which I suppose Joshua to have been the author, and that chapter to have originally made the commencement of this book (De 34:1-12). See the notes there. The time referred to here must have been at the conclusion of the thirty days in which they mourned for Moses.
Fuente: Adam Clarke’s Commentary and Critical Notes on the Bible
After the death of Moses; either immediately after it, or when the days of mourning for Moses were expired. Joshua was appointed and declared Moses’s successor in the government before this time, and therefore doubtless entered upon the government instantly after his death; and here he receives confirmation from God therein.
The servant of the Lord: this title is given to Moses here and Jos 1:2, as also Deu 34:5, and is oft repeated, not without cause; partly, to reflect honour upon him; partly, to give authority to his laws and writings, in publishing whereof he only acted as God’s servant, in his name and stead: and partly, that the Israelites might not think of Moses above what was meet, remembering that he was not the Lord himself, but only the Lord’s servant; and therefore not to be worshipped, nor yet to be too pertinaciously followed in all his institutions, when the Lord himself should come and abolish part of the Mosaical dispensation; it being but reasonable that he who was only a servant in God’s house, should give place to him who was the Son, and Heir, and Lord of it, as Christ was. See Heb 3:3,5,6. The Lord spake; either in a dream or vision, or by Urim, Num 27:21.
Moses’s minister, i.e. who had waited upon Moses in his great employments, and thereby been privy to his managery of the government, and so fitted and prepared for it.
Fuente: English Annotations on the Holy Bible by Matthew Poole
1. Now after the death ofMosesJoshua, having been already appointed and designatedleader of Israel (Nu27:18-23), in all probability assumed the reins of governmentimmediately “after the death of Moses.”
the servant of the LordThiswas the official title of Moses as invested with a special mission tomake known the will of God; and it conferred great honor andauthority.
the Lord spake untoJoshuaprobably during the period of public mourning, andeither by a direct revelation to the mind of Joshua, or by means ofUrim and Thummim (Nu 27:21).This first communication gave a pledge that the divine instructionswhich, according to the provisions of the theocracy, had beenimparted to Moses, would be continued to the new leader, though Godmight not perhaps speak to him “mouth to mouth” (Nu12:8).
JoshuaThe originalname, Oshea, (Nu 13:8), whichhad been, according to Eastern usage, changed like those of Abram andSarai (Ge 17:5-15) intoJehoshua or Joshua (that is, “God’s salvation”) wassignificant of the services he was to render, and typified those of agreater Saviour (Heb 4:8).
Moses’ ministerthatis, his official attendant, who, from being constantly employed inimportant services and early initiated into the principles of thegovernment, would be well trained for undertaking the leadership ofIsrael.
Fuente: Jamieson, Fausset and Brown’s Commentary Critical and Explanatory on the Whole Bible
Now after the death of Moses,…. Or “and after” h; the book begins as if something went before, it is connected with; and indeed it seems to be the last chapter of the book of Deuteronomy, which treats of the death of Moses; and Joshua being the penman of De 34:5, as say the Talmudists i, and of this book, as has been seen, having wrote them, he goes on with the history of his own affairs in strict connection with that account, beginning where that ended; namely, at the death of Moses, whose character here given is
the servant of the Lord; and a faithful one he was in all things belonging to it, and in whatsoever was enjoined him by the Lord, see
De 34:5;
and it came to pass that the Lord spake unto Joshua the son of Nun,
Moses’s minister; either in a dream, or vision, or by an articulate voice out of the sanctuary: of Joshua’s descent and relation, see
Ex 33:11; and of his office under Moses, not as a menial servant, but a minister of state, see Ex 24:13;
saying; as follows.
h “et factum est”, V. L. “et fuit”, Pagninus, Montanus, Vatablus. i T. Bab. Bava Bathra, fol. 14. 2.
Fuente: John Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible
The imperfect with vav consec., the standing mode of expressing a continued action or train of thought, “simply attaches itself by the conjunction ‘and’ to a completed action, which has either been mentioned before, or is supposed to be well known” ( Ewald, 231, b.). “ After the death of Moses,” i.e., after the expiration of the thirty days of general mourning for him (vid., Deu 34:8). “ Servant of Jehovah ” is a standing epithet applied to Moses as an honourable title, and founded upon Num 12:7-8 (vid., Deu 34:5; 1Ki 8:56; 2Ki 18:12; Psa 105:26, etc.). On “ Joshua, Moses’ minister,” see at Exo 17:9 and Num 13:16. Minister ( meshareth ), as in Exo 24:13, etc. Although Joshua had already been called by the mouth of the Lord to be the successor of Moses in the task of leading the people into Canaan (Num 27:15.), and had not only been presented to the people in this capacity, but had been instituted in this office by the Lord, with the promise of His help (Deu 31:3-7 and Deu 31:23), the word of the Lord came to him a second time after the death of Moses, with the command to enter upon the office to which he had been called, and with the promise that He would help him to fulfil its duties, as he had already helped His servant Moses. “Because even some of the bravest men, although fully prepared beforehand, either stand still or hesitate when the thing has to be done: this exhortation to Joshua, to gird himself at once for the expedition, was by no means superfluous; though his call was ratified again not only for his own sake, but in order that the people might not hesitate to follow him with their minds collected and calm, when they saw that he took no step without the guidance of God” ( Calvin). – Joshua received this word of the Lord by a direct address from God, and not through the intervention of the Urim and Thummim of the high priest; for this appointed medium for the revelation of the will of God, to which he had been referred on the occasion of his first call (Num 27:21), whenever difficulties should arise in connection with his office, was not sufficient for the renewal and confirmation of his divine calling, since the thing required here was not merely that the will of God should be made known to him, but that he should be inspired with courage and strength for the fulfilment of it, i.e., for discharging the duties of his office, just as he afterwards was then in front of the fortified town of Jericho which he was directed to take, where the angel of the Lord appeared to him and assured him of its fall (Jos 5:13). Moreover, the conquest of Canaan formed part of the work which the Lord entrusted to His servant Moses, and in which therefore Joshua was now Moses’ successor. Consequently the Lord would be with him as He had been with Moses (Jos 1:5); and for this reason He revealed His will directly to him, as He had done to Moses, though without talking with him mouth to mouth (Num 12:8).
Fuente: Keil & Delitzsch Commentary on the Old Testament
| Joshua Directed and Encouraged. | B. C. 1451. |
1 Now after the death of Moses the servant of the LORD it came to pass, that the LORD spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ minister, saying, 2 Moses my servant is dead; now therefore arise, go over this Jordan, thou, and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them, even to the children of Israel. 3 Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses. 4 From the wilderness and this Lebanon even unto the great river, the river Euphrates, all the land of the Hittites, and unto the great sea toward the going down of the sun, shall be your coast. 5 There shall not any man be able to stand before thee all the days of thy life: as I was with Moses, so I will be with thee: I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. 6 Be strong and of a good courage: for unto this people shalt thou divide for an inheritance the land, which I sware unto their fathers to give them. 7 Only be thou strong and very courageous, that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law, which Moses my servant commanded thee: turn not from it to the right hand or to the left, that thou mayest prosper whithersoever thou goest. 8 This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein: for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success. 9 Have not I commanded thee? Be strong and of a good courage; be not afraid, neither be thou dismayed: for the LORD thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest.
Honour is here put upon Joshua, and great power lodged in his hand, by him that is the fountain of honour and power, and by whom kings reign. Instructions are given him by Infinite Wisdom, and encouragements by the God of all consolation. God had before spoken to Moses concerning him (Num. xxvii. 18), but now he speaks to him (v. 1), probably as he spoke to Moses (Lev. i. 1) out of the tabernacle of the congregation, where Joshua had with Moses presented himself (Deut. xxxi. 14), to learn the way of attending there. Though Eleazar had the breast-plate of judgment, which Joshua was directed to consult as there was occasion (Num. xxvii. 21), yet, for his greater encouragement, God here speaks to him immediately, some think in a dream or vision (as Job xxxiii. 15); for though God has tied us to instituted ordinances, in them to attend him, yet he has not tied himself to them, but that he may without them make himself known to his people, and speak to their hearts otherwise than by their ears. Concerning Joshua’s call to the government observe here,
I. The time when it was given him: After the death of Moses. As soon as ever Moses was dead, Joshua took upon him the administration, by virtue of his solemn ordination in Moses’s life-time. An interregnum, though but for a few days, might have been of bad consequence; but it is probable that God did not speak to him to go forward towards Canaan till after the thirty days of mourning for Moses were ended; not, as the Jews say, because the sadness of his spirit during those days unfitted him for communion with God (he sorrowed not as one that had no hope), but by this solemn pause, and a month’s adjournment of the public councils, even now when time was so very precious to them, God would put an honour upon the memory of Moses, and give time to the people not only to lament their loss of him, but to repent of their miscarriages towards him during the forty years of his government.
II. The place Joshua had been in before he was thus preferred. He was Moses’s minister, that is, an immediate attendant upon his person and assistant in business. The LXX. translates it hypourgos, a workman under Moses, under his direction and command. Observe, 1. He that was here called to honour had been long bred to business. Our Lord Jesus himself took upon him the form of a servant, and then God highly exalted him. 2. He was trained up in subjection and under command. Those are fittest to rule that have learnt to obey. 3. He that was to succeed Moses was intimately acquainted with him, that he might fully know his doctrine and manner of life, his purpose and long-suffering (2 Tim. iii. 10), might take the same measures, walk in the same spirit, in the same steps, having to carry on the same work. 4. He was herein a type of Christ, who might therefore be called Moses’s minister, because he was made under the law and fulfilled all the righteousness of it.
III. The call itself that God gave him, which is very full.
1. The consideration upon which he was called to the government: Moses my servant is dead, v. 2. All good men are God’s servants; and it is no disparagement, but an honour, to the greatest of men to be so: angels themselves are his ministers. Moses was called to extraordinary work, was a steward in God’s house, and in the discharge of the trusts reposed in him he served not himself but God who employed him; he was faithful as a servant, and with an eye to the Son, as is intimated, Heb. iii. 5, where what he did is said to be for a testimony of the things that should be spoken after. God will own his servants, will confess them in the great day. But Moses, though God’s servant, and one that could ill be spared, is dead; for God will change hands, to show that whatever instruments he uses he is not tied to any. Moses, when he has done his work as a servant, dies and goes to rest from his labours, and enters into the joy of his Lord. Observe, God takes notice of the death of his servants. It is precious in his sight, Ps. cxvi. 15.
2. The call itself. Now therefore arise. (1.) “Though Moses is dead, the work must go on; therefore arise, and go about it.” Let not weeping hinder sowing, nor the withering of the most useful hands be the weakening of ours; for, when God has work to do, he will either find or make instruments fit to carry it on. Moses the servant is dead, but God the Master is not: he lives for ever. (2.) “Because Moses is dead, therefore the work devolves upon thee as his successor, for hereunto thou wast appointed. Therefore there is need of thee to fill up his place; up, and be doing.” Note, [1.] The removal of useful men should quicken survivors to be so much the more diligent in doing good. Such and such are dead, and we must die shortly, therefore let us work while it is day. [2.] It is a great mercy to a people, if, when useful men are taken away in the midst of their usefulness, others are raised up in their stead to go on where they broke off. Joshua must arise to finish what Moses began. Thus the latter generations enter into the labours of the former. And thus Christ, our Joshua, does that for us which could never be done by the law of Moses,–justifies (Acts xiii. 39), and sanctifies, Romans viii. 3. The life of Moses made way for Joshua, and prepared the people for what was to be done by him. Thus the law is a schoolmaster to bring us to Christ: and then the death of Moses made room for Joshua; thus we are dead to the law, our first husband, that we may be married to Christ, Rom. vii. 4.
3. The particular service he was now called out to: “Arise, go over this Jordan, this river which you have in view, and on the banks of which you lie encamped.” This was a trial to the faith of Joshua, whether he would give orders to make preparation for passing the river when there was no visible way of getting over it, at least not at this place and at this time, when all the banks were overflown, ch. iii. 15. He had no pontoons or bridge of boats by which to convey them over, and yet he must believe that God, who had ordered them over, would open a way for them. Going over Jordan was going into Canaan; thither Moses might not, could not, bring them, Deut. xxxi. 2. Thus the honour of bringing the many sons to glory is reserved for Christ the captain of our salvation, Heb. ii. 10.
4. The grant of the land of Canaan to the children of Israel is here repeated (v. 2-4): I do give it them. To the patriarchs it was promised, I will give it; but, now that the fourth generation had expired, the iniquity of the Amorites was full, and the time had come for the performance of the promise, it is actually conveyed, and they are put in possession of that which they had long been in expectation of: “I do give it, enter upon it, it is all your own; nay (v. 3), I have given it; though it be yet unconquered, it is as sure to you as if it were in your hands.” Observe, (1.) The persons to whom the conveyance is made: To them, even to the children of Israel (v. 2), because they are the seed of Jacob, who was called Israel at the time when this promise was made to him, Gen 35:10; Gen 35:12. The children of Israel, though they had been very provoking in the wilderness, yet, for their fathers’ sakes, should have the entail preserved. And it was the children of the murmurers that God said should enter Canaan, Num. xiv. 31. (2.) The land itself that is conveyed: From the river Euphrates eastward, to the Mediterranean Sea westward, v. 4. Though their sin cut them short of this large possession, and they never replenished all the country within the bounds here mentioned, yet, had they been obedient, God would have given them this and much more. Out of all these countries, and many others, there were in process of time proselytes to the Jewish religion, as appears, Acts ii. 5, c. If their church was enlarged, though their nation was not multiplied, it cannot be said that the promise was of no effect. And, if this promise had not its full accomplishment in the letter, believers might thence infer that it had a further meaning, and was to be fulfilled in the kingdom of the Messiah, both that of grace and that of glory. (3.) The condition is here implied upon which this grant is made, in those words, as I said unto Moses, that is, “upon the terms that Moses told you of many a time, if you will keep my statutes, you shall go in and possess that good land. Take it under those provisos and limitations, and not otherwise.” The precept and promise must not be separated. (4.) It is intimated with what ease they should gain the possession of this land, if it were not their own fault, in these words, “Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon (within the following bounds) shall be your own. Do but set your foot upon it and you have it.”
5. The promises God here makes to Joshua for his encouragement. (1.) That he should be sure of the presence of God with him in this great work to which he was called (<i>v. 5): “As I was with Moses, to direct and strengthen him, to own and prosper him, and give him success in bringing Israel out of Egypt and leading them through the wilderness, so I will be with thee to enable thee to settle them in Canaan.” Joshua was sensible how far he came short of Moses in wisdom and grace; But what Moses did was done by virtue of the presence of God with him, and, though Joshua had not always the same presence of mind that Moses had, yet, if he had always the same presence of God, he would do well enough. Note, it is a great comfort to the rising generation of ministers and Christians that the same grace which was sufficient for those that went before them shall not be wanting to them if they be not wanting to themselves in the improvement of it. It is repeated here again (v. 9). “The Lord thy God is with thee as a God of power, and that power engaged for thee whithersoever thou goest.” Note, Those that go where God sends them shall have him with them wherever they go and they need desire no more to make them easy and prosperous. (2.) That the presence of God should never be withdrawn from him: I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee, v. 5. Moses had assured him of this (Deut. xxxi. 8), that, though he must now leave him, God never would: and here God himself confirms that word of his servant Moses (Isa. xliv. 26), and engages never to leave Joshua. We need the presence of God, not only when we are beginning our work to set us in, but in the progress of it to further us with a continual help. If that at any time fail us, we are gone; this we may be sure, that the Lord is with us while we are with him. This promise here made to Joshua is applied to all believers, and improved as an argument against covetousness, Heb. xiii. 5, Be content with such things as you have, for he hath said, I will never leave thee. (3.) That he should have victory over all the enemies of Israel (v. 5): There shall not any man that comes against thee be able to stand before thee. Note, There is no standing before those that have God on their side. If he be for us, who can be against us? God promises him clear success–the enemy should not make any head against him; and constant success–all the days of his life. However it might be with Israel when he was gone, all his reign should be graced with triumphs. What Joshua had himself encouraged the people with long ago (Num. xiv. 9) God here encourages him with. (4.) That he should himself have the dividing of this land among the people of Israel, v. 6. It was a great encouragement to him in beginning this work that he was sure to see it finished and his labour should not be in vain. Some make it a reason why he should arm himself with resolution, and be of good courage, because of the bad character of the people whom he must cause to inherit that land. He knew well what a froward discontented people they were, and how unmanageable they had been in his predecessor’s time; let him therefore expect vexation from them and be of good courage.
6. The charge or command he gives to Joshua, which is,
(1.) That he conform himself in every thing to the law of God, and make this his rule Jos 1:7; Jos 1:8. God does, as it were, put the book of the law into Joshua’s hand; as, when Joash was crowned, they gave him the testimony, 2 Kings xi. 12. And concerning this book he is charged, [1.] To meditate therein day and night, that he might understand it and have it ready in him upon all occasions. If ever any man’s business might have excused him from meditation, and other acts of devotion, one would think Joshua’s might at this time. It was a great trust that was lodged in his hands; the care of it was enough to fill him, if he had had ten souls, and yet he must find time and thoughts for meditation. Whatever affairs of this world we have to mind, we must not neglect the one thing needful. [2.] Not to let it depart out of his mouth; that is, all his orders to the people, and his judgments upon appeals made to him, must be consonant to the law of God; upon all occasions he must speak according to this rule, Isa. viii. 20. Joshua was to maintain and carry on the work that Moses had begun, and therefore he must not only complete the salvation Moses had wrought for them, but must uphold the holy religion he had established among them. There was no occasion to make new laws; but that good thing which was committed to him he must carefully and faithfully keep, 2 Tim. i. 14. [3.] He must observe to do according to all this law. To this end he must meditate therein, not for contemplation sake only, or to fill his head with notions, or that he might find something to puzzle the priests with, but that he might, both as a man and as a magistrate, observe to do according to what was written therein; and several things were written there which had particular reference to the business he had now before him, as the laws concerning their wars, the destroying of the Canaanites and the dividing of Canaan; c. these he must religiously observe. Joshua was a man of great power and authority, yet he must himself be under command and do as he is bidden. No man’s dignity or dominion, how great soever, sets him above the law of God. Joshua must not only govern by law, and take care that the people observed the law, but he must observe it himself, and so by his own example maintain the honour and power of it. First, He must do what was written. It is not enough to hear and read the word, to commend and admire it, to know and remember it, to talk and discourse of it, but we must do it. Secondly, He must do according to what was written, exactly observing the law as his copy, and doing, not only that which was there required, but in all circumstances according to the appointment. Thirdly, He must do according to all that was written, without exception or reserve, having a respect to all God’s commandments, even those which are most displeasing to flesh and blood. Fourthly, He must observe to do so, observe the checks of conscience, the hints of providence; and all the advantages of opportunity. Careful observance is necessary to universal obedience. Fifthly, He must not turn from it, either in his own practice or in any act of government, to the right hand or to the left, for there are errors on both hands, and virtue is in the mean. Sixthly, He must be strong and courageous, that he might do according to the law. So many discouragements there are in the way of duty that those who will proceed and persevere in it must put on resolution. And, lastly, to encourage him in his obedience, he assures him that then he shall do wisely (as it is in the margin) and make his way prosperous,Jos 1:7; Jos 1:8. Those that make the word of God their rule, and conscientiously walk by that rule, shall both do well and speed well; it will furnish them with the best maxims by which to order their conversation (Ps. cxi. 10); and it will entitle them to the best blessings: God shall give them the desire of their heart.
(2.) That he encourage himself herein with the promise and presence of God, and make these his stay (v. 6): Be strong and of a good courage. And again (v. 7), as if this was the one thing needful: Only be strong and very courageous. And he concludes with this (v. 9): Be strong and of a good courage; be not afraid, neither be thou dismayed. Joshua had long since signalized his valour, in the war with Amalek, and in his dissent from the report of the evil spies; and yet God sees fit thus to inculcate this precept upon him. Those that have grace have need to be called upon again and again to exercise grace and to improve in it. Joshua was humble and low in his own eyes, not distrustful of God, and his power, and promise, but diffident of himself, and of his own wisdom, and strength, and sufficiency for the work, especially coming after so great a man as Moses; and therefore God repeats this so often, “Be strong and of a good courage; let not the sense of thy own infirmities dishearten thee; God is all-sufficient. Have not I commanded thee?” [1.] “I have commanded the work to be done, and therefore it shall be done, how invincible soever the difficulties may seem that lie in the way.” Nay, [2.] “I have commanded, called, and commissioned, thee to do it, and therefore will be sure to own thee, and strengthen thee, and bear thee out in it.” Note, When we are in the way of our duty we have reason to be strong and very courageous; and it will help very much to animate and embolden us if we keep our eye upon the divine warrant, hear God saying, “Have not I commanded thee? I will therefore help thee, succeed thee, accept thee, reward thee.” Our Lord Jesus, as Joshua here, was borne up under his sufferings by a regard to the will of God and the commandment he had received from his Father, John x. 18.
Fuente: Matthew Henry’s Whole Bible Commentary
Introduction
The Book of Joshua recounts how the Lord kept His promises to deliver the land of Canaan to Israel. At first, the people served the Lord, but when the elders died out, they began to turn to idolatry. It was probably written by Joshua, except short passages at the end, and it takes’ its name from Israel’s great military commander. He is shown to be equal to his task in such incidents as crossing the flooding Jordan, conquering the great city of Jericho, and subjugating the strong Jebusite and Canaanite confederacies. However, there were times when his faith in the Lord faltered, as illustrated in his failure to consult the Lord before attacking Ai, and in concluding a treaty of friendship with the deceiving Gibeonites. Further, he appears to have been lax in launching out and dividing the land among the remaining tribes when the final campaign was completed.
The scope of events recounted in the Book of Joshua cover about thirty years (1400-1370 B.C.), though Unger gives about forty years to the period. Since he was in the first numbering of the tribes (Num 14:20-30), it is certain that he was above twenty years of age at the exodus from Egypt. Thus he would have been at least sixty years old when the Israelites entered Canaan and was probably nearer eighty, the age of Caleb. Noting that Joshua was 110 years of age at death (Jos 24:29 ff), it is concluded that the events of the book of Joshua must have been no more than thirty years.
The Book of Joshua begins with the Israelites camped at Shittim on the east side of the Jordan river, but they soon moved across into Canaan and camped at Gilgal, in the valley. From here they moved against Jericho, approximately five miles from the river. The campaign then spread to the central mountains, to the cities of Ai and Gibeon, to the coastal areas and southern Negev, then back to the north to the area of Tyre and Lebanon. The whole conquered area reached from the frontiers of Egypt almost to Damascus.
Joshua – Chapter 1
Joshua Commissioned, vs. 1-9
Moses had gone up Mt. Nebo alone and died in the presence of the Lord; now God apprises Joshua of the fact and assigns him the task of leading Israel into possession of Canaan.
The promises first made to Abraham are now made to Joshua and Israel. Every place their foot falls in the land will be given to them, from the wilderness of the south, to Lebanon in the north and far away to the Euphrates River and the borderland of Mesopotamia; and to the great sea (Mediterranean) on the west, all the land occupied by the Canaanite tribes.
Joshua was given the same assurance of divine leadership which Moses had enjoyed, so that no one was able to stand before him all the days of his life.
The Lord’s commission to Joshua is found in verses 6-9; the same commission which had previously been given him by Moses (Deu 31:7). He is to be strong and courageous in dividing the land as the Lord intends it to the tribes.
In order to do this Joshua is to abide strictly by the Law of the Lord as He gave it to Moses. It is to be his constant companion, that it might be in his mind in all his decisions as Israel’s leader.
He is to study it and ponder it that it may be a part of him and that he may be assured of prosperity in the things of the Lord. Verse 9 emphasizes the commission by reminding Joshua that it is the Lord who speaks thus to him.
In godly fear and courage he will be unafraid of men and he will not be dismayed; that is, he will not waver and be indecisive in what he should do. Every bit of this commission of Joshua is admonitory to every Christian today.
Fuente: Garner-Howes Baptist Commentary
1. Now, after, etc Here, first, we see the steadfastness of God in watching over his people, and providing for their safety. The sanction given to Joshua’s appointment, as new leader by a renewed commission, (13) was intended to indicate the continuance of his favor, and prevent the people from thinking themselves forsaken in consequence of the death of Moses. Joshua, indeed, had already been chosen to rule the people; and not only invested with the office, but also endowed with spiritual gifts. But as the most valiant, however well provided, are apt to halt or waver when the period for action arrives, the exhortation to Joshua to make ready forthwith for the expedition was by no means superfluous. Still, however, the call thus formally given was not so much on his own account, as to inspire the people with full confidence in following a leader whom they saw advancing step by step in the path divinely marked out for him. (14)
(13) “A renewed commission.” Latin, “ Repetitis mandatis.” French, “ En reiterant les articles de sa commission;” “By reiterating the articles of his commission.” — Ed.
(14) Or rather, “Who they saw, did not advance a single step till the Lord had preceded him.” — Ed.
Fuente: Calvin’s Complete Commentary
The call of Joshua!
Jos 1:1-2
These sentences are full of suggestion, heaped up, pressed down, running over. They emphasize the fact that no mortal man holds the destiny of earth and time in his hand. The earth does not vanish with his last breath, and time does not stop when death stills his fingers.
The remark applies to the mightiest of men. One might imagine that history would cease with Moses death; that since the ages could never match him, God would not permit time to run on and produce inferiors, and prove the declension of time itself and the descent of man. But such reasoning, while natural enough, does not accord with the facts of history. A greater than Moses will arise, a greater than David. Gods greatest servant will be succeeded by Gods only Son, and upon Him men will lay murderous hands, and on Golgothas heights He will breathe His last and yield up His spirit; and His stark, stiff body will be borne to the grave, and even then, time will not stop. History will not end. God will not admit defeat and finish with endeavor, but move on, discouraged in nothing, knowing full-well that eternity is at His command; all power in heaven and in earth is not only with Him, but in Him.
History is only another expression of His will, and, though by searching we may not understand His way, it remains as high above our ways as the heavens are above the earth, and it is the way of wisdom.
Admitting, as we must admit, that Moses has no sufficient successor and never will have, we see clearly that God can move on with a second rate man and carry forward His plans by the personality of the same.
Moses My servant is dead; now therefore arise. It is great to have a God who has a mind, a will and a way; a God who can voice Himself to the ears of men and move their souls to obedience of His will.
One reading this opening verse is foolish to turn from such a God to the one-celled animal of the evolutionist, or to a blind Force that moves forward with an objective it does not itself know or understand. Give me the God of Moses, who, when His first man is taken away, turns to His strong second and says, I will now use you. Arise! Turn to the 10th verse and know Joshuas response.
Then Joshua commanded the officers of the People, saying, Pass through the host, and command the people, saying, Prepare you victuals; for within three days ye shall pass over this Jordan, to go in to possess the land, which the Lord your God giveth you to possess it (Jos 1:10-11).
It would almost seem that the second rate man had learned from the mistakes of Gods first and greatest servant. When Moses was called, he presented all sorts of arguments against his appointment. He demurred from the commission; he did his best to show God how mistaken He was to send him in leadership; voiced an over-estimation of all his deficiencies, incapabilities, incompetence. He illustrated the fact that men who tell God they cant do the Divine pleasure, in spite of assumed humility of speech, actually seek to inform God and show Him their superior intelligence. One yearns to meet a man whose true humility is not combined with an inordinate egoism; and what else is it but egoism for any man to insist that he cannot and dare not undertake the Divine will? It is a practical assertion that, I know my powers better than God knows them. I understand my weaknesses better than He understands them. I know that for which I am fitted better than the Heavenly Father knows. By such excuses men are still refusing to undertake the plainest obligations in the Church of God, declining to accept the most urgent offices, hesitating to step into the place of needful responsibility and letting the work lag. It is good to turn to Joshua and see a man, consciously the inferior of the great fallen leader, rise instantly in response to the Divine command and get ready to go over Jordan.
The crossing of Jordan. God never calls a man to do nothing. All men engaged in that business are self-appointed and self-controlled. Every day men come to me saying they are under the will of the Lord and yet havent a thing on earth to do; nothing opens before them and they wonder Why? Again and again they are asking, What does God mean, when I am so perfectly in His will, to provide me nothing. God very clearly means you are not in His will. God never commissioned a man to do nothing. The voice of the Lord is, Arise; Go! There is something to do, and I want you to do it. Go over this Jordan, thou, and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them, even to the Children of Israel. Go! There is territory to be occupied. Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses?. Go! There are battles to be fought and there shall not any man be able to stand before thee; and victories to be won. Go, and I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.
However, God knows and expects the right sort of response, hence His injunction, Be strong and of a good courage, and yet again, Only be thou strong and very courageous, that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law, which Moses My servant commanded thee: turn not from it to the right hand or to the left, that thou mayest prosper whithersoever thou goest (Jos 1:6-7).
God not only has a work for every man, but He has a way for every man and that way is the way of His command, and no man can be excused if he does not know the way, for it is his to meditate day and night that he may observe to do according to all that is written therein, and when he has so done, he has the assurance, Thou shalt make thy way prosperous; Then thou shalt have good success. The climax of encouragement lies in the circumstance that God who has commanded it, is ready to aid in its accomplishment. To the man who walks in the will of the Lord, the promise comes, The Lord thy God is with thee, whithersoever thou goest.
The Jordan seemed an insuperable barrier. Getting a nation of hundreds of thousands of people, including women and children and cattle across it, was a task before which the stoutest heart might have quailed, and concerning which the coward would have said, Impossible. That would have been the language of the unbelieving man, but it was not the language of Joshua. The remaining portion of the first chapter is given to his making ready for the passage, and be it said to the honor of his leaders, they answered, All that thou commandest us we will do, and whithersoever thou sendest us, we will go (Jos 1:16).
With such a commander as that, and such leaders under him, nothing is impossible. Of the Jordan, as Napoleon said of the Alps, There shall be none. Faith triumphs and the word impossible is put out of its dictionary. By faith Columbus conquered the seas; by it the Pilgrim fathers braved these shores; by it Livingstone dared Africa. Truly, as a writer has said, Faith is a force and those who grasp it lay hold of something that is able to make them mightier than themselves.
The second chapter of the Book is an interesting record of Rahab, whose name now being called, will never depart from the Book. How wonderful that when even the stained and sinning come into a knowledge of God, their dishonored names are made immortal!
The third chapter passes from the entertainment of the spies, the promise made to the harlot, the scarlet thread in the window, to a report of the land that stirred the entire host of Israel and helped them to make ready against the day when they should go over on dry ground in the midst of Jordan and enter Canaan without the loss of one.
How firm a foundation, ye saints of the Lord,
Is laid for your faith in His excellent Word!
What more can He say than to you He hath said,
To you, who for refuge, to Jesus have fled?
Fear not; I am with thee; O be not dismayed!
For I am thy God, I will still give thee aid;
Ill strengthen thee, help thee, and cause thee to stand,
Upheld by My gracious, omnipotent hand.
When through the deep waters I call thee to go,
The rivers of sorrow shall not overflow,
For I will be with thee, thy trials to bless,
And sanctify to thee thy deepest distress.
The conquest of Canaan. The call of Joshua had an objective. He was not only to Arise, but he was to lead the hosts of Israel over Jordan. The crossing of Jordan was the coming to Canaan; but entrance upon a task is not its completion. The whole land must be subjugated; the opponents must be driven out or converted; the cities must be occupied; the lands must be cultivated; the country must be made a home.
I will not stop upon the memorials set up to remind them of Gods own miracle when the Jordan was rolled back. We will treat that later and more fully. I will not now lay emphasis upon the circumcision adopted when coming into Canaan; they remembered the word of the Lord to Moses. I will not now even rehearse the fall of Jericho, one of the most dramatic incidents known to human history, involving as it does a miracle, revealing the power of God against opponents and the grace of God toward His own. I will not dwell on the sin of Achan, whose theft delayed the entire enterprise, paralyzed the army and threatened temporarily to destroy the Divine plans. It is enough to know that one man can by his conduct injure a whole army; that one man can by refusal to occupy the right place and do the right thing, delay any enterprise; that one man can so far offend God as to compel the withdrawal of His favor from the entire fellowship to which that man belongs, and his correction must be accomplished before the conquest may proceed. When they raised over Achan a great heap of stones, then the Lord turned from His fierce anger and cities again began to fall before the face of IsraelAi was made a heap forever, Gibeon was the next to fall, the five kings that fought against Joshua went to swift and terrible defeat; Makkedah was next in line; after it Libnah, and so on. The 11th chapter gives the whole story of how Canaan yielded to the conquering hosts, and the 12th records the roster of conquered kings. One needs to read it in order to realize how many battles had been fought and what victories had been won. It is recorded in Jos 12:9-24; 31 kings in all, and the conquest of Canaan was complete!
I know the so-called moral objections urged by modernists against this whole procedure. They charge God, who commanded it, with being a brutal Moloch, delighting in war, inciting to slaughter, not only permitting, but praising the men who marched across the territory of others conquering and killing. The man capable of logical thinking cannot object when a wicked people perish from the earth and a more righteous nation takes their place; when the indifferent and worthless are supplanted by the conscientious and capable. This land belonged to the descendants of Abraham by promise, and not only so, but by the former occupation of the same by their father and his great family. They were driven from it by famine, and Egypt was only a place of sojourn. When they returned to it, they asked to reoccupy their own, and the request was resented, and the battle was on. Not only so, but the God of all wisdom is not dealing with the little problems of the day. The future of the whole world was in His objective, and this land is the land in which He would make His revelation and out from which He would send His word to the ends of the earth. And since God has not signed a quitclaim to any part of the earth, why is He not able to appoint any portion of it to the purpose of His own personal pleasure and consequently of His mighty, reasonable and righteous plans?
We have a saying that when our Pilgrim Fathers landed on Plymouth Rock, they fell first upon their knees, and then upon the aborigines. We have laughed at this pert remark as if it involved the most inharmonious conduct, to go from ones knees against the aborigines; but as a matter of fact, there is no inharmony in it. This land no more belonged to the aborigines than it did to the Pilgrims. They crossed the sea from the West, and found its fertile plains, and for ought we know, extinguished occupants and took possession. When Columbus and all who followed him came from the East, they had a similar right to the discovered continent. Even the argument of previous occupation is not potent, for it was not occupied. It was simply held, and claimed. Millions on millions of broad, rich acres, none of them cultivated; unthinkable support for starving millions, and an indolent folk, roaming through its forests, dreaming by its lakes and streams, and feasting upon its fish and game, worthless, faithless, careless, godless. By what mortal moralizing can any man make it out that God should forever will that the richest portion of His whole world should remain to pauperize its occupants, prostitute their powers, and continue them in indolent methods and murderous feuds. No! God is not under condemnation for His conduct in Canaan, nor yet for His conduct in America. If God moves in a mysterious way His wonders to perform, the mystery finally clears and the great, infinite reason fully appears. For the conquest of Canaan, the whole world ought to give thanks! Through Canaan and Israel the Light of the World came!
THE COLLOCATION
I notice almost all my fellow Bible teachers speak of this as the division of the land, but as a matter of fact, that is not at all the principal thought. In chapters 13 to 22 the division of the land is incidental only. The true objective is the collocation of the tribes; the setting of them in position, but especially in right relation one to another. Mark the movement and learn the following facts.
The care shown in distributing the land.
Now Joshua was old and stricken in years; and the Lord said unto him, Thou art old and stricken in years, and there remaineth yet very much land to be possessed.
This is the land that yet remaineth: all the borders of the Philistines and all Geshuri (Jos 13:1-2).
It is interesting to have God recall His promise to Abraham, and reestablish the lines of Israels occupation. God never forgets a promise made, nor under any conceivable circumstances does he ever disregard it. He will keep it to the last letter, or else show that the man to whom it was made has forfeited his right to have the promise revived and applied.
We do enjoy these phrases, And the Lord said unto him. We thank God for their constant recurrence in Scripture! We get no pleasure from the polytheism in which some men believe. The very idea of many gods is to us a confusion of all heaven and all earth, and all time and all intent. It only makes the heavens to be the same battleground that earth has been, and the leaders there to contend as leaders here do, and it is not consonant with the unity found in the universe, and the order, as of one mind, that moves every planet and sun. In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth, and He who controls the heavens and the earth controls men and knows how to voice Himself to them.
Language possible to God? Certainly! He is the Author of it. We havent the least question that the first speech that ever broke the solemn stillness of earth was the word given of God to Adam and voiced on his lips in answer to the Divine voice as the babe, answering back the mother, calls her own name. Away with your polytheism, pantheism, atheism! Give me God, the God who created all things, the God who told Joshua to Arise and Go over Jordan, the God who spake to the old man stricken in years and said, I will tell thee what land thou art to occupy and how thou shalt occupy it, and then proceeds to apportion the same.
Hume, the great skeptic, once went to hear the preacher John Brown of Haddington, we are told. His preaching profoundly impressed the unbeliever, and when he left the place he said, That is the man for me! He means what he says. He speaks as if Jesus Christ were at his elbow. What is the matter with having God at ones elbow? He filleth all space; He doesnt come into our presence; we live in His presence. In Him we live, and move, and have our being. Why, then, can He not tell us what He wants? Aye, He has told us and His Word is plain. Joshua is not alone in this experience. Men by the score have heard the audible voice of God, and men by the million have heard His inaudible voice with accents just as clear, and lessons just as sweet and strong, and at times, as stern.
Definite consideration is given to the courageous Caleb. God has no sooner finished his staking out of the land to be occupied than the cause of Caleb gets attention. Read the 14th chapter and be informed.
By lot was their inheritance, as the Lord commanded by the hand of Moses, for the nine tribes, and for the half tribe (Jos 14:2).
Then the Children of Judah came unto Joshua in Gilgal; and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, the Kenezite said unto him, Thou knowest the thing that the Lord said unto Moses the man of God concerning me and thee in Kadesh-barnea (Jos 14:6).
Caleb was an old man, but the promise of God had not been forgotten in the forty years of wilderness wandering. He was an old man, but his heart did not fail or fear before the difficult task of conquering against the strongest of the Lords enemies. At eighty-five he asserted, I am as strong this day as I was in the day Moses sent me. It was probably an old mans boast. No man is as strong at eighty-five as he was at forty, but we admire him for believing he is and we suspect, all things considered, the speech is well within the lines of truth, for while in physical frame he may have failed, in heart and courage and confidence he had grown.
I asked myself yesterday concerning a great denomination, Is there a man of any courage left, a man who will dare to raise his voice against ecclesiastical powers and protest the menace of the ecclesiastical machine? and instantly my thought flashed to one, and I said, Yes; thank God, he is left and he will not bow the knee to this modern Baal; he will not fall before the face of this modern Goliath; he will not conciliate and compromise in order to secure position or preference. And lo, the man to whom my mind turned is past his eightieth year, hale and hearty in body, and if not as strong as forty years ago in physique, his growth of soul makes him more of a man than forty years ago faced the enemy. I tell you, such men are never forgotten of God. He will keep to them His promise, and while breath is in their bodies, He will make their arms strong to fight the fight of faith, and when they fall, they will go down with a victorious sentence upon their lips, I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith, and with the sweet assurance in their souls, Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous Judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His Appearing (2Ti 4:7-8).
If there is one feature of Calebs life that outshines all others, it is the courage of the man. It characterized him in youth and filled him in old age. Henry Van Dyke says, Courage is essential to guard the best qualities of the soul, and to clear the way for their action, and make them move with freedom and vigor.
Courage the highest gift, that scorns to bend,
To mean devices for a sordid end;
Courage, an independent spark from Heavens throne,
By which the soul stands raised, triumphant, high, alone;
The spring of all true acts is seated here,
As falsehoods draw their sordid birth from fear.
The completion of tribal assignments. A cursory survey of chapters 15 to 22 inclusive will show the completion of tribal assignments; the portion of Judah and Manasseh and Ephraim, of the Levites, of Reuben and Gad, and the rest. It is difficult to read those assignments without stopping long upon matchless instances interwoven. The Tabernacle at Shilohhow full of suggestion, worthy a volume; the casting of lots to determine the location of tribes; the appointment of cities of refuge for the unintentional manslayer; the concern given to the Levitical priesthood and the schism in Reuben and Gad. These are worthy of earnest consideration, but cannot be compassed within the limits of a single discourse. Concerning the cities of refuge, we have already spoken somewhat extensively in exposition of Pentateuchal volumes. Regarding the schism of Reuben and Gad, suffice it so say that it was healed and the children of Reuben and Gad called the altar Ed, literally a witness, for it shall be a witness between us that the Lord is God (Jos 22:34). A schism in the body of Christ is serious, sad, sinful; the healing of the same is health, happiness, holiness. Let God be praised!
THE COUNSELS
The 23rd chapter brings us to the concluding counsels of Joshua. He is an old man now, stricken in age; the time of his departure is at hand and he knows it. Reminiscence is natural to him. He just must employ the language of the old, Ye have seen all that the Lord your God hath done unto all these nations because of you; for the Lord your God is He that hath fought for you (Jos 23:3).
He cant help referring to his own leadership. I have divided unto you by lot these nations that remain, to be an inheritance for your tribes, from Jordan, with all the nations that I have cut off, but as a faithful man must do, he gives the glory where it belongs, The Lord your God, He shall expel them from before you, and drive them from out of your sight; and ye shall possess their land, as the Lord your God hath promised unto you (Jos 23:4-5).
What is that but reminiscence? When God called him was not that the exact charge that God gave him? Be thou strong and very courageous, that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law, * * * * turn not from it to the right hand or to the left. It is natural, it is reasonable, for the old man to believe that God, who judgeth man, will do for the coming generations what He did for him in his day; and as he recalls his own faults and consequent failures, he reminds himself of the fact that the fault was in him and not in the Father in heaven, and would encourage his successors to believe that utter loyalty and consequent faithfulness result in a fruitful and triumphant life, to victories untarnished, so that no man hath been able to stand before you unto this day. One man of you shall chase a thousand: for the Lord your God He it is that fighteth for you, as He hath promised you (Jos 23:9-10).
It is a tender plea, Take good heed therefore unto yourselves, that ye love the Lord your God.
Joseph Parker says truthfully, Old men never become infidels. We say sometimes, Seldom is an old man converted to Christianity. How far that may be true, I cannot tell; but did ever an old pilgrim who had once seen heaven opened, turn around and say in his old age that he was going to the city of negation, or to the wilderness of atheism? Old men ought to be heard upon these subjects. They have lived a lifetime. They have fought upon a thousand battle-fields; they know all the darkness of nights, all the sharpness of winter, all the heat of summer, and they have a right to be heard upon this question, and their testimony on the side of the Bible is united, distinct, emphatic and unanswerable.
So also is their confidence in an all-wise, all-powerful, all-controlling God. No man lives a lifetime, walking with the Lord, to doubt Him when the day is done. Whenever such a doubt comes to an old man, we count him demented. He is not an infidel, he is insane. We do not argue with him; we pity him. We dont send him to school to educate him; we put him in an asylum and appoint a nurse to serve him and a doctor to treat him and a minister to pray with him and enhearten him. Age and infidelitythese are incompatible terms, save when the end of life succeeds a life of skepticism and of sin. Young men for war; old men for counsel!
Listen also to Joshuas last charge to Israel. It is recorded in the 24th chapter. Rehearsing the Divine guidance, he urged upon them loyalty, and then reminds them that they have pledged themselves afresh and have become witnesses to themselves; and, if ever they depart, against themselves.
Put away * * * * strange gods (Jos 24:23). * *
So Joshua made a covenant with the people that day, and set them a statute and an ordinance in Shechem.
And Joshua, wrote these words in the Book of the Law of God, and took a great stone, and set it up there under an oak, that was by the sanctuary of the Lord.
And Joshua said unto all the people, Behold, this stone shall be a witness unto us; for it hath heard all the words of the Lord which He spake unto us: it shall be therefore a witness unto you, lest ye deny your God (Jos 24:25-27).
The Book concludes with the record of Joshuas death. Who wrote this postscript? I do not know. Is it inspired then? Certainly it is! There is not a thing in this little postscript that involved the likelihood of error. It is a plain, simple, statement of an historic truth, and while doubtless God presided over the man who penned it, he was not necessarily a prophet. He was not necessarily a seer. It doesnt assume to scan the future. He was not necessarily a teacher. The only teaching element in it is what may be adduced from it. He is a recorder of facts. A court stenographer is not inspired, but when he tells exactly what took place he tells us truth, and truth is eternal whether it come from the pen of an inspired prophet of God or from the lips of a scientist who has made some discovery. In both instances the writer thinks Gods thoughts after Him.
Joshua the son of Nun, the servant of the Lord, died, being am hundred and ten years old.
They buried him in the border of his inheritance in Timnath-serah, which is in mount Ephraim, on the north side of the hill of Gaash.
And Israel served the Lord all the days of Joshua, and all the days of the elders that overlived Joshua, and which had known all the works of the Lord, that he had done for Israel.
And the bones of Joseph, which the Children of Israel brought up out of Egypt buried they in Shechem, in a parcel of ground which Jacob bought of the sons of Hamor the father of Shechem for an hundred pieces of silver: and it became the inheritance of the children of Joseph.
And Eleazar the son of Aaron died; and they buried him in a hill that pertained to Phinehas his son, which was given him in mount Ephraim (Jos 24:29-33).
It would be impossible to say this was not written by an inspired man. In all likelihood the record of Moses death was written by Joshua. He would be as much inspired of God to write that little portion of the Pentateuch as he was to give to the world his own Book. Prophets succeeded Joshua; but in any event the record is so simple, straightforward and clear that to call it into question is to reveal an indigenous infidelity.
The book closes. What a career! Compare it now with the career of Moses if you will, and, though he has not reached the sublime heights of the most outstanding mortal of all the centuries, his lustre is not dimmed by that circumstance. A captain of hosts indeed! A counsellor, sweet, strong, spiritual; a fighter with a fathers heart; a warrior whose entire path is marked by victories. An old man, ready to depart this life, and yet so profoundly interested in the future that he cannot go until he has planned the centuries to come!
Let him sleep. He cannot die, for though dead, he will speak; and 3,500 years after they have laid him to rest in the side of mount Ephraim, men and women of every metropolis will be mightily moved by what Joshua is saying to them. Time and distance have no power against such a personality!
Fuente: The Bible of the Expositor and the Evangelist by Riley
JOSHUAS CALL AND COMMISSION
Jos 1:1-18.
IT is not our intention to give an elaborate discussion to each chapter of this Book, and yet, so richly suggestive are its pages, that none of them should be passed over lightly. We propose, therefore, a combination of homiletical outlines for certain portions, with fuller emphasis upon a few points.
This first chapter comprehends Joshuas call and commission, and we propose this very brief treatment from that viewpoint.
JOSHUAS CALL
Now after the death of Moses, the servant of the Lord it came to pass, that the Lord spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses minister (Jos 1:1).
Sometimes a single sentence contains a sermon. This verse is a case in point.
Moses death was the occasion of Joshuas call. The Lords servants are not immortal. The mightiest men crumble before the arrow of the last enemy, but Gods cause never rests wholly with one individual. Men die, but God lives to appoint their successors. Every New Testament prophet perished, but Christianity continued. It was in the foreknowledge of that fact that Christ said, The gates of hell shall not prevail against it.
Joshuas relationship to Moses determined his call. He was Moses minister, or servant. In a sense, he measured up to the New Testament suggestion. Whosoever will he great among you, let him
be your minister. Joshua may have been the second man while Moses lived, but when Moses died, Joshua succeeded to first place. He went there, not because he happened to be the one man who waited on Moses, but because he was evidently the best man associated with him.
Office is not commonly a matter of accident. Honors are not determined by a mere wheel of fortune. Merit both demands and secures attention, and ability is always in the line of blessing.
The call, itself, was clearly from the Lord. The Lord spake to Joshua. Whether He spake to him in audible tones, as He seems to have done with Moses, or whether by Urim and Thummim (Num 27:21), we are not told; we do not need to know!
Curiosity demands an explanation of every jot and tittle of Divine procedure. Confidence accepts the clear statement as sufficient. God talks to men, and those who have ears to hear understand what He says, and determine their life and conduct by the same.
JOSHUA IS COMMISSIONED
Moses My servant is dead; now therefore arise, go over this Jordan, thou, and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them, even to the Children of Israel.
Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses.
From the wilderness and this Lebanon even unto the great river, the river Euphrates, all the land of the Hittites, and unto the great sea toward the going down of the sun, shall be your coast
There shall not any man be able to stand before thee all the days of thy life: as I was with Moses, so I will be with thee: I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.
Be strong and of a good courage: for unto this people shalt thou divide for an inheritance the land, which I sware unto their fathers to give them.
Only be thou strong and very courageous, that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law, which Moses My servant commanded thee: turn not from it to the right hand or to the left, that thou mayest prosper whithersoever thou goest.
This Book of the Law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein: for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success (Jos 1:2-9).
He is commissioned to conquer Canaan. The Hittite was Israels dreaded enemy. There is but one thing to do with the dangerous enemy, and that is, dispose of him; destroy him. You cannot live with an enemy, fellowship with an enemy, and compromise with an enemy and have conquest at the same time. The man who keeps a bottle of liquor on the pantry shelf will likely fall a victim to intemperance, and the man who entertains the thought of lechery will go down before lust. There are some enemies against which a fight must be waged to the point of their extinction, or else safety can never be our experience.
He was promised a universal conquest. Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses (Jos 1:3).
The promise was made to Moses (Deu 11:24-25; Deu 31:6-8), but now it is repeated to Joshua. The promise is made to Prophets and Apostles, but potent for the believing people of the present. The wonderful thing about Gods promises is that whenever the conditions upon which they rest are met, He makes them good, no matter who is the man, what the time, or where the country. As I was with Moses, so I will be with thee: I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee (Jos 1:3).
Joshua is required to be both studious and courageous. It is strange how these two qualities are mixed, one with the other. In verses six and seven he is told to be courageous, strong, uncompromising. In verse eight he is told to study the Book of the Law, to meditate therein day and night, to do all according to all that is written therein, and promised upon that condition a prosperous way of good success. But in verse nine, he turns back to repeat a demand for strength and courage, and to rest both on the only adequate basis, For the Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest.
JOSHUA TAKES COMMAND
Then Joshua commanded the officers of the people, saying,
Pass through the host, and command the people, saying, Prepare you victuals; for within three days ye shall pass over this Jordan, to go in to possess the land, which the Lord your God giveth you to possess it.
And to the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, and to half the tribe of Manasseh, spake Joshua, saying,
Remember the word which Moses the servant of the Lord commanded you, saying, The Lord your God hath given you rest, and hath given you this land.
Your wives, your little ones, and your cattle, shall remain in the land which Moses gave you on this side Jordan; but ye shall pass before your brethren armed, all the mighty men of valour, and help them;
Until the Lord have given your brethren rest, as He hath given you, and they also have possessed the land which the Lord your God giveth them: then ye shall return unto the land of your possession, and enjoy it, which Moses the Lords servant gave you on this side Jordan toward the sunrising.
And they answered Joshua, saying, All that thou commandest us we will do, and whithersoever thou sendest us, we will go.
According as we hearkened unto Moses in all things, so will we hearken unto thee; only the Lord thy God be with thee, as He was with Moses.
Whosoever he be that doth rebel against thy commandment, and will not hearken unto thy words in all that thou commandest him, he shall he put to death: only he strong and he of a good courage (Jos 1:10-18).
He gives his first orders to the officers. The true commander will always have his aidsmen with whom he will share his honorsmen he can take into his counsels, and yet men who will and must receive his commands. A pure democracy in which one man holds as much authority as another, and in which there are no known superiors and inferiors, would prove a fools paradise, and shortly be plunged into a fools purgatory.
Beyond all question, there is a disposition on the part of some to overlordship, and often this overlordship is the spirit of incompetent egotists. But these facts, to the contrary, notwithstanding, it remains certain there must be recognized leaders, commanding officials, controlling spirits. The wise will seek them out and willingly surrender to their domination.
He gave specific orders to the east-side men of war.
And to the Reuhenites, and to the Gadites, and to half the tribe of Manasseh, spake Joshua, saying,
Remember the word which Moses the servant of the Lord commanded you, saying, The Lord your God hath given you rest, and hath given you this land.
Your wives, your little ones, and your cattle, shall remain in the land which Moses gave you on this side Jordan; but ye shall pass before your brethren armed, all the mighty men of valour, and help them;
Until the Lord have given your brethren rest, as He hath given you, and they also have possessed the land which the Lord your God giveth them: then ye shall return unto the land of your possession, and enjoy it, which Moses the Lords servant gave you on this side Jordan toward the sunrising (Jos 1:12-15).
Men are never equally located. Advantages are always falling out to a few. The recipients of them should not make them an escape from true responsibilities, but rather an occasion for greater tasks. The fortunate man is not to live a life of ease, but to make his fortune the basis of brotherly assistance.
Joshua met a willing and loyal allegiance.
And they answered Joshua, saying, All that thou commandest us we will do, and whithersoever thou sendest us, we will go.
According as we hearkened unto Moses in all things, so will we hearken unto thee; only the Lord thy God be with thee, as He was with Moses.
Whosoever he be that doth rebel against thy commandment, and will not hearken unto thy words in all that thou commandest him, he shall be put to death: only be strong and be of a good courage (Jos 1:16-18).
The answer is wonderful: All that thou commandest us we will do, and whithersoever thou sendest us, we will go Jesus is our Joshua. How beautiful when men can say to him,
It may not be on the mountains height,
Or over the stormy sea;
It may not be at the battles front,
My Lord will have need of me;
But if by a still small voice He calls
To paths that I do not know,
Ill answer, dear Lord, with my hand in Thine,
Ill go where You want me to go.
According as we hearkened unto Moses in all things, so will we hearken unto thee; only the Lord thy God be with thee, as He was with Moses (Jos 1:17).
When men are convinced that the Lord leads their leader, they have little hesitation in following and will not even draw back from any sacrifice that he may demand; and in addition to their personal loyalty, they will justly demand that of their believing brethren, and yet, in their hearts will hope that this leadership will never weaken, nor by his discouragement, superinduce defeat.
Fuente: The Bible of the Expositor and the Evangelist by Riley
THE CALL TO WAR, AND THE RESPONSE
CRITICAL NOTES.
Jos. 1:1. And it came to pass afterVayehi achrea.] The conjunction indicates that the history is a continuation of Deuteronomy. This suggests that Joshua was probably the writer of the last chap. of Deut. He takes up and carries on his own record from the point where he left off recounting the death, burial, and character of Moses. After the death] Including the thirty days mourning,Deu. 34:8. Moses minister] Not the servant, but the adjutant, chief helper. The Seventy translate . The formal appointment is reported, Num. 27:15-23.
MAIN HOMILETICS OF THE PARAGRAPH.Jos. 1:1-2
THE WAY OF GOD IN HIS PURPOSES
The Divine purpose was to bring the children of Israel onward into Canaan. Moses was just dead; Joshua is here called to succeed him. This juncture gives us interesting light on the plans of God, and mans relation to their fulfilment.
I. Gods plans are not dependent on men. When Moses dies, He has Joshua ready. The halt in the plains of Moab has in it nothing of hesitancy, but merely sufficient of decency. There is no halting in Gods purpose till another leader can be found. Joshua was prepared in his own mind and consciousness. Past counsel with Moses had made him familiar with Gods way and will. Past victories had given him confidence in God. Past communications from God had pointed to his leadership. Thus, forty years before, Rehearse it in the ears of Joshua. (Exo. 17:14.) Joshua was equally prepared in the minds of the people. They had seen God giving him victory over Amalek at Rephidim. They had seen him honouring God when the multitude were disobedient. He had no part in the folly of Aaron and the people at Sinai. (Cf. Exo. 32:17.) Caleb and he had stilled the murmurs which followed the report of the spies. They had seen him openly honoured by Moses. (Deu. 31:7-8.) They had seen him thus honoured by God. (Num. 27:18-23; Deu. 31:14-15.) Thus there could be no question, with either Joshua or the people, who was to succeed Moses. The work never halted. From this promptitude of Providence learn
1. That no man is necessary to God.
2. That the work of the godly man is not suffered to collapse. Such workers are not like children in the winter, engaged in making mere snow men, which the first sun shall melt away for ever. He who labours within the scheme of Gods purpose, necessarily works for immortality.
3. A succession of able men, in Divine works, is a token of Gods continued interest in and presence with a people.
II. Gods plans are, sometimes, BEST ADVANCED by the removal of men who have been eminently useful. Moses was not to enter the promised land, and no advance could be made while he lived as leader. He thus barred the way. In addition to this, Moses was not the man for the future. He had been the best of men for the past. Moses was best to stand before Pharaoh; Joshua before the Canaanites. Moses was fittest for the sea and the wilderness; Joshua for the fortified cities. Moses was the right man to lead the people out from slavery in Egypt; Joshua was the best to organise them into civilised life. Moses had, indeed, shewn neglect as to organisation when in the wilderness; Jethro had supplied a deficiency in his management.
1. To die in the midst of work is not to have lived in vain. You make way for others.
2. The mistakes of our lives are not less harmful because God uses our work generally. Meribah was still a blunder and a sin.
III. Gods plan sometimes shews the inferior man succeeding where the more eminent man has failed. The Lord spake to Moses minister, Moses is dead, now therefore arise, go over, etc. We do not know what or who is most helpful to success. We often fail to discern success when it does come. Winter is as much a success as spring. The frost and the sun are alike Gods prophets to the vegetable world. The night is as much inspired to preach as the day, and it too has blessing. In a world of sin, it may be that disease is more successful than health.
1. Work on, whoever you are. You may not be as Moses, who was learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and trained for forty years at the back of the desert. You may be only as Joshua, who was simply a liberated slave, with good parts about him. Work on, for you may succeed where better men fail.
2. But let not him who happens to be working in the hour of success forget the labour of his predecessors. Joshuas work was simply the harvesting; the tilling and sowing and weeding had been arduously completed by Moses.
IV. The fruit of Gods plans, though developed very humanly and naturally, IS STILL A GIFT. The land which I do give. The corn may be the natural result of cultivation, yet it is the gift of the Lord of the harvest.
V. Gods plan and its issues have their HIGHEST RELATION not to one man, or two, but to men at large. Which I do give to them, even to the children of Israel. This is no mere question of Moses versus Joshua. The land is for Israel; Gods gift to the nation. The honour of Moses, and the prestige of Joshua, are, comparatively, small things. Gods great idea is gifts and blessings for the people. Nor should we read this even as a question of Israel versus Canaan. It was for the good of men generally that Israel should enter in. It was for the welfare of the generations to come that these idolatrous Canaanites should be rooted out. This nucleus of idolatry must be broken up and scattered, for the sake of the future world. A nation worshipping God, and making way for the Saviour, must be planted here instead. Such is the plan of the Gospel. It is for no caste of bishops or priests. Individuals and classes are mere items in the great account of humanity. It is for no denominations, as such. The Gospel is Peace on earth, and good will towards men. Oh for the day when men will take larger views of the love of God! Amid the profound mysteries of one elect nation we have revealed in exceeding clearness the Gospel-spirit of Gods love to the whole human race.
SUGGESTIVE COMMENTS ON THE VERSES
Jos. 1:1-2. Instead of looking at the passage in its connection with both Moses and Joshua, it may be taken in relation to the call of the latter only, shewing thus Jehovahs selection of human instruments.
I. Gods choice of men for His service has regard to temperament and disposition. Joshuas military instincts (Exo. 32:17); his boldness and firmness; his unselfishness (chap. Jos. 19:49-50); his power of personal influence (chap. Jos. 24:31).
II. Gods choice has regard to previous training. Joshua had been for forty years a responsible leader and ruler (Exo. 17:9-10; Num. 13:2-3; Num. 13:8).
III. Gods choice has regard to past character. Joshua had been zealous for Gods honour. He had shewn holy faith. He and Caleb had stood alone confronting the people. Miltons AbdielAmong the faithless. Bk. V.
IV. Gods choice has regard to the work to be accomplished. To eject the Canaanites, a soldier was needed. For the Pentecostal sermon, impetuous Peter is chosen; for the great mission in Asia Minor and Southern Europe, ardent Paul; for the testimony on the plain of Dura, the three inflexible Hebrews; for winning the favour of Artaxerxes, the devout, yet courtly Nehemiah. The man and the emergency must correspond. Omnipotence never chooses to waste itself on human awkwardness. God cements things that fit. The man who is inapt has need to pray for the Divine training of himself ere he can expect the Divine blessing on his work.
1. Whom the Lord calls He also qualifies.
2. Where He entrusts men with authority, He procures them respect.
3. Where He sends them into conflict, He secures them victory.
4. Where he gives them victory, He intends them to take possession.
1. He that was here called to honour had been long bred to business. Our Lord Jesus Himself took upon Him the form of a servant, and then God highly exalted Him.
2. Those are fittest to rule that have learnt to obey.
3. He that was to succeed Moses was intimately acquainted with him.
Well doth Joshua succeed Moses. The very acts of God of old were allegories. Where the law ends, there the Saviour begins. We may see the land of promise in the law: only Jesus, the Mediator of the New Testament, can bring us into it. [Bp. Hall.]
Fuente: The Preacher’s Complete Homiletical Commentary Edited by Joseph S. Exell
Gods Promise to Jos. 1:1-9
Now after the death of Moses the servant of the Lord it came to pass, that the Lord spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses minister, saying,
2 Moses my servant is dead; now therefore arise, go over this Jordan, thou, and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them, even to the children of Israel.
3 Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses.
4 From the wilderness and this Lebanon even unto the great river, the river Euphrates, all the land of the Hittites, and unto the Great Sea toward the going down of the sun, shall be your coast.
5 There shall not any man be able to stand before thee all the days of thy life: as I was with Moses, so I will be with thee: I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.
6 Be strong and of a good courage: for unto this people shalt thou divide for an inheritance the land, which I sware unto their fathers to give them,
7 Only be thou strong and very courageous, that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law, which Moses my servant commanded thee: turn not from it to the right hand or to the left, that thou mayest prosper wither-soever thou goest.
8 This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written herein: for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success.
9 Have not I commanded thee? Be strong and of a good courage; be not afraid, neither be thou dismayed: for the Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest.
1.
How long after Moses death did God wait to instruct ?Jos. 1:1
God gave specific instructions to Joshua after the death of Moses. When Moses died, no man knew where he was buried. The children of Israel wept for Moses in the plains of Moab for thirty days (Deu. 34:8). A thirty-day period of mourning was customary among people of Joshuas time. When Jacob died in Egypt, Joseph commanded that his father be embalmed according to all the arts of the physicians of Egypt. This process took forty days. The people then mourned for an additional thirty days so that the entire period of mourning was threescore ten days (Gen. 50:3). When Joseph died, he was also embalmed. We would expect that a similar period of mourning would follow for Joseph (Gen. 50:26). When Aaron died, the children of Israel mourned for thirty days for him (Num. 20:29). It is reasonable to expect that the people of Israel would have done very little in the way of preparing to enter Canaan until after the period of mourning for Moses was ended. At the time God began to give specific instructions to Joshua. Joshua turned to the people to give them directions concerning their crossing the Jordan and entering the Promised Land.
2.
What is the difference between the titles of Moses and ?Jos. 1:1
Moses is called the . . . servant of Jehovah. Joshua is called . . . Moses minister. Moses title is a standing epithet applied to Moses as an honorable title (cf. Num. 12:7-8; Deu. 34:6; 1Ki. 8:56; 2Ki. 18:12, etc.). Joshuas title is also used in Exo. 17:9 and Num. 13:16. The Hebrew root, sharath, is a verb meaning to minister, serve. Joshua was not Moses minister in the sense in which this word is used in modern church circles. He must have enjoyed a position similar to the one occupied by John Mark, who was called a minister of Barnabas and Saul (Act. 13:5). Joshua was an assistant or aide to Moses. As all Christians are servants of God, so was Moses. In a special way, however, Moses did Gods bidding.
3.
Did this command come by the use of the Urim and Thummim? Jos. 1:2
When Joshua was first called to his work, he was told that the high priest would bring him Gods messages through the medium of the Urim and Thummim. On this occasion, the thing required was not merely that the will of God should be made known to him, but that he should be given the courage and the strength that he would need to carry out the will of God. Actually, this was something of a second calling (cf. Num. 27:21; see Jos. 5:13). The kind of strength which Joshua needed to begin his conquest of Canaan could hardly come from knowledge which would be gained through the medium of the Urim and the Thummim, The situation called for Gods speaking directly to him.
4.
Why was this second address necessary? Jos. 1:3-9
Even the bravest men hesitate when they come face to face with the great challenges of their lives. They may even step aside and shun to perform their duty for a moment. Joshua was a brave man, and Gods assuring him of His abiding presence would give him additional courage. Moreover, the people needed to know that Joshua did not take action until God had given him complete instructions. This would make them much more inclined to follow him. For all these reasons the second address of God to Joshua was not at all superfluous. It only enhances the charge which Moses gave to Joshua as the Lord commanded (Num. 27:18-23).
5.
How could they understand this Lebanon? Jos. 1:4
Even from the place of encampment the mountain would be visible as it towered above the surrounding land. If reference were not made to the peak itself, the range would be visible. With a wave of the hand, a speaker could address the congregation and point to the horizon where the mountains met the sky and formed the northern boundary. The Lebanon range reached to the headwaters of the river Euphrates, which was also mentioned in the setting of the boundaries of the Promised Land. The Great Sea was the Mediterranean Sea and would be the western boundary toward the going down of the sun.
6.
What promise did God make to ?Jos. 1:5
Especially significant is this promise, I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. This compares very favorably with the promise made in Deu. 31:8. At that time Moses was giving his final address to the people of Israel. He had reminded them of the way in which God had given them victory over their enemies. He pled with them to be strong and of good courage. He especially gave a parting exhortation to Joshua as he told him to be courageous inasmuch as he had the responsibility of going with the people into the land which the Lord had sworn to their fathers to give them. Moses knew that Joshua would have the privilege of causing them to inherit it. The greatest encouragement given to Joshua came through knowing God would be with him and not fail him nor forsake him. For this reason, Moses could tell Joshua not to fear nor to be dismayed. God Himself repeats this promise to Joshua.
7.
Was this an unconditional promise? Jos. 1:6
Joshua had something to do. The following list of duties was his:
a.
To be firm and strong (Deu. 31:6)
b.
To rely on God, as Moses had said (Deu. 31:7; Deu. 31:23)
c.
To divide the land for an inheritance (Deu. 1:38; Deu. 3:28)
d.
To observe carefully the Law (Deu. 5:29; Deu. 28:14)
If Joshua did these things, then God would be with him. If Joshua failed to do these things, he had no promise of Gods abiding presence.
8.
What is meant by the expression . . . not to depart from thy mouth? Jos. 1:8
This was not to be a theoretical speculation, but a practical study on the part of Joshua. Gods Word was to be hidden in his heart. He was to be thoroughly familiar with the Scriptures so that his speech would be flavored by the Word of God. He was to be conversant in the Scriptures so that he would feel at home when speaking to the priests, the prophets, and the elders of the people. Although he was primarily a military man and had the responsibility of government, his campaigns were to be waged in the light of Gods instructions. His government was to be the kind of government which could be blessed by God.
9.
Why did God ask the question, Have I not commanded thee? Jos. 1:9
This is what is known as a rhetorical question. It was just another way of saying, I have commanded thee. It is an assertion on the part of God which could be met only with obedience on the part of Joshua. It was an assurance given by God on Joshuas behalf, and Joshua would naturally be inclined to respond with ready action in the name of God. When Joshua would ask himself this question, the answer would be apparent to him. He knew what God had commanded him. If God had commanded him, he need have no fear of doing what he was expected to do. The question would also remind Joshua that he had no other alternative. If God had commanded him, he could not shun his responsibility, He was not serving man. He was Gods servant,
10.
In what other circumstances had God said, Be not afraid? Jos. 1:9 b
The believers mind turns reflectively to many such occasions. Adam and Eve had been afraid in the garden of Eden (Gen. 3:10). Their fear came from their disobedience. The shepherds were afraid when the angelic host appeared to them. The angel said unto them, Fear not (Luk. 2:9-10). The disciples were afraid when Jesus came unto them walking on the sea. At that time He said, It is I, be not afraid (Joh. 6:20). Mortal man is naturally afraid when he stands in the presence of immortal God. He feels his weakness and sinfulness; but when he is willing to yield his will to the will of God, the Heavenly Father speaks peace to the troubled heart. Joshua was not only made fearful by the message from God, but he was naturally afraid of the enemies whom he would face in the Promised Land. Moses had earlier encouraged him not to be afraid (Deu. 31:6; Deu. 31:8), and now God speaks directly to encourage Joshua in his work.
Fuente: College Press Bible Study Textbook Series
JOSHUAS COMMISSION (Jos. 1:1-9).
(1) After the death of Moses . . . the Lord spake unto Joshua . . . Moses minister.Joshuas commission was the first of its kind, but not the last. No man before Joshua had received orders to regulate his conduct by the words of a written book. Abraham and his household had kept Gods laws. Moses had acted by Divine commission. But Abraham and Moses received their orders from the mouth of Jehovah. Joshua and all his successors must fulfil the orders of this book of the law. Thus Joshua was Moses minister in more than one sense. He was Moses confidential agent and personal attendant while he lived, and afterwards the executor of that which Moses had written. But the position of Joshua, though at first unique and without precedent, was the position designed for all his successors, more especially for that great Personage whose name Joshua was the first to bear. Joshua and the Book of the Law come before us together, without introduction, in the same passage of the law (Exo. 17:9), Moses said unto Joshua, Choose us out men, and go out, fight with Amalek; and in Jos. 1:14, Write this for a memorial in a book, and rehearse it in the ears of Joshua. The book was prepared for Joshua; Joshua came to fulfil the words of the book. Compare Psa. 40:7, Lo, I come: in the volume of the book it is written of me, I delight to do thy will, O my God. Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God, to confirm the promises made unto the fathers (Rom. 15:8; see also Mat. 5:17).
For the use of the word minister (Heb., mshrth) compare 2Ki. 4:43; 2Ki. 6:15; 2Ch. 9:4; Ezr. 8:17; Psa. 103:21; Psa. 104:4; Pro. 29:12; Eze. 44:11. From these references it will be seen that the word may signify a personal attendant, a minister of state, or a minister of religion.
Fuente: Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers (Old and New Testaments)
JOSHUA’S DIVINE COMMISSION, Jos 1:1-9.
The date of these events is, according to the common chronology, 1451 years before Christ. The place was Shittim, in the plains of Moab, about seven miles east of the Jordan, and opposite Jericho. Num 33:49. Here, in the shade of the acacia groves, Israel had been beguiled to licentiousness by the Midianites, “in the matter of Peor,” (Numbers 25😉 here they had been visited by the Divine judgments for their sin; and here they had witnessed the last works and received the last counsels of Moses.
1. Now More properly, and it came to pass. Hebrews . With this formula most of the historical books begin. It indicates in each case an intimate connection of the narrative with what immediately precedes. Perhaps the Book of Joshua originally began with the last chapter of Deuteronomy, and, for the purpose of completing the biography of Moses, that chapter, containing the details of his death and burial, was accustomed to be read with the scroll of Deuteronomy, and finally, for convenience, was appended to it.
After the death of Moses These words include the thirty days of mourning in honour of the great lawgiver. Deu 34:8. At the end of these days the succession to the leadership was revealed by the Lord. A long interregnum would have been perilous to a people so inexperienced in the art of self-government.
The Lord spake Whether by a direct communication through his angel, as in Jos 5:13-15, (see Jos 6:2,) or by the urim of the high priest, is uncertain, but probably the latter, inasmuch as this manner of speaking is prescribed to him in Num 27:21. The urim ( lights) and thummim ( perfections) are always alluded to as well known, but nowhere described. They were a part of the ephod, the sacred robe of the high priest, and were either the twelve gems on the breastplate or some objects intimately connected with them, and were a divinely appointed medium of revelation. Whether the gems became luminous, or whether there was an audible voice, or whether the priest when arrayed in the ephod was endowed with a miraculous insight similar to the vision of the inspired prophet, cannot now be determined, See note on Exo 28:30.
Joshua Before the death of Moses this great warrior had been clothed with authority and designated as the commander-in-chief of the Israelitish armies. See Introduction.
Son of Nun Nothing more is known of Nun than that he was of the tribe of Ephraim. Great military genius is often cradled in obscurity. Nun lived and died undistinguished from the thousands of his brethren, who passed all their days in the Egyptian bondage; but his son, by his valour and piety, rescued his father’s servile name from oblivion. So the poet Horace, by his genius, immortalized the Roman bondman who begat him.
Moses’ minister Not his menial, but his premier in peace, his lieutenant in war. It was customary for great prophets to be thus attended by ministers or servants, as Elijah was ministered to by Elisha. In this relation Joshua had witnessed Moses’ conversation face to face with Jehovah, (Exo 33:11,) and had been pavilioned with his master in the cloud of Sinai. Exo 24:13. Thus had he been trained in the best possible school, and the people were prepared, by the public honour bestowed upon him, to yield him obedience when their great emancipator was taken away.
[In this verse we notice that Moses is called the servant of Jehovah, and Joshua minister of Moses. A servant is less honourable than a minister, but it is unspeakably greater to be Jehovah’s servant than merely the prime minister of any earthly potentate however good and mighty. The phrase servant of Jehovah is applied in the Old Testament to patriarchs, prophets, kings, the whole body of the chosen people, and in some prophetical passages to Messiah. The highest type of man under the Law was a servant of God; it was reserved for the Gospel to develop the son of God, and perfect man in Christ. ]
Fuente: Whedon’s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments
Commentary On The Book of Joshua Chapters 1-4.
Israel prepare to enter the land of Canaan, and experience the miraculous power of YHWH in opening up the River Jordan so that they can pass over. Meanwhile two military scouts have reconnoitred Jericho, being saved from capture by a prostitute innkeeper Rahab who is promised that when Jericho is taken she and all her close family will be spared. The crossing of the Jordan is safely accomplished and twelve stones set up as a memorial of the event.
Chapter 1. God Instructs and Encourages Joshua.
The book commences with the fact that, with Moses being dead, YHWH directs and encourages Joshua to take command of the children of Israel, and to go over Jordan with them. His purpose was that Joshua might take possession of the land of Canaan, and divide it among them. He initially gives him firm and gracious promises and strong assurances of His presence, and some good advice with respect to his behaviour, upon which Joshua orders the people to be ready ‘in three days’ to go along with him. He particularly addresses the Reubenites and Gadites, and half tribe of Manasseh, who had settled in Transjordan, and puts them in mind of what Moses had ordered when they had obtained permission to do so. They had subsequently promised to go along with their ‘brothers’, and assist them in conquering the land. This they had readily agreed to do, and had promised total obedience to him. Now they were being called on to fulfil their obligation.
Jos 1:1.
‘And it happened after the death of Moses, the servant of YHWH, that YHWH spoke to Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ deputy minister, saying.’
Moses was dead! This was a new beginning. For so long Moses had led the people (over forty years). He had spoken to them on God’s behalf. He had always been there. Through him God had performed His wonders. He had been uniquely the Servant of YHWH. And now he was dead. We can imagine the effect that this devastating news would have had on the people of Israel. He had been the bulwark on which they had leaned, the target for their dissension when they were dissatisfied. But he had always been there. Thus both God and the people now looked to another, to Joshua, Moses’ trained assistant, to carry on his work. Note the beginning ‘and’. The Book is seen as a continuation of what has gone before. Moses may be dead but the salvation history goes on.
“The servant of YHWH.” This was the prime accolade, only given to Moses, and, once he had proved himself, to Joshua (Jos 24:29; Jdg 2:8), demonstrating the high regard in which they were held. Others, including Caleb, David and the great Servant in Isaiah, would be described as ‘My servant’. But none were described by others in the Old Testament as ‘the servant of YHWH’. The term ‘servant’ so used meant a high official as well as a loyal servant.
“YHWH spoke to Joshua the son of Nun.” We do not know how YHWH did speak to Joshua. This was more than could be communicated by Urim and Thummim, the means by which He communicated His will to Israel in the future. Probably it came to him in a dream of the night, or possibly while he was at prayer, as he considered the future. Either way words which were deeply impressed into his mind from the memorable words of Moses in his speeches in Deuteronomy, which he could never forget, came into his mind. He knew that YHWH was pressing them home on him. It may even have been by hearing the voice of the Angel of YHWH (compare Jos 5:3-15), for this was a unique moment in history, a time of deliverance. But the constant use of Deuteronomy throughout the book favours the former.
The name Joshua means ‘YHWH is salvation’. It translated into Greek as ‘Jesus’. He was originally called ‘Hoshea’ (Num 13:8; Deu 32:44), but Yah was added when he became God’s appointed man (Num 13:16). It may, however, be that Hoshea was a shortened name with his full name being Joshua from the beginning.
Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett
Joshua’s Divine Commission (A Call to Be Fruitful and Multiply) Jos 1:1-9 contains the divine commission of Joshua. We often find a divine commission at the beginning of the story of God’ servants in the Scriptures. We see in the book of Genesis that Adam, Noah, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob each received their commissions at the beginning of their genealogies which divide the book of Genesis into major divisions. We also see how Moses received his divine commission near the beginning of his story found within Exodus to Deuteronomy. Joshua received his commission in the first few verses of the book of Joshua. Also, we see that Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel each received a divine commission at the beginning of their ministries. The book of Ezra opens with a divine call to rebuild the Temple and the book of Nehemiah begins with a call to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem, which callings Ezra and Nehemiah answered. In the New Testament, we find Paul the apostle receiving his divine commission in Act 9:1-22 at the beginning of the lengthy section on Paul’s life and ministry.
Each of these divine callings can be found within God’s original commission to Adam in the story of Creation to be fruitful and multiply. For these men were called to bring the about the multiplication of godly seeds. The patriarchs were called to multiply and produce a nation of righteousness. Moses was called to bring Israel out of bondage, but missed his calling to bring them into the Promised Land. Joshua was called to bring them in to the land. Esther was called to preserve the seed of Israel as was Noah, while Ezra and Nehemiah were called to bring them back into the Promised Land. All of the judges, the kings and the prophets were called to call the children of Israel out of sin and bondage and into obedience and prosperity. They were all called to bring God’s children out of bondage and destruction and into God’s blessings and multiplication. The stories in the Old Testament show us that some of these men fulfilled their divine commission while others either fell short through disobedience or were too wicked to hear their calling from God.
Joshua’s calling falls under God’s original command to Adam and Eve while in the Garden of Eden to be fruitful and multiply and to take dominion over the earth. In this command, God was referring to the multiplication of a righteous people. Thus, Joshua was simply building upon the foundation laid by his predecessor Moses. We see God’s original plan for mankind is still being given to His children of righteousness, who are the children of Israel during the time of Moses and Joshua up until the time of the New Testament church. The command to be fruitful and to multiply has never changed and will be given again to the apostles in the Great Commission by our Resurrected Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, for He will command the apostles to go and to train, or to make disciples, of all nations. In other words, the Church was to be fruitful and multiply and subdue the earth. This was God’s original plan for mankind and this plan has not changed in the least. The Gospel of Matthew serves as the training manual by which the Church is to go and make disciples just as the Law of Moses found in the Pentateuch served as Joshua’ guide to fulfil his divine calling and destiny; for the Gospel of Matthew is structured into five major discourses which parallel and built upon the five books of the Pentateuch. The Great Commission is found in the first book of the New Testament and therefore serves to lay the foundation for the work of the New Testament Church. We find in the book of Acts how the early Church followed this command. In the same way, the book of Joshua serves as an example and a pattern for the nation of Israel in subduing the nations around them in order to fulfil Israel’s “Great Commission” of taking dominion over the earth.
However, one difference in Israel’s divine commission and the Church’s divine commission is that Israel was given the Promised Land to live in and to become a witness of God’s love and redemption for mankind. In contrast, the Church was not given land, but rather told to go into all of the nations and become witnesses of the Gospel of Jesus Christ.
In Jos 1:1-9 God gives Joshua a specific and clear two-fold commission. As with the patriarchs Joshua had a destiny to fulfil, a divine calling to obey and accomplish. We see in Jos 1:2-5 that God commanded Joshua to take possession of the Promised Land, and in Jos 1:6 he is told to divide it by lot among the twelve tribes of Israel. The Lord then gives Joshua the divine rules for him to follow in order to accomplish this otherwise impossible task (Jos 1:7-9).
Jos 1:1-9 Joshua’s Divine Commission (God’s Method of Preparing Joshua in Order to Fulfil His Divine Commission) – Jos 1:8 reveals to us how God created the human to respond to information. We find within this verse how God created the human body to respond to information. God created man as a three-fold creature: spirit, soul (or mind) and body. He gave to us five senses, or five sense gates, within our physical bodies whereby all information has access to our minds. These are called our seeing, our hearing, our smell, our taste and our touch. These sense gates of the human body are the method by which all external information reaches our minds for processing in order for man to make decisions about his surroundings and circumstances. The human mind is created to then process this information through its ability to reason and through a person’s emotions. God created the man to be more reason-oriented while the woman tends to be more emotion-oriented. The human spirit, also called the heart of man, then examines the evidence and speaks to the mind through man’s conscience, for God has created the conscience to be the voice of the spirit. Here lies man’s opportunity to meditate and learn to listen to his conscience and to the voice of God. The mind, where the human will lies, then chooses whether to receive or reject this information that it has received and to either obey or to disobey his conscience. Then, based upon whether a person listens to external information or to his heart and conscience, he makes a decision as to how to respond to such information. Thus, the third make-up of man, the human body, is commanded what to do in order to have victory over his circumstance.
We learn from Jos 1:8 that when a person has allowed God’s Word to continually enter through the gates of seeing and hearing, the mind becomes programmed to respond to this information more readily than to his circumstances. This is because God’s Word is now dominating his thoughts. But this takes place in the life of a person who has learned to humble himself and to receive God’s Word as his primary source of information. With such an attitude of the heart, the person learns what God’s Word says to do in all circumstances and he then learns how to exercise himself according to the teachings revealed within God’s Word.
This process will work for anyone because we have all been created with this same three-fold make up. This is why God tells us in Pro 22:6 to “train up a child in the way he should go: and when he is old, he will not depart from it.” Why will a child not depart: because such a child has been programmed how to behave and conduct his life in the midst of all circumstances through parental training and discipline. This is a natural process that will take place within every human being and not something that we hope our child will grasp. It is a sure and certain process. If our children depart from God, it is because the parents failed somewhat in their training. Divine training is a natural process that works within the three-fold human make up for God has created the human to respond through such training and discipline.
Meditating upon God’s Word is the process by which faith is developed, for we read in Rom 10:17 that faith comes by hearing and hearing by the Word of God. This is the method by which fear is driven out of our heart. This is why God commands three times in this one passage to be strong and of good courage, since this leader must be able to overcome fear in order to fulfil his destiny and divine calling.
Therefore, we see within this passage that God not only gives Joshua his divine commission, but He also tells him that it will be fulfilled by being strong and courageous. God gives Joshua the method by which strength and courage are developed in the human heart. Joshua did go on to fulfil his calling by God, which means that he did mediate in God’s Word and develop the strength and courage to obey God’s Word. Unfortunately, this was not the case for most of the kings of Israel during the period of the kingdom.
Jos 1:1 Now after the death of Moses the servant of the LORD it came to pass, that the LORD spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ minister, saying,
Jos 1:1
[17] Douglas Stuart, Hosea-Jonah, in Word Biblical Commentary: 58 Volumes on CD-Rom, vol. 31, eds. Bruce M. Metzger, David A. Hubbard and Glenn W. Barker (Dallas: Word Inc., 2002), in Libronix Digital Library System, v. 3.0b [CD-ROM] (Bellingham, WA: Libronix Corp., 2004), “Introduction: Form/Structure/Setting.”
Regarding the book of Joshua, the view that it is an entirely independent book is supported by the fact that the Pentateuch, as a collection of five books, had a definitive conclusion The a section of poetry (Deuteronomy 32-33) and the epilogue (Deuteronomy 34) serve to conclude this collection of books. [18] The term “Hexateuch” was first applied to the Pentateuch and the book of Joshua by J. Wellhausen (1876) in the belief that they were all “compiled from a single set of literary sources.” [19] However, the book of Joshua has been historically collected with the prophetic books in the 3-fold arrangement of the Hebrew Bible, and with the historical books in the 4-fold arrangement of the English Bible. [20] Sailhamer explains that the opening passage of the book of Joshua (Jos 1:7) is intended on acknowledging the Pentateuch, and thus, must be interpreted in light of these preceding books. [21] In other words, the events that take place in Joshua cannot be understood without a prior understanding of the theology of the Pentateuch.
[18] John H. Sailhamer, Introduction to Old Testament Theology (Grand Rapids, Michigan: Zondervan Publishing House, c1995), 210.
[19] F. L. Cross, ed., “Hexateuch,” in The Oxford Dictionary of the Christian Church (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1983), 645. See also A. Kuenen, An Historical-Critical Inquiry into the Origin and Composition of the Hexateuch (Pentateuch and Book of Joshua) (London: MacMillan and Company, 1886).
[20] F. F. Bruce, The Books and the Parchments (Old Tappan, New Jersey: Fleming H. Revell Company, 1963), 89-90.
[21] John H. Sailhamer, Introduction to Old Testament Theology (Grand Rapids, Michigan: Zondervan Publishing House, c1995), 238.
Jos 1:1 “after the death of Moses the servant of the Lord” Comments – Only a few individuals are called servants of the Lord in the Old Testament. It is used of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Moses, Caleb, David, and Zerubbabel.
Jos 1:1 “that the LORD spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ minister, saying” – Comments – The book of Joshua opens with the Lord telling Joshua that Moses was dead, an event that was weighing heavily upon his mind. The Lord was telling him this to get him focused upon his future calling, rather than looking back. In such difficult times God often speaks to us. We can imagine how the children of Israel felt when their leader, the man who had led them for forty years out of Egypt and through the wilderness. Joshua needed to step forward and give the Israelites a word from the Lord to confirm his ability to lead in a similar manner. We see God speaking to Isaiah when King Uzziah died (Isa 6:1), and giving him a divine commission in a similar way that God gave Joshua his commission.
Isa 6:1, “In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and his train filled the temple.”
“Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ minister” – Comments – We see in Jos 1:1 the divine principle of God promoting those into an office who first serve in the ministry of helps. Joshua was a faithful servant to Moses long before he became a leader. This principle is seen under the old covenant as well as the new. For example, David served under King Saul before becoming king. Philip served as a deacon in the early Church before becoming an evangelist
Jos 1:1 Comments – Jos 1:1 refers back to the epilogue of Deuteronomy, which gives us the account of the death of Moses. It tells us what came to pass after Moses’ death, so that it serves to lead us into the next phase of Joshua’s new leadership over Israel and their conquest of the Canaanites and settlement of the Promised Land.
Jos 1:2 Moses my servant is dead; now therefore arise, go over this Jordan, thou, and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them, even to the children of Israel.
Jos 1:2
Jos 1:2 “thou, and all this people” Comments – Mike Bickle describes an encounter with the Lord in 1983 regarding the responsibility of helping the Lord lead the Church into maturity. One morning in prayer he was complaining about the heavy responsibility of pastoring a congregation of five hundred people. He said he was simply pleased with perfecting holiness in his own life. The Lord spoke to him Jos 1:2, “Moses my servant is dead; now therefore arise, go over this Jordan, thou, and all this people , unto the land which I do give to them, even to the children of Israel.” The Lord then quickened a question to him, “What is more important on earth than a holy person.” While being puzzled with such a question, the Lord answered, “A whole generation of holy people.” The Lord explained that He wanted not only the pastor, but the whole church to inherit the land. [22] In other words, in the life of a mature believer the most important thing to the Lord becomes his willingness to lead other believers into Heaven.
[22] Mike Bickle, Session 20 – The Bride’s Final Intercession and Revelation (Song of Solomon 8:8-14 ), in Song of Songs (Kansas City, Missouri: International House of Prayer, 1998), 5-6.
Jos 1:3 Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses.
Jos 1:3
Gen 13:17, “Arise, walk through the land in the length of it and in the breadth of it; for I will give it unto thee.”
Jos 1:3 “as I said unto Moses” – Comments – This statement is recorded in Deu 11:24.
Deu 11:24, “Every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be.”
Jos 1:4 From the wilderness and this Lebanon even unto the great river, the river Euphrates, all the land of the Hittites, and unto the great sea toward the going down of the sun, shall be your coast.
Jos 1:4
Num 34:3, “Then your south quarter shall be from the wilderness of Zin along by the coast of Edom, and your south border shall be the outmost coast of the salt sea eastward:”
Note that the kingdom of Israel reached these boundaries for a short period of time during the reign of King Solomon.
1Ki 4:21, “And Solomon reigned over all kingdoms from the river unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt: they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life.”
Jos 1:3-4 Comments Every Place Your Foot Shall Tread In Jos 1:3-4 God promised to give the children of Israel every piece of land that they walked upon, marking a huge boundary that went beyond the area of the Canaanites, reaching unto the Euphrates River. However, the children of Israel were going to have to take possession of this land through warfare, as mentioned in the next verse (Jos 1:5).
Illustration Applying God’s mandate to Joshua in the opening passage to go in and take the land of Canaan, God has also given the New Testament Church a similar mandate which is commonly called the Great Commission, taken from Mat 28:18-20. The Church is called to preach the Gospel to all nations, converting souls and discipling these nations. I was with Andrew Wommack and his ministry team when we flew to the primitive region of Kamaroja in north eastern Uganda, East Africa, on 20 October 2012. The local pastor took us to a village and brought us into one of their huts, where they were roasting rats for lunch on an open fire. As a result of this trip, Andrew Wommack decided to take the Gospel of Jesus Christ to this primitive people group. He would evangelize them using the Jesus film; and he would disciple them using a curriculum called Discipleship Evangelism. He would have the pastor over this district of Kamaroja organize the twenty-two churches under his fellowship to take this task as their personal, divine mandate. Four church members would be chosen from each of the twenty-two churches and discipled using the Discipleship Evangelism curriculum. They would, in turn, disciple other church members. I observed how Andrew Wommack determined to reach out to this group of primitive people when he set his feet upon their soil. The Lord then gave him wisdom about organizing this effort. Thus, the Lord will give us divine wisdom to take a people group and a nation if we will simply determine to fulfil the Great Commission.
Jos 1:6 Be strong and of a good courage: for unto this people shalt thou divide for an inheritance the land, which I sware unto their fathers to give them.
Jos 1:6
[23] Kenneth Copeland, Believer’s Voice of Victory (Kenneth Copeland Ministries, Fort Worth, Texas), on Trinity Broadcasting Network (Santa Ana, California), television program.
Jos 1:7 Only be thou strong and very courageous, that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law, which Moses my servant commanded thee: turn not from it to the right hand or to the left, that thou mayest prosper whithersoever thou goest.
Jos 1:6-7
Deu 31:7-8, “And Moses called unto Joshua, and said unto him in the sight of all Israel, Be strong and of a good courage: for thou must go with this people unto the land which the LORD hath sworn unto their fathers to give them; and thou shalt cause them to inherit it. And the LORD, he it is that doth go before thee; he will be with thee, he will not fail thee, neither forsake thee: fear not, neither be dismayed.”
Deu 31:23, “And he gave Joshua the son of Nun a charge, and said, Be strong and of a good courage: for thou shalt bring the children of Israel into the land which I sware unto them: and I will be with thee.”
This command is also similar to the promise that Jesus gave the disciples in the Great Commission, when He said that He would be with them always.
Mat 28:20, “Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world. Amen.”
Heb 13:5, “Let your conversation be without covetousness; and be content with such things as ye have: for he hath said, I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee.”
Jos 1:8 This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein: for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success.
Jos 1:8
Jos 1:8 “but thou shalt meditate therein day and night” Comments – When we meditate, we “think about,” and “ponder with our minds.” We meditate every day. The world meditates upon fear and this is called “worry.” A person can worry while he is busy by thinking about his problems, or a person can meditate on God’s Word while he is also busy, thinking about Scripture verses that apply to his situation. A child of God is to meditate upon God’s Word and this builds faith in the heart; for meditation is the avenue by which information becomes revelation. The phrase “day and night” simply means “continually” or “on a regular basis.” It means to take a regular and perhaps designated time each to wait upon God in order to learn to hear His voice. It also means that we allow our minds to allow the Word of God to become a part of each activity that we involve ourselves during the course of our work day.
Jos 1:8 “then thou shalt have good success” – Comments – Anyone who has ever became a success in life will realize that true success in life is based on relationships, that is, relationships with a husband, a wife, a business colleague, a pastor. Failure in life comes from having poor habits of relating to people.
Jos 1:8 Comments The Theme of the Book of Joshua – Jos 1:8 is a very popular verse for preachers today and is often used as a sermon text. There is a reason for such interest in this verse. It stands as the key verse that states the theme of the book of Joshua as well as the theme of the historical books of the Old Testament. The historical books teach us how to serve the Lord with all of our strength. They give us examples of those who did so and of those who failed to do so. This theme is revealed in the opening passage to the Historical books when the Lord tells Joshua that if they would come to know His Word, then they would make their way prosperous and have good success.
Jos 1:8, “This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein: for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success.”
Thus the historical books give us examples of how the children of Israel served the Lord and prospered and how they disobeyed and fell into lack and divine discipline.
Jos 1:8 Comments God’s Plan of Servanthood before Promotion – God’s commandment to Joshua as the leader of God’s people Israel is basically the same teaching and commandment that must be heeded by any man today who is placed in a position to lead God’s children if success is to come. Joshua had already been imparted an anointing and a spirit of wisdom while serving as Moses’ assistance, and by the laying on of hands as Moses’ successor (Num 27:22-23, Deu 34:9). Ministers of the Gospel follow this same pattern of servanthood today in God’s plan of promotion for church leadership. This divine charge does not override the fact that Joshua had to study the Word of God, as we also must study God’s Word daily, although we walk in an anointing in a ministry.
Num 27:22-23, “And Moses did as the LORD commanded him: and he took Joshua, and set him before Eleazar the priest, and before all the congregation: And he laid his hands upon him , and gave him a charge, as the LORD commanded by the hand of Moses.”
Deu 34:9, “And Joshua the son of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdom; for Moses had laid his hands upon him : and the children of Israel hearkened unto him, and did as the LORD commanded Moses.”
Jos 1:8 Comments God’s Plan for Success – Jos 1:8 gives us the pattern of how Joshua was to fulfil his divine commission. He was to spend time meditating upon God’s Word in order to know how to lead the nation of Israel into success. As we examine the stories found within the book of Joshua, we find that they serve as an example of Joshua’s ability to hear God’s voice and follow divine instructions. We can see how Joshua practiced this command on a daily in a practical way, which will also serve as an example to us. In the story of the Gibeonites and how they deceived the elders of Israel (Jos 9:1-27), we find an example of Joshua’s failure to wait upon the Lord before making a decision. The Gibeonites, who were of the land of Canaan, came to the children of Israel and convinced them that they were from a foreign land and made a covenant with them, which thing Moses had strictly forbidden them to do (see Exo 23:32; Exo 34:12).
Exo 23:32, “Thou shalt make no covenant with them, nor with their gods.”
Exo 34:12, “Take heed to thyself, lest thou make a covenant with the inhabitants of the land whither thou goest, lest it be for a snare in the midst of thee.”
This covenant was made because Joshua did not first “seek counsel from the Lord (Jos 9:14). In other words, Joshua should have withdrawn himself in prayer and meditation after listening to the voice of the Gibeonites and of the elders of Israel. In this way, Joshua would have also heard God’s counsel and been able to make a wise decision. This is the procedure that God had given Joshua to follow. But too often, we as Christians, neglect this procedure because it appears as an encumbrance in our busy day or because of peer pressure from those around us. Also, we are not sure how to hear from God through waiting on Him in prayer and meditation because we have not practiced this procedure often enough. Therefore, we often attempt to make decisions after hearing only on voice. But does not the Scriptures say in Pro 18:17 that “He that is first in his own cause seemeth just; but his neighbour cometh and searcheth him.” In other words, the first voice appears to be the right information until the second voice is heard and “searches out,” or corrects or evaluates, the first voice. This is the way that God instructed Joshua to make a decision.
Let’s take a practical example from my missionary work in Africa. When I took over the management of Lighthouse Television in July 1999, I could not make any decision without first consulting the board of directors of this company. At first, this was indeed cumbersome and the office work proceeded rather slowly. But this procedure was critical and necessary in those early stages of managing a Christian ministry in a foreign land. Through the years, however, I was released to make many daily decisions because these decisions were based upon the precedence set by former decisions of similar circumstances. Things began to move a little more briskly in the office because I could now make some of the more simple decisions. But there are always new and challenging situations that require the counsel of the board of directors. This procedure will never be abandoned.
This is the procedure that God commanded Joshua to follow. When he followed them, his decisions were successful. When he disobeyed, those decisions brought problems. In the case of the Gibeonites, we read later how King Saul yielded to the temptation of violating this covenant and this act of disobedience brought judgment upon the nation of Israel during the reign of King David. As a result, Saul’s decision brought much ruin upon the nation before David sought God for a remedy and healed the land with the death of seven of Saul’s sons.
Jos 1:8 Scripture References – Note a similar verse:
Psa 1:2, “But his delight is in the law of the LORD; and in his law doth he meditate day and night.”
Jos 1:9 Have not I commanded thee? Be strong and of a good courage; be not afraid, neither be thou dismayed: for the LORD thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest.
Joshua Formally Commissioned
v. 1. Now, after the death of Moses, the servant of the Lord, v. 2. Moses, My servant, is dead; now, therefore, arise, go over this Jordan, thou and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them, even to the children of Israel, v. 3. Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses, v. 4. From the wilderness, v. 5. There shall not any man, v. 6. Be strong, v. 7. Only be thou strong and very courageous, v. 8. This book of the Law, v. 9. Have not I commanded thee? Be strong and of a good courage; be not afraid, neither be thou dismayed; for the Lord, thy God, is with thee whithersoever thou goest. EXPOSITION
JOSHUA‘S COMMISSION.
Jos 1:1
Now after the death of Moses. The form of the Hebrew is the usual historical one for the continuation of a narrative before commenced. The Book of Joshua is thus shown to be, and to be intended to be, a continuation of the Book of Deuteronomy, which ends with the death of Moses (see Speaker’s Commentary in loc). This link of connection is lost in the English version. The question forces itself upon the critic, At what time was this consecutive narrative written, as is admitted, in various styles, in the language of obviously distinct periodsfirst composed and palmed off upon the Jews as the genuine work of a writer contemporary, or nearly contemporary, with the events he describes? The servant of the Lord. This term (Keil) is applied to the heavens and the earth (Psa 119:91), to the angels (Job 4:18), to the prophets (Jer 7:25, etc), to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to the Jewish people (Exo 19:5), to Zerubbabel (Hag 2:23), and even to Nebuchadnezzar (Jer 25:9, etc), as the appointed minister of God’s wrath, and to pious men in general (Gesenius; see Psa. 34:23, etc). It is also applied to the Messiah (Zec 3:8; comp. the word similarly applied in Act 4:27). It originally implies the position of a slave, whether born in the house or bought with money (see Lev 25:39; and Gen 9:25; Exo 13:3, Exo 13:14). In all cases it expresses a closer and more familiar relation than the term minister below. Keil says that it is applied so frequently to Moses that it has become almost his “official title” (see Deu 34:5, and the Book of Joshua passim, and cf. Heb 3:5). It is, however, still more frequently applied to David. But it suits well with the special and peculiar mission which Moses had above the rest of mankind. He was, as it were, the household servant of the Most High, His steward and representative, ruling over the family of God in His name, and giving to them the directions of which they stood in need. That the Lord spake unto Joshua. Either by Urim and Thummin, which seems at least probable (see Num 27:21, and Jos 9:14). But the great majority of commentators prefer the idea of an inward revelation, since the words are frequently used in this Book of God’s revelations to Joshua (Jos 3:7; Jos 4:1, Jos 4:15; Jos 5:2, Jos 5:9; Jos 6:2, etc). The manner of these inward revelations is also a matter on which much difference of opinion exists. They, no doubt, were frequently made through a vision or dream, as to Abraham at Sodom (Gen 18:1), Jacob at Bethel, and Joshua him. self (Jos 5:13). But it is by no means clear that they were always so. The voice of God in answer to prayer is recognised by Christians in a strong inward persuasion of the desirability or necessity of a particular course. Of this kind would seem to be the answer to St. Paul’s prayer in 2Co 12:9. And it is quite possible that in passages such as Gen 12:1, Gen 22:1, Gen 22:2, nothing more is meant than that the persuasion, by God’s permission or inspiration, was strongly felt within. And so it is possible that one so specially and divinely commissioned as Joshua discerned in a strong and apparently irresistible conviction, the voice of God (cf. Act 16:7; 2Co 1:17). Joshua’s name was originally Hoshea (like the prophet and the Israelitish king of that name). The name originally meant salvation, or deliverance, but it was changed, either when he entered into Moses’ service, or when he was about to fight the Amalekites (Num 13:8, Num 13:16; Deu 32:44), into Jehoshua, or Joshua (either “God shall save,” or “God’s salvation”). It is not stated in Holy Writ when the name Joshua was given. In Exo 17:9, where Joshua is named for the first time, he is called by the name Moses gave him, and is mentioned incidentally as a person well known to the writer dud his readers. The reader need hardly be reminded that in the form Jeshua (Gr. ) it was the name of our Blessed Lord Himself, and that the Name which is now above all other names is used of Joshua in two places in the New Testament, in Act 7:45, in Heb 4:8. It was a common name in later times, as Col 4:11 and Act 13:6 will serve to show. In later Hebrew, as in Neh 8:17, Joshua is called Jeshua, and the names of Joshua and Jeshua are given indiscriminately to the high priest, the son of Josedeeh, who was contemporary with the building of the second temple. For Joshua as a type of Christ the reader may consult a deep passage in ‘Pearson on the Creed,’ Art. II; from which some of the most striking parts are here quoted:”First, it was he alone, of all which passed out of Egypt, who was designed to lead the children of Israel into Canaan, which land, as it is a type of heaven, so is the person which brought the Israelites into that place of rest a type of Him who only can bring us into the presence of God, and there prepare our mansions for us. Besides, it is further observable, not only what Joshua did, but what Moses could not do. The hand of Moses and Aaron brought them out of Egypt, but left them in the wilderness. Joshua, the successor, only could effect that in which Moses failed. Moses must die that Joshua may succeed (Rom 3:20-22). The command of circumcision was not given to Moses, but to Joshua; nor were the Israelites circumcised in the wilderness under the conduct of Moses and Aaron, but in the land of Canaan under their successor. Which speaketh Jesus to be the true circumciser, the author of another circumcision than that of the flesh (Rom 2:29; Col 2:11). If we look on Joshua as the ‘minister of Moses,’ he is even in that a type of Christ, ‘the minister of the circumcision for the truth of God.’ If we look on him as the successor of Moses, in that he represented Jesus, inasmuch as ‘the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.’ If we look on him as judge and ruler of Israel, there is scarce an action which is not predictive of our Saviour. He begins his office at the banks of Jordan, where Christ was baptized and enters upon the public exercise of His prophetical office; he chooseth there twelve men out of the people to carry twelve stones over with them, as our Jesus thence began to choose His twelve apostles, those foundation stones in the Church of God (Rev 21:14). Joshua smote the Amalekites and subdued the Canaanites, By the first making way to enter the land, by the second giving possession of it. And Jesus in like manner goeth in and out before us against our spiritual enemies, subduing sin and Satan, and so opening and clearing our way to heaven; destroying the last enemy, death, and so giving us possession of eternal life.” Pearson quotes Justin Martyr, Tertullian, Theodoret, and others as justifying his view of the history. Theodoret, moreover, in his ‘Questions on Joshua,’ remarks on the coincidence between Jos 1:17 and Joh 5:46. And Origen, in his first ‘Homily on Joshua,’ remarks on the fact that the first time the sacred name meets us in the Book of God, it is as the leader of an army (Exo 17:9). Another way in which Joshua was a type of Christ is this. Under Moses there are constant murmurings and disputings, for “the law made nothing perfect” (Heb 7:19). Under Joshua all is confidence and triumph, for “by one offering Jesus hath perfected forever them that are sanctified” (Heb 10:14). Moses’ minister. This word is principally used of service in the house of God. Thus it is used of Aaron and his sons, Exo 28:43; Exo 39:41, etc.: of Samuel, 1Sa 2:11; 1Sa 3:1, etc.: of the priests and Levites, 1Ch 6:32; 1Ch 16:4; Eze 14:5; Joe 1:9, etc. In these places it seems to be equivalent to the LXX. . But it is by no means confined to such service. In Exo 33:11, where it is applied to Joshua, it is rendered in the LXX. by , and it is quite clear that Joshua’s service to Moses was not exclusively of a religious character. Some commentators have suggested the word aide de camp, but this would be equally incorrect in the opposite direction, since Joshua’s services (see Exo 24:13; Exo 33:11) were clearly not rendered only in time of war. The word is used of Abishag the Shunamite, 1Ki 1:4, 1Ki 1:15; and of Elisha, 1Ki 19:21.
Jos 1:2
Moses my servant is dead. “When you see Jerusalem overthrown, the altar forsaken, no sacrifices, no holocausts, no drink offerings, no priests, no Levitical ministry, when you see all these things cease, say it is because Moses the servant of God is dead, and Jesus the Sou of God obtains the leadership” (Origen, Hom. 2 on Joshua). This Jordan. Called “this” because it was now close to them, just as we have “this people, this Lebanon” (see note on Jos 1:4), etc. The name Jordan signifies “Descender,” from the verb to descend. The word fitly describes the headlong current of the river, which, according to Mr. Macgregor, has a fall of fifteen feet per mile, and if we subtract the Lake of Gennesareth and the lake and attendant marshes of Huleh, of thirty feet. Between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea, however, the average fall is much less. Just after leaving the Sea of Galilee its fall is over forty feet.. It may be interesting to compare with this the average inclination of some of our own English rivers. The swiftest is the Dee, in Aberdeenshire, which has a fall of 16.5 ft. per mile. The Tweed and Clyde have a fall of 16 ft. and 14 ft. respectively, while the Severn has but 26.5 in; the Thames 18 in; and the Shannon 9 in. per mile. This comparative table will give the best idea of the rapidity of the Jordan. The various explorers bear testimony to the swiftness of its current. Thus Robinson, in his ‘Biblical Researches,’ says, “The current was so strong that even Komeh, a stout swimmer of the Nile, was carried down several yards in crossing.” “It was so swift,” says Dr. Bartlett, “that a gentleman of another company, who went to bathe, was not suffered by his friends to do so without a rope most un-romantically attached to his person.” This was in March, at the time of the overflowing (see Jos 3:1-17), and he adds, “the turbid stream rushed along like a mill ace.” Canon Tristram, visiting it in April, describes it as “rushing with tremendous force.” It rises among the snows of Hermon, dashes down headlong into the lake Huleh, the Merom of the Book of Joshua, and thence, with a descent of 60 ft. per mile, into the Sea of Galilee. Thence it shapes its course, as we have seen, with greatly diminished velocity into that strange depression where the Dead Sea lies, at a level of 1,290 ft. beneath the level of the Mediterranean. I do give, literally, I am giving; i.e; at this moment, when you are preparing to enter it.
Jos 1:3
Every place that the sole of your foot doth tread upon. These words are a quotation, almost word for word, from Deu 11:24, bat the original promise is to be found in Gen 12:1-7, with which we may compare Gen 13:14-17; Gen 15:18; Gen 17:8. Comp. also Jos 14:9; Exo 23:30, Exo 23:31, etc. It was God’s purpose that the whole land should belong to the children of Israel; a purpose which, as usual in Hebrew prophecy, is signified by the use of the perfect tense here. The conquest was intended to be complete. Not a foot’s breadth was to rest in the hands of its former owners. But here, as elsewhere in Holy Writ, we may mark the way in which man’s sin and want of faith has marred the purposes of God. In the Book of Judges we read that the Canaanites were not only not driven out, but that the children of Israel made marriages with them, worshipped their gods, and practised their abominations. Jerusalem remained in the hands of the Jebusites until the time of David, while the Philistines remained in possession of their portion of Palestine until it was reduced under the power of the king of Babylon. We may observe that, according to all the ordinary laws of criticism, this citation of Deuteronomy is a proof that that Book existed when the Book of Joshua was written. For the cumbrous scheme of Elohists, Jehovists, Deuteronomists, and the like, by which this natural conclusion is overruled, see Introduction. Have I given it. The preterite here denotes God’s purpose (cf. Gen 1:29).
Jos 1:4
From the wilderness and this Lebanon. The words suppose a line to be drawn from the desert of Arabia on the south and the range of Lebanon on the north, to the River Euphrates on the one hand and the Mediterranean Sea on the other, including the land of the Hittites (see 1Ki 4:24; 2Ch 9:26). Tiphsah, the later Thapsacus, was far north of the utmost limits of Palestine, and almost in the latitude of Antioch. Azzah is generally termed Gaza in our version. See note on Jos 11:22. The land of the Hittites here (Keil) seems to be taken for the land of Canaan in general (see 1Ki 10:29; 2Ki 7:6; Eze 16:3), but extending far beyond their border, and including Syria, Moab, Ammon, the land of Bashan, and part of Arabia. This was never actually in the hand of the Israelites save during the reigns of David and Solomon, when these regions were either tributary to them, or had been actually reduced under their immediate sway. “The promise,” says Theodoret, “was not undefined, but if ye shall keep my commandments and ordinances” (Deu 11:22, Deu 11:23). But they, inasmuch as they immediately transgressed the law, did not obtain the perfect promises. The Divine Apostles, on the contrary, not only conquered those places on which they set their foot, but even those in which their all wise writings were read; and the land that was before a desert they displayed as a Divine Paradise.” This Lebanon. This expression is no doubt used because Lebanon was visible from the spot where Joshua was standing. There is nothing surprising in this. We learn from travellers that its range, which there is no doubt included that of Anti-Lebanon, with its lofty peak Hermon, the highest point in Palestine, is visible from all parts of the Holy Land, even from the depths of the Jordan valley near the Dead Sea. Dr. Thomson (‘Land and the Book,’ p, 2) says that it is visible from Cyprus. Canon Tristram tells how he had seen Hermon from Type, Sidon, Carmel, Gerizim, from the neighbourhood of Jerusalem, from Gilead, from Nebo, and from the Dead Sea. The name Lebanon, derived from to be white, like the Arabic lebanon, milk, is supposed by Robinson to have been given from the whitish colour of the chalk or limestone rock. But it is at least equally probable that it derives its name, like Mont Blanc in Savoy, from its snowy peaks. Hermon is still called by the Arabs Jebel-el-Thelj, or “the snowy peak.” The Jordan, the river of Palestine par excellence, derived its copious and ever-flowing streams, so essential in that “thirsty land,” from the Anti-Lebanon range. “Abana and Pharpar, rivers of Damascus,” as well as the Orontes, and the Litany or Leontes, derive their waters from the same source. We have a vivid description of the region of Lebanon and the adjacent range of Anti-Lebanon and Hermon, in the spring, at the time of the melting of the snows, in the 42nd Psalm. There David, recalling to mind his sojourn in the “land of the Jordan,” and of Hermon, speaks of the “deep calling unto deep,” of the noise of the cataracts as they dashed from rock to rock and foamed along the mountain sides; and he describes his sorrows as overwhelming him by their number and magnitude, just as the multitudinous torrents that rose in that snowy region threatened to engulf the unwary traveller in their onward sweep. The far-famed cedars of Lebanon are indigenous to this region, and to it alone, but the climatic changes which Palestine has undergone have reduced their number largely, and comparatively few specimens now remain, in a wild condition, of that noble tree, once the pride of the dwellers in the land. “We cannot study all the passages in the Old Testament which refer to the cedar, without feeling certain that in ancient times it was a far more conspicuous feature in the landscape than it is now”. The great river, the river Euphrates. Das grosse Wasser Phrath (Luther). The Hebrew name is as Luther gives it. The Greeks added the euphonic syllable at the commencement, according to those who assign to the word a Semitic derivation. Others, however, derive it from an Aryan source, and regard it as equivalent to “the flowing river.” This mighty stream, especially after its junction with the Tigris, far transcended in size any other with which the Israelites were acquainted. The plains of Mesopotamia, even as far as Nineveh and Babylon, were destined to have been occupied by the Jewish race, had not their impiety and rebellion prevented; and the world empire obtained by Nineveh and Babylon might, and had they been obedient would, have been theirs. All the land of the Hittites. The Hittites, or Chittites, seem to have been the most considerable of the tribes which inhabited Canaan. We find them in possession of Hebron in the time of Abraham (Gen 23:1-20), but their more usual dwelling place was in the valley. They appear from the narrative above quoted to have been a peaceable people. We have records of them in Egyptian and Assyrian inscriptions. Thus we hear of the Khita in the inscriptions of Rameses II; who reigned between 1383 and 1322, B.C.; that is, about the time of Deborah and Barak (‘Records of the Past,’ 2.67-78; 4.25-32). They were the inhabitants, however, of a region further to the northward, beyond the borders of the Holy Land, on the banks of the Orontes. So a Mohar, or scribe, of Rameses II; in an account of a tour in Palestine, in which he mentions Kirjath Anab, Achsaph, Megiddo, and the land of Hamath, describes Khita as to the north, bordering on this latter territory (‘Records of the Past,’ 2.106). The various translators of the Assyrian inscriptions of Assur-bani-pal, Tiglath Pileser, Shalmaneser, and Sennacherib recognise the Hittites in the people mentioned as dwelling to the north of Palestine (ibid. 3.52; 5.21, 32, 33; 7.61), though Ewald thinks that the Khatta there mentioned must be sought still further north. Prof. Sayce, in a recent lecture, regards the Hittites as having occupied a large portion of Asia Minor, and as having had great influence upon early Greek art, and adds, “‘Till within the last few years the Bible alone has preserved the name of a people who must have had almost as great an influence on human history as Assyria or Egypt.” Shahnaneser mentions the kings of the Hittites, just as they are mentioned in the later narratives of Kings and Chronicles (see note on Jos 3:10). Unto the great sea. As the Euphrates was the greatest river, the Mediterranean was the greatest sea, known to the Jews. Unlike the race they displaced, the Canaanitesor, to call them by a title by which they are better known to profane history, the Phoeniciansthe Jews were no sailors. It may have been even before the conquest of Canaan under Joshua that the Phoenician fleets sailed out beyond the pillars of Hercules, and brought back tin from the British isles. For Canaan, or Phoenicia, was a powerful and civilised country when conquered by the Jews. But whether it were before this period that Britain was discovered, or whether the fleets of Tyre and Sidon first sailed thither at a later period, to the Jews the Mediterranean still remained the great sea. They knew nothing of the vaster ocean into which it flowed. It seems strange that, with the example of Tyre and Sidon before them, the Israelites should have been so indifferent to navigation. Even in the time of David, it was Hiram’s ships that brought him his treasures and building materials. The later navies of Solomon and Jehoshaphat did but coast along the Red Sea and the Persian Gulf to Ophir, which has been identified with India, or more probably with Arabia.
HOMILETICS
Jos 1:1-4
Joshua’s Commission.
This passage may be viewed under two main aspects:
(1) regarding Moses as the type of Christ and Joshua of His ministers; and
(2) regarding Joshua as himself the type of Christ.
As these points of view suggest two perfectly distinct and independent lines of thought, it is obvious that they are better fitted for two separate discourses than for being combined in one.
I. JOSHUA AS THE TYPE OF GOD‘S MINISTERS.
1. After the death of Moses, the task devolves upon his minister. So after the death of Christ, the task of conquering the world devolved upon His apostles, His “ministers.” They who waited on Christ during His human life, who were with Him in His temptations, were the men appointed to carry on His work when He had gone hence.
2. By the express command of God. So the apostles not only had Christ’s commission, “Go ye into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature” (Mar 16:15; 28:19), and “As my Father hath sent me, even so send I you” (Joh 20:21), but they were bidden to wait till the time was fixed (Act 1:4), and the Spirit poured out upon them from on high (Act 2:4). Hence we learn that no work, however high and holy, should be undertaken without the express intimation that it is God’s pleasure we should attempt it; that no motives, however pure, will justify us in putting our hand to the ark (2Sa 6:6, 2Sa 6:7) unless we are ordained by God to touch it. And if we ask how we are to know when we are so ordained, the answeris
(a) by seeking counsel of God;
(b) by scrutinising carefully the purity of our own motives, lest we may have mistaken pride or self interest for the voice of God.
That intimation will be given in various ways. We know not how (see note on Jos 5:1) Joshua was stirred up by God. But men are marked out for special tasks in three ways:
(1) by circumstances. Thus Joshua, as the minister of Moses, most closely acquainted with his modes of thought and course of action, became naturally his successor. So Timothy takes the place of St. Paul (2Ti 3:10).
(2) By external authority; that of those who have a right to exercise it, like the high priest when he sought counsel of God by Urim and Thummim.
(3) By inward intimations of God’s Spirit, which cannot be mistaken, save by those who have blinded their own eyes by self seeking and self conceit.
3. The command is based upon Moses’ death. So all the work of God’s ministers derives its energy from the death of Christ. It was the one all sufficient sacrifice and satisfaction for the sins of the whole world that was the salt of the Apostles’ mission. It is that same atonement which gives power to their successors now.
4. The work is of God, but the ministers are human. God might have performed His work without the intervention of means. But He has chosen to act through human instrumentality. Thus he magnifies His greatness even more than if He had done the work Himself. For human infirmities sorely mar the work of God. And yet that work goes on, and even human infirmity is overruled to God’s glory (1Co 2:4, 1Co 2:5; 2Co 4:7; 2Co 12:9). So it was with Joshua’s error in judgment regarding the Gibeonites (Jos 9:14), and so it often is with our own.
5. Difficulties often present themselves, insuperable but by the hand of God. “Go over this Jordan.” But how? The river was full to overflowing, the passage dangerous; in fact, for the whole multitude, in the face of the enemy, impossible. Yet the hand of God was stretched out, the river dried up, and what would have been a task of the greatest peril to themselves was instead a source of terror to their adversaries. So at the outset of great spiritual undertakings we are often confronted with difficulties far beyond our power to overcome. But “God showeth his voice,” and they “melt away.”
6. The result, possession of the promised land. The land promised to the Israelites was a limited space, but the spiritual Israel has the promise of the whole earth (see Gen 12:3; Psa 2:8; Isa 11:9; Dan 2:35, etc).
II. JOSHUA AS THE TYPE OF CHRIST.
1. After the death of Moses. The law could never give us our inheritance (Heb 7:19); therefore Moses must die and Joshua arise. Again: the law was crucified together with Christ (Rom 6:6, Rom 6:10; Rom 7:4; Gal 2:19; Gal 5:24; Eph 2:15, Eph 2:16; Col 2:14; also 2Co 3:14 in the Greek). As long as the law existed, man could only dwell in the wilderness, be dead in trespasses and sins, wander about without power to enter the promised land. He was continually confronted with a standard of holiness utterly beyond his strength to reach. But when Mosesi.e; the lawis dead, the true Jesus arises and leads His people into their inheritance, giving them the power to fulfil a law which He has written within.
2. Joshua was Moses’ minister. So Christ was “made under the law” (Gal 4:4), and was bound, by His Father’s will, to keep it. By His obedience alone was His sacrifice made acceptable to His Father. The law could but condemn us for being “weak through the flesh” (Rom 8:3); we could not fulfil its precepts. But Christ condemned sin
(1) by His perfect fulfilment of God’s law, and
(2) by submitting to death, as the “wages” of that sin which mankind, whom He represented, had so fully deserved. Thus did He gain the right to be our leader into the inheritance God had promised us.
3. Jordan must be crossed; i.e; Jesus must die. As our representative, He dies once for all to sin, and His death translates us into a new life. Henceforth, by virtue of His atonement, “sin has no more dominion over us,” and we are, under His leadership, to destroy its empire forever. And we must follow Him through Jordan; that is, we too must die to sin and rise again unto righteousness. The river which divides our old condition from the new, which separates the wilderness from the promised land, is an eternal boundary between our condition by nature and our condition by grace. The waters of Jordan are likened by some to the waters of baptism, whereby we are “baptized into Christ’s death;” and by others to the moment of conversion, when, by the power of God alone, we are changed from wanderers and outcasts into the covenant people of God.
4. The land must be conquered. It was a wicked land; a land the sins of whose inhabitants contaminated it by their example; a land which called for condign chastisement from on high. The land with which Christians have to do is either
(1) the whole world, or
(2) the human heart.
In the first case it is the duty of the Church, in the second of the individual, in each case under Christ as a leader, to wage unceasing warfare against evil, in whatever forms it may be found. The character of that warfare will be indicated later. At present it will be sufficient to remark that the nature of the warfare itself is not changed, though its conditions are. The servants of God are eternally pledged to root out evil without compromise, and without mercy.
5. It was a land flowing with milk and honey. Every blessing was to be obtained there. Not only food, but delights. It is called emphatically “the good land” (Deu 3:25; Deu 4:22). It contained every good thing man could desire (Deu 8:7-9). So the steadfast determination to follow Christ, to him who is resolved to do so, insures us every blessing we needthe supply of our wants, means of defence against our enemies, and the means, moreover, of happiness and enjoymentprovided always that we do not cease the combat until all our enemies be destroyed.
HOMILIES BY E. DE PRESSENSE
Jos 1:1, Jos 1:2
Consolation for bereaved workers.
In these words, addressed to Joshua, we have the most effectual consolation that can be offered to believers, when one has been taken away from their midst whose life seemed indispensable to the work and service of God. They are words applicable to the family no less than to the Church. Moses had just been taken from the people, from his friends, from Joshua his faithful servant. The great leader of Israel through the wilderness journey, the captain who had gone forth with their hosts to battle, the medium of the highest revelations of God to the nation, had vanished from among them. Israel would look no more on that noble face which had caught and kept the brightness of the glory of God revealed upon Sinai. The prophetic voice of him who had talked with God as a man talketh with his friend was hushed in lasting silence, he had been struck down on the very borders of the land of promise, to which he had safely led the sons of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. There was a peculiar sadness in the death of Moses just at this time. Have we not often felt the same when we have seen the strong man fall at the very moment when he was about to reap the fruit of his patient labours, and to win the hard-fought fight? The words spoken by God Himself for the consolation of Israel may suggest thoughts helpful to us under similar circumstances.
I. GOD‘S WORK DOES NOT DEPEND ON ANY ONE WORKER, EVEN THE GREATEST. It goes on, uninterrupted by the strokes of death. “Go over this Jordan, thou and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them, even to the children of Israel.” Thus the cause still advances. Moses may die; his work cannot. Nay, it is extended, and assumes new developments. Moses has led the people to the verge of Jordan. Joshua will carry them over. Both Moses and Joshua are only instruments which may be broken and laid aside; but He who uses them will never be stopped in His work of love. “My Father,” says Jesus Christ, “worketh hitherto” (Joh 5:17).
II. AS GOD ONLY WORKS BY HIS SERVANTS, THESE MUST NEVER REST IN AN IDLE RELIANCE ON His POWER; THEY MUST TAKE UP THE WORK JUST WHERE IT IS HANDED OVER TO THEM, EVEN THOUGH THEIR HEARTS MAY BE BROKEN BY SORROW. Thus the Lord says to Joshua: “Arise, go over this Jordan.” We may not sit still mourning even over our beloved dead; we are to arise and take up their work. To carry it on is a sweet consolation; we feel ourselves still linked with the departed as we trace their blessed footsteps, and deepen the furrows they have already made. It brings us into closer fellowship with them. Joshua, as he took up the charge laid down by Moses, was more than ever brought into oneness of spirit with him.
III. GOD, IN SPEAKING OF MOSES AS HIS SERVANT, GIVES TO THE SURVIVORS THE SWEET ASSURANCE THAT HE HAS TAKEN HIM TO REST IN HIS OWN PRESENCE. The recognition of his faithful service implies that of his sure reward. Undoubtedly he, like all the sons of men, was an unprofitable servant, but he nevertheless received from God that grand word of commendation, “Well done, good and faithful servant;” and this is the word which sets before him who receives it an open heaven. Thus to know that God never leaves His work incomplete, that He gives it to us to carry on, and that those who have gone before us have entered into His rest, while we take up their unfinished taskthis is the threefold solace of the sorrows alike of the Church and of the Christian family. Thus both “he that soweth and they who reap rejoice together” (Joh 4:1-54 :86).E. DE P.
HOMILIES BY S.R. ALDRIDGE
Jos 1:2, Jos 1:3
God’s gift to the Church.
The loss of a privilege teaches us how inadequately we have appreciated its womb. The removal of art honored servant of God often awakens a deeper sense of the blessing that has been in our midst. And sometimes a tendency is thus created to dwell unduly on the past, to become morbid, and to neglect the present, undervaluing what still remains to us. Mourning has its proper limits. In the text God impresses on the people the duty of recognising facts. “Moses is dead.” True, you will never look upon his like again; but also true, that all your resets will not restore him to his wonted place. There is to be no standstill in the kingdom of God. A new leader is summoned to the front. Joshua must succeed to the vacant post.
I. We have A NEW LEADER AND A FRESH START. As if to magnify Joshua in the eyes of the Israelites, the command is at once given to prepare for that entrance into the land of promise which Moses had so ardently longed for but was not permitted to witness. “One soweth, another reapeth.” The law paved the way for the gospel. It is well to follow a period of inaction by vigorous measures. Active employment would turn away the people’s thoughts from unduly dwelling upon the absence of Moses, and would prove that all wisdom and energy had not died with him, nor had God also perished in His servant’s death. And so today the class in the Sunday school shall continue its training, though the much loved teacher has been compelled to renounce his work; the congregation shall be instructed as heretofore, though by a different voice. Let class and congregation rally around their new chief. The appointment of a new leader should be the signal for a fresh advance. Let “Onward!” be the cry.
II. THE TITLE OF POSSESSION. The real claim of the Israelites was grounded on the gift of God. Consider the earth
(a) Materially, as belonging to God. “The earth is the Lord’s.” Men are but His tenants at will. The justification of the Israelites in driving out the Canaanites is to be sought in the fact that the inhabitants had made an ill use of the land. He who owned it had revoked His grant, and conferred it on His chosen people. The lesson enforced by our Lord in the parable of the talents is of wide application. Not only agriculturists but merchants must regard their property as held at the disposal of the Creator. Nevertheless there is something in the possession of a “foot of ground” which seems to connect us immediately with the Lord of the earth, and renders impiety amid scenes of nature the more guilty.
(b) Spiritually, as given through Christ to the Church. The commission of Christ to the disciples embraced the whole world. Every nation of right belongs to God, and the establishment of missions is but claiming the land for its Great Owner. God hath given to every company of believers a “land” to possess, a neighbourhood to be evangelised, cruelty and vice and selfishness to be expelled, that peace and love and righteousness may dwell in the conquered territory. The text may remind us, therefore, of the aggressive measures which the Church of Christ is required to undertake.
III. THE DIVINE GIFT NO SUPERSESSION OF HUMAN EFFORT. First the Israelites must cross the river Jordan, and then seize the gift offered. They had literally to tread with the “sole of the foot” upon the land they desired to receive from God. Every promise of Scripture is intended not as a sedative, but as a stimulus, to exertion. We have to “labour to enter into the rest.” There is a Divine law, “Seek and ye shall find; knock and it shall be opened.” The redemption that is in Christ will not benefit unless appropriated. The “treasures of wisdom and knowledge” will be ours by taking them in Christ from the outstretched hands of God. In all church operations we must be mindful that “Christ expects every man to do his duty.” The heathen are His inheritance, but will be made His only as the Church is stirred up to diligent activity in moral conquest. Thus the gifts of God are conditional upon human service. Not, of course, that God simply allocates the land as did the Popes formerly, expecting the grantees to secure it for themselves; for He helps us, and without Him our efforts would be vain.
IV. THE RECORDED PROMISE INTENDED FOR ALL GENERATIONS. “As I said unto Moses.” There is evident reference to the utterance of Jehovah forty years before (Exo 23:31). He had not forgotten His word. Should the unbelief of the people make His “promises of none effect”? That Moses had not allowed the declaration to slip from his memory is seen in Deu 11:24. Intervening years do not render the fulfilment of God’s promises less sure. Thousands of years rolled away between the first prediction of a Messiah and His actual appearance. Let not our hearts fail to trust in God. “As I said unto Moses may be turned into a general promise, as the Epistle to the Hebrews did with the specific utterance of Jos 5:5 to Joshua (Heb 13:5). It may be kept before us as a message of hope and assurance.A.
HOMILIES BY J. WAITE
Jos 1:1-9
Joshua the successor of Moses.
The very name Joshua, Jesus, “God’s salvation,” is enough of itself to awaken special interest in the man who, on the page of Scripture, first bears it. It is suggestive at once of the nature of his life work, and it leads us to anticipate some points of analogy between him and the Savior of the world. Joshua is one of the few Old Testament characters against whose name there is no reproach. Not that this Book presents any formal delineation of his character or pronounces his praise. It is but a simple, matter of fact record of great events in which he took a leading part. His illustrious deeds are their own eulogium. He stands before us as the type of a godly warrior, reverent in spirit yet full of practical energy, blameless and fearless, gentle and strong, spending a long life in unselfish and unwearied devotion to the cause of the people and of God. He was the brave soldier whose work, dark and terrible as it was, was consecrated by the inspiration of a Divine call and of a beneficent purpose. A general view of Joshua’s position in the annals of the Hebrew race is suggestive.
I. IT REMINDS US HOW, AT CRITICAL PERIODS IN HUMAN HISTORY, GOD RAISES UP MEN AS FITTING INSTRUMENTS FOR THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF HIS PURPOSES. The death of Moses marks a crisis in the career of the chosen people, he who has been their “leader and commander” through all the forty years’ wandering in the wilderness and has brought them to the borders of the land of promise, is taken from them just when they seem most to need him. Only Jordan now rolls between them and the fruition of their hopes; the prize is within their reach. Shall they fail, and, after all, come short of it? They would have failed if God had not been with them, moving, working among them, fulfilling His own will, magnifying His own name. Joshua’s uprising is itself a Divine interposition. He is not the product of the mere natural working of events and second causes. He is a deliverer whom God has provided, well named God’s salvation. The lesson is an important one. When God has any great work for men to do, he never fails to call forth those who can do it. The history of the Church, the general course of the world’s life, establish this law. The demand and the supply, the hour and the man, always meet. When those who are in the high places of the field fall, others step forth, often from very unlikely quarters, to fill the gap and carry on the work to riper issues. This continuity of the Divine purpose and of the path of its development is very wonderful
“The voice that from the glory came
To tell how Moses died unseen,
And waken Joshua’s spear of flame
To victory on the mountains green,
Its trumpet tones are sounding still,”
kindling our expectations, rousing our energies, rebuking our distrust. Through the shifting clouds of circumstance we catch “glimpses of the unchanging sky.” God’s redeeming purpose shines on through all human and earthly changes. We need not fear but that He “will plead his own cause,” and when new emergencies arise provide some new instrument or agency to meet them.
II. IT REMINDS US OF THE PROCESS BY WHICH GOD IS WONT TO PREPARE MEN FOR THE WORK HE HAS FOR THEM TO DO. Joshua was a divinely chosen and ordained deliverer (Num 27:18-23; Deu 31:14-23). But God’s choice is never arbitrary, reasonless. There is generally some native quality, or circumstantial advantage, that makes the chosen man the more fitting instrument. (Examples: Moses, David, Cyrus, Paul, Luther) Joshua grew up as a slave in the brick fields of Egypt. Born about the time when Moses fled into Midian, he must have been forty years old at the exodus. It may seem strange that such greatness as his should have been nursed amid such associations. But when God has fixed His choice on a man He can make what seem to be the most adverse conditions a school of preparation. And, perhaps, the rough influences of such a lot were, after all, the best school. In servitude as a youth, he learnt how to command as a man. No doubt sudden emergencies have often developed unlooked for qualities in men. Tender spirits, nursed in the lap of luxury, have been found calm in danger, brave in battle. Still, as a nile, to “bear the yoke in one’s youth” is the best preparation for the stern struggle of after life. Moreover, the trials and responsibilities of life are graduated. The right discharge of lesser duty qualifies for higher positions of trust. Joshua proved, in the previous expeditions on which Moses sent him (Exo 17:9; Num 13:17), his fitness to take the place of the great leader. “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.” “If thou hast run with the footmen,” etc. (Jer 12:5). Again: other circumstances of a different kindmiraculous manifestations, Divine revelationshad their part in Joshua’s preparation, he had witnessed the wonders in Egypt and at the Red Sea, had been with Moses in the mount, had had direct communication from God to himself (Deu 31:1-30). We are reminded of the higher, diviner influences that help in the formation of all noblest human character; there is always the blending of natural and supernatural elements, ordinary associations of life mingled with direct heavenly visitations, innate qualities sanctified and glorified by special ministries of the grace of God.
III. IT ILLUSTRATES THE HEROISM THAT SPRINGS FROM FAITH. Faith, the faith that brought him into personal contact with the living God, was the spring of all Joshua’s strength and courage. He had no prophetic gift as regards the vision of the future, for it was through the priest Eleazar, “after the judgment of Urim,” that he was to ask counsel of the Lord (Num 27:21). But as military leader of Israel he was divinely inspired; and his inspiration was the energy of faith. This has ever been the prolific root of the noblest forms of character and deed. By it “the elders,” whose names shed lustre on the ages of the past, “obtained their good report.” And so it always will be. There is no heroism like that which springs from the soul’s living hold on the unseen and eternal. The hope of the world for deliverance from the ills that afflict it, and its being led into the heritage of a brighter future, is in the men of faith. And he is an enemy to his race who would attempt to dry up this spring of power. “This is the victory,” etc. (1Jn 5:4).
IV. IT PRESENTS US WITH AN INTERESTING HISTORIC TYPE OF GOSPEL SALVATION. Many points of typical resemblance have been traced. This, at least, is clear, as Joshua, “Moses’ minister,” consummates his work, leads the people into the promised land, divides to them their inheritance; so Christ, “made under the law,” brings in the richer grace. He is the “end of the law for righteousness,” etc. (Rom 10:4). The Captain of salvation leads many sons, His redeemed ones, to glory and eternal rest.W.
Ver. 1. Now after the death of Moses, &c. The Hebrew is, and after, &c. This conjunction points out the connection of this book with the foregoing, of which, indeed, it is a continuation. The book of Judges is connected with that of Joshua, and the book of Ruth with that of Judges, in the same plain manner. Thus too the LXX have joined the Lamentations of Jeremiah with the Prophesies of that prophet. This manner of writing is that of a just and exact mind, elevated above the vanity of making a shew of what he composes. He leads the understanding from events to events, without distracting the reader, and without even apprizing him that he who speaks is a new historian. The ancient manner of transcribing the sacred books was conformable to the taste of those who composed them. The works were not distinguished by chapters, and frequently the books had no title; they were written in continuation, those which followed being joined to the foregoing by a conjunction, as we see in this place: see Calmet. With respect to the time here specified by the words, after the death of Moses, it may very probably be placed immediately after the forty days mourning for that holy man were fully elapsed.
The servant of the Lord Respecting this title, see Deu 34:5.
The Lord spake unto Joshua, &c. He gave him his orders. But whereas he spake to Moses familiarly face to face, as a man speaketh with his friend; he informed Joshua out of the sanctuary, and by the mouth of Eleazar the high-priest; who, being invested with the breast-plate, and presenting himself before the veil, over against the mercy-seat, whereon rested the divine presence, consulted God by the Urim and Thummim; and God answered him by an intelligible voice which issued from the mercy-seat.
Moses’ minister i.e. Who had been Moses’ minister. The expression in the original gives the idea of an honourable minister, acting by no means in a servile capacity. See Exo 24:13. Deu 1:38.
PART FIRST
The Conquest of the Land of Canaan
Joshua 1-12
____________
SECTION FIRST
The Preparation
Jos 1:1 to Jos 5:15
____________ Joshua 1
a. The Command of God to Joshua
Jos 1:1-9
1Now [And1] after the death of Moses, the servant of the Lord [Jehovah], it came to pass, that the Lord [Jehovah] spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses minister, saying, 2Moses my servant is dead; now therefore [and now2] arise, go over this Jordan, thou and all this people, unto [into] the land which I do [omit: do] give to them, even [omit: even] to the children [sons3] of Israel. 3Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said [ properly: spoke] unto Moses. 4From the wilderness and this Lebanon even [and] unto the great river, the river Euphrates, all the land of the Hittites, and unto the great sea toward the going down of the sun, shall be your coast [border4]. 5There shall not any man be able to [Not a man shall] stand before thee all the days of thy life: as I was with Moses, so [omit: so] will I be with thee: I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.5 6Be strong and of a good courage [strong and firm6]: for unto this people shalt thou divide for an inheritance [for a possession7] the land which I sware unto their fathers to give them. 7Only be thou strong and very courageous [firm], that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law which Moses my servant commanded thee: turn not from it to the right hand or [Hebrews , 8] to the left, that thou mayest prosper whithersoever thou goest. 8This book of the Law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but [and] thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein: for then shalt thou make thy way prosperous and then thou shalt have good success.9 9Have not I commanded thee? [,] Be strong and of a good courage [firm]; [?] be not afraid, neither be thou dismayed: for the Lord [Jehovah] thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest.
b. Joshuas Command to the Leaders of the People, and to the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, and to the Half Tribe of Manasseh
Jos 1:10-18
10Then Joshua commanded the officers [overseers10] of the people, saying, 11Pass through the host [camp] and command the people, saying, Prepare you victuals; for within three days ye shall pass over this Jordan, to go in to possess the land which the Lord [Jehovah] your God giveth you to possess it.
12And to the Reubenites [Reubenite], and to the Gadites [Gadite], and to half the tribe of Manasseh, spake Joshua, saying, 13Remember the word which Moses the servant of the Lord [Jehovah] commanded you, saying, The Lord [Jehovah] your God hath given [giveth] you rest, and hath given you this land. 14Your wives, your little ones, and your cattle shall remain in the land which Moses gave you on this [the other11] side [of the] Jordan; but ye shall pass [pass over] before your brethren armed [eager for war, or, in ranks12], all the mighty men of valour [strong heroes13], and help them; 15until the Lord [Jehovah] have given [shall give] your brethren rest, as he hath given you, and they also have possessed [shall possess] the land which the Lord [Jehovah] your God giveth them; then ye shall return unto the land of your possession, and enjoy [possess] it, which Moses the Lords [Jehovahs] servant gave you on this [the other] side [of the] Jordan toward the sun-rising. And they answered 16Joshua saying, All that thou commandest us, we will do, and whithersoever thou sendest us, we will go. 17According as we hearkened unto Moses in all things,14 so will 18we hearken unto thee: only the Lord [Jehovah] thy God be with thee, as he was with Moses. Whosoever he be [Every man] that doth rebel against thy commandment [literally, mouth], and will not hearken unto thy word, in all that thou commandest him [or, us] he shall be put to death: only be strong and of a good courage [firm]
EXEGETICAL AND CRITICAL
a. Jos 1:1-9. The Command of God to Joshua. The history of the conquest of the land of Canaan, commencing here and constituting the first part of the Book of Joshua, connects itself closely with Deuteronomy. There, at the end, Joshua 34, the death of Moses is reported, Israels mourning for him described, and mention made of Joshua (Jos 1:9) his successor, while yet Moses himself is once more celebrated in words of highest praise as a prophet and leader of the people without parallel in all the subsequent times. Only Samuel afterward in some sense reached the same level (Jer 15:1). Here in Jos 1:1, Moses, after notice of his death, is honorably entitled as in Jos 1:7, as in Deu 34:5; Num 12:7-8, in a long series of places in our book (Jos 1:7; Jos 1:13; Jos 1:15; Jos 8:31; Jos 8:33; Jos 9:24; Jos 11:15; Jos 12:6; Jos 13:8; Jos 14:7; Jos 18:7; Jos 22:2; Jos 22:4-5), 1Ki 8:56; 2Ki 18:12; 2Ki 21:8; 2Ch 1:3; 2Ch 24:6; Psa 105:26. Sometimes also he is called . Psa 90:1; 1Ch 6:49; 2Ch 24:9; Dan 9:11; Neh 10:29. Besides Moses there are so designated or so addressed by God: the Patriarchs,Deu 9:27, especially Abraham, Gen 26:24; Psa 105:6; Psa 105:42; Job 1:8; Job 2:3; Job 42:7-8; Kings, as David (Psa 18:1; Psalms 15 Psa 36:1; Psa 78:70; 1Ki 8:66; 2Ki 8:19; Ezr. 37:24), and Hezekiah, 2Ch 31:16, as a theocratical leader, but Nebuchadnezzar also as one who executed Gods designs (Jer 25:9; Jer 27:6; Jer 43:10); Prophets, as Isa 20:3, whom God himself so names (Isa 43:10; Isa 44:26; Jer 7:25; Jer 26:5; Amo 3:7; Dan 9:6, and often). Properly all the Israelites also are servants of God (Exo 19:5; Lev 25:42-55) and recognize themselves as such, the authors of the Psalms most freely expressing this consciousness in their distinct individuality (Psa 19:12; Psa 19:14; Psa 34:23; Psa 35:27; Psa 69:37; Psa 90:16; Psa 119:17; Psa 119:65; Psa 119:84; Psa 119:122; Psa 119:176; Psa 135:14; Psa 104:2). Hence in the second part of Isaiah, the whole people is so named (Isa 4:8-9; Isa 42:19; Isa 44:1-2; Isa 44:21; Isa 45:4; Isa 48:20), and then again He who is the Israelite , the Messiah, (Zec 3:8; Isa 42:1-7; Isa 49:3; Isa 49:5; Isa 49:8; Isa 52:13-15; Isa 52:53). On the sense of this designation, see below under Doctrinal and Ethical.Concerning Joshua see Introduction.
Moses Minister. Observe that Joshua is not spoken of as Moses servant, but as , minister; adjutant, we should now say, in so far as Moses was not law-giver but commander-in-chief. The formal installation of Joshua in this position is reported to us in Num 27:15 ff.
Jordan. , almost everywhere in the O. T. with the art., from the r. to go down, or, when a stream is spoken of, to flow. The Jordan therefore means, the flowing [the Descender, Stanley], perhaps with allusion to its extremely abrupt fall and rapid course. At the present day it is called by the Arabs esh-Scheriah, the drinking-place, occasionally with the addition el-Kebir, the great. The name el-Jurdun (Jordan), is however not unknown to the Arabic writers. … The length of the Jordan from where it leaves the sea of Gennesaret to the Dead Sea is about sixty miles, measured in a straight line [but following the sinuosities of the stream two hundred miles]. Furrer, Wanderungen, p. 155 Robinson, Phys. Geog. p. 144 ff. Von Raumer, Palstina, p. 54 ff.16
Jos 1:4. Here the boundaries of Canaan are laid down very much as they are given in Deu 11:24. In the other passage, however, the wilderness, Lebanon, and the Euphrates are taken together as opposed to the great sea, while here, (1.) the wilderness and Lebanon (south and north), and then again (2.) the Euphrates and the great sea (east and west) are brought together. Substantially they amount to the same. The land should be bounded on the south by the Arabian desert, on the north by Mount Lebanon, on the east by the Euphrates, and on the west by the Mediterranean Sea, as was already promised to Abraham (Gen 15:18-21). Still more vaguely is it expressed (Exo 23:31) from the Red Sea even unto the sea of the Philistines, and from the desert unto the river (Euphrates), while in Num 34:1-12; Joshua 8-19, the boundaries, stated only in a general way in our passage, are quite accurately fixed.
The territory to be occupied by the people of Israel is further and more exactly ascertained from the definition, all the land of the Hittites.
This Lebanon, as in Jos 1:2 this Jordan, because the river was visible close at hand, and the mountain could be seen although at a great distance. (in prose always with the art.) is, from to be white, the white mountain. Further particulars see in the Introduction, and in von Raumer p. 29 ff. Concerning the Hittites as well as the other Canaanitish peoples, comp. the Introduction, 7.
Jos 1:6. Be strong and firm. Luther translates finely but not accurately: Be comforted and undismayed. De Wette: Be firm and strong. Schroeder: Be strong and firm, Deu 31:6; Deu 7:23. We prefer this rendering of , since the words, as J. H. Michaelis has noted, signify not firmness and strength in general, but the strength in the hands () and the firmness in the knees (, Isa 35:3, cf. Heb 12:12-13). Joshua must lay hold boldly and with a strong hand, and then when he has done so, allow nothing to drive him from his position. It will be noticed that in Jos 1:6 we find simply repeated, in almost the same words, what has been said to Joshua in Deu 31:7; Deu 31:23, precisely as the promise Jos 1:5 is a repetition of Deu 31:6; Deu 31:8.
Jos 1:7-8, admonish Joshua to a careful observance of the law, in order that the great work laid on him by the Lord may be successfully accomplished. Not depart out of thy mouth, is the same as to be continually in the mouth. Joshua must, on the one hand, speak to the people in the words of the law, in order rightly to impress on them its sacred design, and on the other, must also ground himself always more deeply therein. Hence it is added:
Thou shalt meditate therein day and night. We are not to think of this meditation as a learned study, but rather as a mature reflection upon the law by which Joshua penetrates more deeply into its meaning, and thus becomes qualified to speak more clearly, pointedly, and powerfully to the people. For to that particularly, and not to the reading aloud, as Bunsen explains it, is the reference in the command, that the law should not depart out of his mouth. Comp. Deu 6:7; Deu 11:19; Deu 17:19. Comp. further, Psa 1:2, and on , Jos 1:3 especially.
Jos 1:9 : The assurance gains in strength when to the positive there is added also the negative , as in Deu 31:6; Deu 31:8. Keil.
How did God speak to Joshua? By the Urim and Thummim, as Hess (Gesch. Jos. i. p. 29) supposes, appealing to Num 27:21, or, as most interpreters assume, immediately, by an inward revelation? Probably the latter, because, although we must admit that Joshua had been directed by God himself to employ the other means, and therewith the mediation of the high-priest, yet the Lord himself by whomobserve thatthe initiative is here taken, was not bound to this means, as appears very clearly from the manifestation of the angel, Jos 5:13-15. The Lord spoke to Joshua as he had spoken to Moses, and as he afterwards spoke to the prophets. Together with the divinely regulated office there went on this free communication of Gods purposes without disturbance to the functions of that office when they were in proper exercise, but sometimes also to awaken them to life when light and right was extinguished in Israel, 1 Samuel 3; Joe 1:13.
b. Jos 1:10-18. The Command of Joshua to the Magistrates of the People as well as to the Reubenbenites, Gadites, and the Half Tribe of Manasseh.
After Joshua has received the command from God to cross the Jordan with the people, he adopts his plans and immediately enjoins upon the (comp. Exo 5:10; Num 11:16; Deu 16:18; Jos 8:33; Jos 23:2; Jos 24:1) to go through the camp, and call on the people to provide themselves with victuals (the need of which is explained by the cessation of the manna, Jos 5:12), since within three days the march would begin. This statement of time is not exact, since rather, as Keil also assumes, seven days in all intervene, namely, one day for the journey of the spies to Jericho, three days for their stay in the mountain, three days for the march from Shittim to the Jordan, and the delay there, after all which the crossing of the river took place. Keil says concerning this: We give up the attempt to identify the three days in Jos 3:2 with those mentioned in Jos 1:11, since the text in Jos 3:2 contains not the slightest hint of such a combination. The article is not found with (Jos 3:2) by which the might be referred to Jos 1:11; and we stand by the simple statements of the text, assuming that the spies were sent out immediately after the command in Jos 1:11, probably on the same day, i. e. on the third of Nisan, that they returned after three full days, i. e. on the 6th of Nisan, at evening (Jos 2:22), and that on the next morning, i. e. on the 7th of Nisan, Joshua broke up from Shittim, came on to the bank of the Jordan (Jos 3:1), where he rested three days, and on the tenth effected the passage. Not so Gerlach, who says rather: As regards the chronological succession of these events, we see from Jos 4:19 that the passage of the Jordan was effected on the tenth of the first month. That command of Joshua (Jos 1:11) was given therefore on the 7th. Early the same day he sent out the spies, and they so quickly accomplished the journey of perhaps scarcely a dozen miles that they left Jericho before the approach of that night; (but how does this agree with Jos 2:2; Jos 2:5 ff.?) the three days which they spent in the mountain were not full days (where are we told that?) being the remainder of the 7th (which must thus have been an uncommonly long day), the 8th, and part of the 9th. On this last they returned to Joshua, and thus he was able, in accordance with his orders received early on the 7th, to cross over on the 10th. Thus we have a very satisfactory correspondence between the series of events and the successive dates. The perplexity in which these two interpreters find themselves may be very simply cleared up if, with Knobel, we assume that the three days mentioned in Jos 3:2 are identical with the three days here in Jos 1:11, but that Joshua 2 was a separate report here worked in by the author, and in the insertion of which, attention was not paid to the exact determination of the dates.17
There follows now, Jos 1:12-18, a special demand of Joshua upon the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh. These had, according to Numbers 32 on account of their wealth in flocks and herds, received their possession in the land of the conquered Amorite kings, Sihon and Og, east of the Jordan. This was on the condition, however, that they should help the other tribes to conquer West Palestine; and Joshua now calls upon them to fulfill that condition and carry out the promise they had made. This they declare themselves ready to do.
Jos 1:13. Remember the word which Moses commanded you, etc. Num 32:20-24 is quoted not literally but freely according to the sense, for does not occur in the passage cited,a very beautiful expression: to afford rest, to cause to rest. It is the same as giving a dwelling-place secure and undisturbed by enemies (Deu 25:19), after the long, restless wanderings through the wilderness. The disobedient (Num 14:26 ff.) come not into this rest (Psa 95:11); but not even this is the true rest, the full , the true of the people of God, Heb 3:11; Heb 3:18; Heb 4:1; Heb 4:3; Heb 4:8-9.
This land (Deu 3:18) as in Jos 1:2, this Jordan, Jos 1:4, this Lebanon: the land in which then the whole people as yet and the speaker also were, the land east of the Jordan,while , translated by Luther, De Wette, and Eng. Vers. on this side, means on that side, or beyond, and is employed from the writers point of view.
Jos 1:14. is variously derived; either (Gesen.18 Frst, [with whom agree Masius, De Wette, Keil]), from , lumbus, venter, tanquam, sedes, roboris = lumbis accincti, with which comp. Num 32:27; Num 32:32, or ); also Job 38:3; Luk 12:35; Eph 6:14; 1Pe 1:13,or, (Ewald) from , five = arranged in fives, i. e., in companies. With this Knobel sides, in so far that in Exo 13:18, he defines the word, which is met with only here and in Jos 4:12; Exo 13:18; Jdg 7:11 (cf. also the , Num 32:17, which should be amended to this form), as meaning, drawn together, collected, i. e., in separate divisions or fixed companies, as opposed to individual separateness and irregular dispersion. Knobel seeks the proper etymon in the Arabic with a comparison of the Heb. , to compress. We translate with Ewald, Knobel, and Bunsen, arranged in companies.19
But ye shall pass before, etc. So had they promised Num 32:17; Num 32:27; Num 32:32.
All, not to be taken strictly, since according to Jos 4:13, only forty thousand men went over, while the two and a half tribes had, according to Num 26:7; Num 26:18; Num 26:34, 110, 580 men.
Jos 1:16-18 contain the joyful answer pervaded by the spirit of obedience and fraternal love, closing with the same call from the two and a half tribes, to be strong and firm, which God had addressed to Joshua. So David also addresses himself when he sings: Be of good courage and he shall strengthen thy heart, , Ps. 27:15.
DOCTRINAL AND ETHICAL
1. If we would accurately determine the meaning of the distinguishing title servant of Jehovah, ascribed to Moses in Jos 1:1, we cannot be content to say merely that it signifies a worshipper of Jehovah who may be also a messenger, an ambassador of Jehovah. We are concerned rather to know how it comes to pass at all that the pious worshippers and messengers of God are called his servants. The answer might be given in the following hints. In the first place, we must not forget that we are here on oriental ground, where kings and subjects stand related to each other as lords and slaves, where the inferior towards the superior studies the most humble submission and unconditional obedience, and expresses himself also in a proportionately humble manner (Gen 44:27; Gen 44:32; Dan 10:17). And thus God himself appears only as under the figure of the Most High, the Ruler of all worlds, the Lord of Hosts, before whom all the world keeps silence (Hab. 3:20; Zec 2:13), before whom also on his throne, the seraphim veil their faces (Isaiah 6). He is, therefore, the master, men the servants. Those, however, among men (more particularly in Israel, the , Exo 19:5; Deu 7:6; Deu 14:2; Deu 26:18) who serve him with special obedience, and, with extraordinary talent, like the angels in heaven (Job 4:18), perform his will, are called his servants in a preminent sense. So Moses; before him Abraham; after him David, Hezekiah, the prophets; all Israel, moreover, in so far as they are, according to Deu 32:15; Deu 33:5; Deu 33:26; Isa 44:2, the Jeshurun, the beloved, pious people, who rightly ( from ) walk before Jehovah; and lastly the Messiah, since in Him all the excellences of his people are combined. In the second place, it is carefully to be considered that in the economy of redemption we are still on the ground of the old covenant, therefore on the ground of the Law, where God commands, and man has unconditionally to perform his dictates exactly to the letter, without any freedom whatever, hence as a slave, not as a child (Rom 8:15). Not even the most pious, therefore, can claim any higher distinction than this. A relation of freedom between God and man does not yet exist. Man stands yet under the law, not yet under grace (Joh 1:17); but precisely this absolute obedience leads to freedom. Moses is the instrument of effecting the deliverance of his people out of the slavery of Egypt, where they pined in the house of bondage (Exo 20:2), the iron furnace (Deu 4:20); but the Messiah makes many righteous (Isa 53:11) and is a Servant, the Branch (Zec 3:9). In his time God gives holy increase, takes away the sins of the land in one day (Zec 3:9), and makes peace, so that one invites his neighbor under the vine and fig-tree (Zec 3:10). He is the true (Mat 12:18; Act 3:13; Act 3:26; Act 4:27; Act 4:30), whom, on account of his obedience, God acknowledges as his Son; on which cf. Nitzsch, Treatise on the in the Acts (Studien u. Kritiken, 1828, 2).
2. The declaration in Jos 1:4, that God has assigned to the people of Israel its portion of the earth, is in accordance with Deu 32:8 and Act 17:26, in which passages he marks off to the nations their bounds. This is involved in Gods government of the world, which embraces everything, the least as well as the greatest, so that all accident is excluded. As He determines for each particular man his place on earth, by birth, education, external circumstances, so He determines for each people its habitation in congruity with the disposition and character which He has lent to them, and the design which He entertains concerning them. That was peculiarly the case with Israel, when He actually gave to them the land promised to the fathers, where they might in beautiful seclusion serve the Lord their God. True, the previous inhabitants must give way, but jure divino, because through their enervating idolatry they had forfeited the right to a historical existence. It is not just, therefore, in the manner of the Wolfenbttler fragmentist, to charge God and his agents with cruelty and injustice, but rather to heed the fundamental laws of divine Providence, according to which also his judgments are executed. An analogy may be seen in the destruction of the Roman empire amid the storms of the northern invasions. See Introd. 3.
3. The silent collection of ones thoughts, holy meditation, is, in the over-busy activities of our time, an aid to all religious and moral life, which cannot be too earnestly recommended. It is enjoined upon Joshua in Jos 1:8, in simple but very suitable words, and is necessary, in order that the soul may constantly remember its origin, that the heart may lose itself in God and his word, that from this inward concentration of the living faculties, word and deed may come forth in noble perfection. Oratio, meditatio tentatio, make not only the theologian, but in general every religious, pious, and, in his piety, morally capable, man.
4. The rest which God gives (Jos 1:15) is, first, the secure possession of the land of Canaan which had been promised to the people of Israel. This however is not, according to the view of the Epistle to the Hebrews (Jos 4:8), the true rest, rather, since God long after Joshua offered through David (Heb 4:7) an entrance into rest, must go there still be another rest; for if Joshua had brought them to the rest, He (God) would not speak of another day after this time (Jos 1:8). Therefore, the conclusion is from these arguments, there yet remains () a Sabbath rest () for the people of God. For he who has entered into his (Gods) rest, has given himself also rest from his works (i. e. the works of the labor-week). It is still to be carefully noted that to express this rest of God, not but, in allusion to Jos 1:4, or to Gen 2:2, the word , occurring nowhere else in the N. T., is employed. The is the completed , the holy and blessed Sabbath rest in eternity for the people of God, the , after the pilgrimage of life is finished with the toils of the hard week of our earthly existence. Of this rest the in the earthly Canaan is a type. So speak the Rabbins also of the (Tr. Thamid. f. 33, 2; Jabk. Rub. f. 95, 4). Compare also the beautiful, profoundly tender hymn by Jno. Sigmund Kunth (1779), A rest there is which yet awaits us.
HOMILETICAL AND PRACTICAL
Gods command to Joshua that he should cross the Jordan, indicates (1) the task proposed to him; contains (2) the promise of his assistance in its accomplishment; but requires also (3) the conscientious observance of his law, in order to success; and closes (4) with another enlivening exhortation to the new leader of Israel.As Moses was a servant of the Lord, so should we also be his servants, that we may be found faithful like him. (Num 12:7; Heb 3:2)Moses the servant of the Lord. Joshua as a type of a good servitor (not slave).The earthly Canaan a type of the heavenlyGod is faithful (Jos 1:5). I will not fail thee nor forsake thee,a promise; (1) its rich import; (2) under what conditions to be appropriated by a Christian to himself.Be strong and firm, comforted and undismayed, a text in connection with Psalms 27, 46 of inexhaustible use for the field-worship of God.Of fidelity to the commands of God.How should a true general be characterized? (1) He should be strong and firm, but (2) also pious and conscientious, that all may go well with him.Fear not, neither be dismayed, for the Lord thy God is with thee in all which thou shalt do; to be well considered before the outbreak of a war, as well as before a battle.Joshua and the Gileadite tribes; (1) his powerful appeal to them for fraternal assistance; (2) their cheerful answer (Jos 1:12-18).The Rest of the people of God: (1) Who gives it? (2) In what does it consist? (3) How do we attain to if? (Jos 1:13). How beautiful when the call of a commander, or a governor of the people, meets with a joyful readiness on their part! Should we not so meet the claims which God himself by his Word makes on us, and especially those which call for brotherly help, even though sacrifices also be required?
Starke: O soul, remember here first of all the true Joshua, thy Saviour Jesus Christ, who has for thy good acquired the heavenly Canaan, to prepare for thee a place there, that thou also mayest dwell there and remain; fight, therefore, and subdue thy foes under the lead of thy Jesus, that thou mayest also one day take it. Whom God sends, him He also qualifies and procures for him authority and respect. The Bible and the sword with Christian rulers go very well together. O that these would also avail themselves rightly of both! One Christian should take upon him the necessity of anotherand bear his burden. In the strife of Christianity also one should not be pusillanimous, but strong and firm (2Ti 2:3). A spirit that would all goods and blood fain for thy mere pleasure proffer, and the hearts desires all offer, give me, Supreme Good, through thy precious blood.
Cramer: As the eyes of the servants are to the hands of their masters, and the eyes of a maiden unto the hand of her mistress, so should our eyes also look constantly to the Lord, Psa 123:2. If God is for us who can be against us? (Rom 8:31). Christian rulers also are bound to submit themselves to Gods commands; it should not be with them, quod libet licet, i. e. what I please I do, 1Ki 21:7.
Marginal note (of Luther): He who walks according to Gods words acts wisely and happily, but he who goes according to his own head acts unwisely and to no profit.
Bibl. Wirt.: In dangerous duties and circumstances there is no better comfort than when one has a regular call to the position, and God for his patron and protector. Gods command should be promptly performed without any long discussion as to whether we will do it or not; for God requires obedience.
Bibl. Tub: Consoling promise! O soul mark it well, for what God says to Joshua He says also to thee. Therefore be of good courage in the struggle with sin and Satan; God will stand by thee.
Osiander: We should (in many cases) firs care for our neighbors, for love seeks not her own, 1Co 13:5.
Gerlach: The first revelation of God after the death of Moses installs Joshua formally in his office, gives him the double commission to lead the people into the promised land and to distribute this among them, renews the assurance of divine aid, and admonishes to steadfast fidelity towards Gods law and imperturbable confidence in Him (Jos 1:1-9).
[Darby: Every place that the sole of your feet shall tread upon, that have I given you. They must there, overcome the obstacles with the help and by the power of God, and take actual possession. …. They never took possession of all the land which God had given. Nevertheless to faith the promise was sure, Jos 1:3. Spiritual strength and energy, the courage of faith, are necessary in order that the heart may be free from the influences, the fears, and the motives which act upon the natural man, and that he may take heed to the Word of God.
Matthew Henry: The removal of useful men should quicken survivors to be so much the more diligent in doing good. Such and such are dead, and we must die shortly, therefore let us work while it is yet day. It is a great mercy if, when useful men are taken away in the midst of their usefulness others are raised up in their stead to go on where they broke off, Jos 1:2. It is a great comfort to the rising generation of ministers and Christians that the same grace which was sufficient for those that went before them shall not be wanting to them if they be not wanting to themselves in the improvement of it (Jos 1:5).When God has given us rest we ought to consider how we may honor Him with the advantages of it, and what services we may do to our brethren who are unsettled, or not so well settled as we are (ver.15).We must not so magnify them that are gone, how eminent so ever they were, either in the magistracy or in the ministry as to be wanting in the honor and duty we owe to those that survive and succeed them.
G. R. B.: As Joshua received and doubtless profited by the admonition of his Gileadite brethren, so may the leaders in Israel at all times gain benefit from the pious and well intended, even though superfluous, counsels of Gods plain people.Tr.]
Footnotes:
[1][Jos 1:1. The obvious and exact rendering of the conjunction here by and seems required to in indicate the true grammatical relation of this to the preceding books. It is a circumstance of some, although perhaps not great, significance, in respect to the composition of the historical books of the O. T. that, as the first four books of the Pentateuch are closely joined together by the copulative conjunction at the beginning of each after the first, so the historical books, with out exception as far as to First Chronicles, are thus linked to each other, and all to the Pentateuch as parts of one great whole. The Chronicles appear to make a new beginning; and various reasons might be assigned why Deuteronomy should in this point differ from the three preceding books of Moses.Tr.]
[2][Jos 1:2.. In rare instances the conj. in this compound needs to be understood in an illative sense; but generally it marks the simple succession of thoughts, and what there is of inference is equivalently expressed by our and now. So, invariably, De Wette and Fay; but the English Version almost always renders as in this passageTr.]
[3][Jos 1:2. . Fay also translates: children of Is., De Wette, always, sons. This is exact and much more faithful to the spirit of the East which now, precisely as in ancient times, names a people with reference to its males, the Beni Hassan, Beni Sakkar, etc. So the Hebrew nation were the Beni Israel, even when, in many instances, probably the women and children were distinctly thought of; but generally the men were considered in a political respect as instar omnium.Tr.]
[4][Jos 1:4.The word coast is in this book synonymous with border (boundary line), except in the three places, Jos 9:1; Jos 12:23; Jos 19:29, where it was intended to denote coast in our present sense, but incorrectly, as would appear, in the last two passages. Border is what we should now say, and that, especially in the plural, signifies figuratively, like the Hebrew, territory, tract, country.Tr.]
[5][Jos 1:5.Gesen. s. v. : I will not cast thee off and not forsake thee. So substantially Fay; De Wette, on the contrary: I will not withdraw myself from thee, etc. Fail thee, etc., in our familiar expression, is, perhaps, as near the Hebrew as anything proposed.Tr.]
[6][Jos 1:6. Verbum proprie notat vires qu sunt in manibus ad prehendendum retinendum que viriliter; sicut contra firmitudinem, qu in genibus est, ad consistendum, ne ab alio quis evertatur, Michaelis; (conf. Job 4:4, , 1Ki 12:18, , equus alacer, Zec 6:3. Maurer.Tr.]
[7][Jos 1:7.Fay here renders divide for an inheritance with the English Version, but De Wette gives simply to partition, and Gesenius appears to be abundantly warranted in saying, s. v. , that the specific idea of inheritance in this verb is rare.Tr.]
[8][Jos 1:8The expression is stronger with and, and that vav is put as a disjunctive between words, i. q. or, is hardly supported by a single probable example. Gesen. Lex. p. 266, Robinsons Trans. Fay after this and supplies [not].Tr.]
[9][Jos 1:9. should in consistency with Jos 1:7 be translated shalt thou prosper, and the whole clause might then perhaps be rendered for then shalt thou have success in thy way, and then shalt thou prosper.Tr.]
[10][Jos 1:10.To indicate distinctly the office of the , is desirable, but perhaps (with our scanty data) scarcely possible. While etymologically (r. ) scribe or clerk, would suit very well, yet from the passages cited in the exegetical notes on this verse, and from many others, it appears that the name designates a kind of overseer of a section of the people, in some way ordering them, and on the other hand representing his charge to the judge, governor, or commander to whom he was subordinate. Thus in Egypt they stood between the people and the task-masters. According to Num 16:18, the shoterim appear then to have been chosen from the elders of the people, and to have constituted sometimes a council of advisers, with Moses, and sometimes (Deu 1:16; Deu 16:18) a sub-magistracy who, in connection with the Judges dispensed justice to the people. Superintendent, overseer, or director (Fay: Vorsteher, Ordner), probably gives substantially the sense, but is not so clearly specific as we could wish.Tr.]
[11][Jos 1:14. . This phrase constantly denotes the region beyond the Jordan where the speaker then was: Scriptor ex eo, in quo ipse constitutus erat, loco, i. e. ex Palestina rem metitur. Maurer.Tr.]
[12][Jos 1:14.Fay, in Schaaren. See the authorities in exegetical note.Tr.]
[13][Jos 1:14.De Wette, Fay: alle streitbaren Manner. But while the English phrase mighty men of valor, implies something too marvelous, it may well be doubted whether does not often convey the idea of special ability in the military service, from natural endowments or extraordinary experience of war, something like heroes, or veterans in war.Tr.]
[14][Jos 1:17.A little more exactly for the sense: In all respects as we hearkened unto Moses, etc.Tr.]
[15][It will be noticed by the reader of the English Bible that in references to the Psalms, the title sometimes counts as one verse.Tr.]
[16][The article on the Jordan in Smiths Dict. of the Bible, will be found quite full and satisfactory. See also the art. Palestine in the same work; Bibl. Sacra, Aug. 1848, p. 396 ff., Nov. 1848, p. 764 ff., Apr. 1850, p. 393 ff. Lynchs Expedition to the Dead Sea; Cruise of the Rob Roy on the Jordan, N. Y. 1870.Tr.]
[17] [In his later work (Bib. Com. in loc.) Keil still denying that the three days here, Jos 1:11, are the same as in Jos 3:2, seeks to reconcile the present date with the actual time of the crossing, by assuming first that it is not meant that they should pass over within three days, but only begin to move towards it; and secondly, that although Joshua did design to reach the Jordan and cross it within three days, his intention was frustrated by the delay which his spies unexpectedly experienced. He says: The designation in three days (i. e., as appears from a comparison of Gen 40:13; Gen 40:19 with Joshua 1:20, reckoning from the day of giving this command, on the third day following) shall ye pass over the Jordan, is not to be taken as an announcement of the time within which the crossing should actually take place, but, with Vatabl, and J. J. Hess, as the term against which the people should be prepared for the crossing; as if he had said: Prepare you victuals in order to go over the Jordan within three days, i. e., in order then to break up from Shittim, to cross the Jordan and be able to commence the conquest of Canaan. Thus apprehended this, statement agrees with chapters 2 and 3 For according to Joshua 2. Joshua sent from Shittim spies to Jericho, who after their escape from that city had to hide themselves three days in the mountain, before they could come to the camp of Israel. They were absent therefore certainly three or four days, and returned at the earliest on the evening or in the night of the fourth day from that on which they were sent out. Not until then did the Israelites break up from Shittim in the morning, and moved to the Jordan, where they still tarried, and then after three days more, crossed over the stream. At the least, therefore, eight full days, 4+1+3, must have passed between the first mission of the spies and the passage of the Jordan by the people. Without doubt Joshua designed to march to the Jordan within three days from the sending of the spies, and to go over the river; and simultaneously with his command to the people to prepare to cross over within three days, he had sent the spies, so that he was warranted in hoping that they would have accomplished their errand and returned within two or three days. But since they, through the unforeseen discovery of their arrival in Jericho, and the chase of the pursuers, were obliged to hide themselves three days in the mountain, Joshua could not until the day after their return break up from Shittim, and proceed to the Jordan. Neither then could he immediately cross the river, but must tarry yet three days after his arrival at the brink.
As this provides for the less of only three days of the eight, it would appear that Joshuas design must have been still a miscalculation by at least two days. In other respects the explanation is not as successful as could be desired.Tr.]
[18][Gesenius derives the word not from but from an assumed root , acrem, strenuum esse; and the sense in which he understands the partic. is strenuus, alacer. Thes. p. 494.Tr.]
[19][After all is said, the derivation remains very obscure and the considerations in favor of the two principal renderings very evenly balanced. For the meaning armed the lexicographers give little authority.Tr.]
CONTENTS
Joshua succeeds by the Lord’s appointment to the government of Israel on the death of Moses. Joshua accepts the command. The people are pleased with it. Officers in the inferior departments are appointed. The Reubenites, Gadites, and Manassites whose inheritance was on this side Jordan, are engaged to go over with their brethren to the reduction of Canaan. These are the contents of this Chapter.
Jos 1:1
There is no mention how God spake to Joshua. But as Eleazar had the breast plate of judgment, and acted as high priest, it is remarkable that the commission to Joshua came not through him which was the appointed way. See Num 27:18-23 . I rather think that by way of honouring Joshua in his new commission after the death of Moses, the Lord spake to Joshua as he did to Moses without a medium. See Lev 1:1 . But Reader! do not overlook Jesus our Joshua as represented here. All the sweet words we hear from our God are in, and through, and from him. Joh 1:18 .
Joshua Encouraged
Jos 1:1-11
‘Be strong and of a good courage’ (Jos 1:6 ). When Luther was summoned before the Diet of Worms, his friends did all that they could to dissuade him from going. They were afraid that his safe-conduct would not be respected. But nothing would keep the brave Reformer back, and what was thought of his courage is shown in the words which a great captain is said to have addressed to him: ‘Little monk! little monk! you are venturing today on a more hazardous march than I or any other captain ever did. But if your cause is right, and you are sure of it, go on in God’s name, and be of good comfort. He will not forsake thee.’ And it was in the same spirit that in the presence of his enemies Luther himself uttered the famous words: ‘I cannot do otherwise. Here I stand; God help me! Amen.’
‘In a large party at the Grand Master’s Palace in Malta, I had observed,’ says the poet Coleridge, ‘a naval officer of distinguished merit listening to Sir A. Ball, whenever he joined in the conversation, with a mixed expression of awe and affection that gave a more than common interest to so manly a countenance. This officer afterwards told me that he considered himself indebted to Sir Alexander for that which was dearer to him than his life. “When he was Lieutenant Ball,” said he, “he was the officer I accompanied in my first boat expedition, being then a midshipman, and only in my fourteenth year. As we were rowing up to the vessel which we were to attack, amid a discharge of musketry, I was overpowered by fear, and seemed on the point of fainting away. Lieutenant Ball, who saw the condition I was in, placed himself close beside me, and still keeping his countenance directed towards the enemy, pressed my hand in the most friendly manner, and said in a low voice, ‘Courage, my dear boy; you will recover in a minute or so. I was just the same when I first went out in this way.’ Sir,” added the officer to me, “it was just as if an angel had put a new soul into me.”‘
The Character of Joshua
Dr. W. G. Blaikie writes: ‘We must earnestly desire… to draw aside the veil that covers the eight-and-thirty years and see how he [Joshua] was prepared for his great work…. A religious warrior is a peculiar character; a Gustavus Adolphus, an Oliver Cromwell, a Henry Havelock, a General Gordon; Joshua was of the same mould, and we should have liked to know him more intimately; but this is denied to us. He stands out to us simply as one of the military heroes of the faith. In depth, in steadiness, in endurance his faith was not excelled by that of Abraham or of Moses himself. The one conviction that dominated all in him was that he was called by God to his work. If that work was often repulsive, let us not on that account withhold our admiration from the man who never conferred with flesh and blood, and who was never appalled either by danger or difficulty, for he “saw Him who is invisible”.’
References. I. 1-11. A. Maclaren, Expositions of Holy Scripture Deuteronomy, Joshua, etc., p. 87. I. 2. J. F. Cowan, Christian World Pulpit, vol. lxxii. 1907, p. 365. I. 2, 3. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xxxv. No. 2086.
The Message of the Book of Joshua
Jos 1:3
In the book of Joshua we have three sections; the first containing the story of the conquest of the land; the second containing the story of the distribution of the land; while the third gives us an account of the great leader’s farewell to his beloved people.
I. The story of the conquest is contained in the first twelve chapters.
1. In the story of the conquest there are, I think, three keynotes; the first of these is Prepare. The account of the preparation is given in the opening chapters, and given in such a way as to teach us the solemn lesson that God’s soldiers must be right with God before they can fight God’s battles.
2. The second is Pass over. This is the note specially sounded at Jordan, when the people drew their swords and flung away their scabbards, and by crossing the river committed themselves in face of gigantic odds to victory or death. It teaches us that ere God’s soldiers are fit to fight there must be in their lives a definite decisive consecration of themselves to the Lord.
3. And the third is Possess; and this note we have sounded throughout that brilliant series of campaigns which began with the fall of Jericho, and, proceeding from the South to the North, ceased not until the whole of the land was subdued.
To the story of the conquest of the land follows:
II. The story of the distribution of the land. This is the second section of the book, and extends from chapter XIII. to chapter XXI. It has been aptly compared to the Domesday Book of the Norman conquerors of England.
At the twenty-third chapter begins:
III. The story of the Leader’s farewell. This section contains two addresses, and is one of the most touching and impressive parts of the whole book. While the first address was delivered specially to the heads of the people the leaders, the judges, and the officers the second address was delivered specially to the people themselves. From this book we learn:
( a ) God gives, but we must take possession. As it was with Israel so it is with us. As God gave Canaan to Israel, so He gave Jesus Christ to us. And as the gift of Canaan meant the gift of all that Canaan contained, so the gift of Jesus Christ means the gift of all that He is, and of all that He has. But our enjoyment of all this is conditioned by the claim of our faith. Christ is to us actually what we trust Him to be.
( b ) In taking possession of what God has given us our strength is of God. This is the lesson taught by what is in some respects the most singular section of the whole book, the section containing the story of the captain of the Lord’s host. Joshua knew that victory lay before him, but he thought that it lay with him to compass this victory. But on the plains of Jericho he learned that as it was God’s grace which had given them Canaan, so it was God’s power which was to enable them to take possession. For us, in our strength, to live up to our privileges is as impossible as to win the privileges up to which we long to live.
( c ) There is always power enough at our disposal for taking possession of what God has given to us. When we have honestly set out to subdue the land we shall see the vision of the Captain of the Lord’s host. Every place on which the sole of our feet treads becomes ours.
G. H. C. Macgregor, Messages of the Old Testament, p. 73.
References. I. 5. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xxi. No. 1214. H. J. Wilmot-Buxton, God’s Heroes, p. 71; see also Sunday Sermons for Daily Life, p. 404. I. 5, 6. Edward King, Outlines of Sermons on the Old Testament, p. 55. J. Matthews, Christian World Pulpit, vol. xxxix. p. 300. I. 6. G. Jackson, Christian World Pulpit, vol. lxviii. 1905, p. 75. I. 6, 7, 9, 18. T. Parr, Christian World Pulpit, vol. lviii. 1900, p. 74. I. 7. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xiv. No. 796. H. Montagu Butler, Harrow School Sermons, p. 73. I. 7, 8. A. Maclaren, Expositions of Holy Scripture Deuteronomy, Joshua, etc., p. 91. I. 8. J. Stalker, Christian World Pulpit, vol. lvi. 1899, p. 43. I. 9. A. H. Shaw, Christian World Pulpit, vol. lvi. 1899, p. 56. A. Jessopp, Norwich School Sermons, p. 97. I. 10, 11. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xxxiv. No. 2039. II. J. McNeill, Regent Square Pulpit, vol. iii. p. 361. II. 21. H. J. Wilmot-Buxton, Common Life Religion, p. 205.
Jos 1:6 ; Psa 37:14 ; Psa 31:24 ; 2Ch 32:7
Courage, my soul! now learn to wield
The weight of thine immortal shield;
Close on thy head thy helmet bright;
Balance thy sword against the fight;
See where an army, strong as fair,
With silken banners spreads the air!
Now, if thou be’st that thing Divine,
In this day’s combat let it shine,
And show that Nature wants an art
To conquer one resolved heart.
Marvell.
The Man and His Call
Jos 1:1-9
THE book of Joshua has been divided into three sections namely, the conquest of Canaan, Joshua 1-12; the division of the land, Joshua 13-22; while Joshua 23-24, are devoted to a statement concerning the closing days of the soldier Joshua. The main action of the book comprises a period of twenty-five years. The pedigree of Joshua is illustrious; it may be seen in 1Ch 7:20-27 , reaching back through generations to Joseph. His grandfather, Elishama, marched through the wilderness of Sinai at the head of his tribe, and probably he had special charge of the embalmed body of Joseph. The book is indirectly referred to in many places both in the Old Testament and the New; for example in Jdg 18:31 ; 1Sa 1:24 ; 1Sa 3:21 ; Isa 28:21 ; Psa 44:2-3 ; Psa 68:12-14 ; Psa 78:54-58 ; Psa 114:1-8 ; Hab 3:8-13 ; Act 7:45 ; Heb 4:8 ; Heb 11:31 ; Heb 13:5 ; Jas 2:25 . These passages are collated to show that the references to the book of Joshua are not merely incidental or occasional, but that the book is certified by reference and endorsed by application throughout the most of the remainder of the sacred records. Joshua was a prince of the tribe of Ephraim, born in the land of Goshen, and trained as a soldier, kept in repression during many years, because there was really nothing for a soldier-prophet to do. He was appointed to repel the attack of Amalek. He was honoured to accompany the great minister partly up his solitary way which lay towards the meeting-place on the summit of mount Sinai. He was one of the two spies who came back with a good heart and an inspiring word, saying that the work could be done and was worth doing. For a long time he was in the background: nothing was known of him during the years of weary wandering in the Arabian desert. A weird character altogether! Speaking of his house, but with a limitation; without wife, or child, or heir; standing, as it were, midway between Moses and Samuel a period of four hundred years. A soldier always, prompt, obedient, decisive, sharp in expression; his attitude a challenge or a benediction. Great was his honour, too: into his much-meaning name there was inserted part of the name of the Eternal; and Joshua in its Greek form is Jesus the captain of our salvation the name which is above every name. So may our names grow and blossom and fructify into great meanings; they are trusts: we hold them as stewards; shall they vanish like blanks that can never be missed, or live on day after day, a memory, a blessing, an inspiration? Each man must answer the inquiry for himself.
Now let us turn to the book with religious attentiveness. “Now after the death of Moses ” ( Jos 1:1 ). Can there be any “after” under such a circumstance? Does not all time seem to breathe for certain men? And does it not seem as if there would be no need of time if their great figures and generous influence were removed? Does not time seem to focus itself in some noble characters as if all other life were tributary to those eminent personalities, as if all other influence circulated around them and had heaven enough in a subordinate relationship? But God can bury any one of us, and continue the history as though we had never lived. We cannot make great gaps in God’s providence. His thoughts are not our thoughts, neither his ways our ways. He toucheth the mountains, and they smoke; he taketh up the isles as a very little thing, and the nations are as a drop of a bucket a poor trembling eye of dew before Him. We cry over this opening line as if some great chasm had been dug in our little heaven. We forget that the man spoken of is only dead to us, not dead to the universe, or dead to God, or dead in any sense equivalent to extinction or destruction. The word is a cold one, and full of hideousness in some aspects; we must use it; no other term touches the reality of things so significantly, but we must, by living in a right course so look down upon all things as to account death as only a word a mere term of expediency, a mark of punctuation, rather than an articulate term, a point a printer might use, but really without any terror or sting or dread. Death is dead to every man who is himself alive with the immortality of his soul. And some great names must be removed to make way for lesser names that have growing sap in them and real capability of beneficent expansion. Some great trees must be cut down to make room for lesser trees that mean to be great ones in their time. We owe much to the cutting-down power of death, the clearing power of the cruel scythe or axe. Death makes history as well as life. Of life death is the servant. The great thing to know about the dead is their character. That character in the case of Moses is indicated here explicitly “the servant of the Lord.” Is the term so definite as almost to amount to an indication or singularity as if the Lord had but one servant? The expression is not “one of the servants,” or “a” servant, but “the” servant Nor is this an ancient term only; it is part of the speech of our day. There are men who are pre-eminently primates. We do not contest their primacy. It is not official. The greater the man the readier he is to own that Moses is above him: for in no domineering or tyrannous sense is the higher above the lower, but in the sense of wisdom, graciousness, fraternity of feeling, willingness to serve, for what child is there, how naked and poor soever, that the sun will disdain to light him home? The greater man is the lesser man in proper form. The least brother has a right to look at the greatest and say that is myself enlarged and glorified; that shining face is mine; that eloquent tongue is uttering my speech; that mighty form is carrying my burdens; so, then, there is no contentious rivalry, or clamour for place or honour. God makes every appointment, and makes it with infinite wisdom.
Whilst all this is true in regard to Moses, surely there is some painfulness of preference with regard to the man who must follow him? Yet who can tell how good God is even here? Men are prepared almost unconsciously: it is but one step that has to be taken. The men did not know all the time that they were waiting to take that upward step. The announcement of elevation may have come suddenly, but then there is an answering voice which says I have heard this before; this but reads the riddle of a dream; now I feel that God is calling me. Let every man, therefore, be faithful in his own place; let every man watch, do his duty, carry his burdens, be ready for enlarging opportunities and new disclosures of gracious providence. Do not force the gate that is closed: there is plenty to do upon this side of the way; in due time the gate will fall back as if an angel invisible had touched it, and by the falling back of the gate know of a surety your opportunity has come.
What is the duty of the Church when the announcement is made, “Moses my servant is dead”? The answer is sublime! The Lord addresses himself to the soldier-spirit of Joshua: “Now, therefore” stopping there for one moment and wondering what the next word can be we think it must be: Bow down your heads in sorrow; weep all your tears, for the loss is irreparable. What is the following word? Take the sentence altogether: “Now therefore arise”! Who can extinguish the animation of the divine word, or throw a shadow upon the divine hope, or discourage the heart of Heaven? Moses is dead: therefore stand up! gird on thy sword, put on thy strength; be thy best self and noblest, for the sphere is large, and to follow Moses is to be created a new and greater man. What is Joshua to do? An epoch opens in reply to that inquiry. We turn over a new page in the world’s history at this moment: we come upon words we have not seen before words which abide in all their energy through the ages. Joshua is referred to written orders. Up to this time there has been no reference to writing in the sense in which that reference is made now. Behold, in all the outgoing of providence there is a book amongst us a written thing a silent scroll, burning with messages from heaven. Moses had no Bible; Moses lived on the spoken word: he heard the tone and translated it into the speech of the people, but there was nothing written in the sense in which the word is used in the eighth verse of this first chapter of Joshua. A new responsibility is imposed upon the Church. This is the difficulty with many men namely, that there is a Book. The Book is so often in the way. We might build a thousand airy churches, and make their glittering pinnacles prick the clouds, but for the Book. There is a written law, a declared testimony, a quotable word, something requiring attention, intelligence, sympathy, grammar. Thus liberty itself passes under the yoke. When there was no king in Israel, every man did that which was good in his own eyes: if there were no book, every one of us might have his dream, his prophecy, his saying, his little pastoral staff and crook. But Joshua is told to begin to read: “This book of the law shall not depart out of thy month; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein” ( Jos 1:8 ). An excellent thing this, too, namely, to have a book! The question admits of being put from two opposite points of view. An excellent reflection that there is a writing which may be consulted, and which must be perused if life is to seize the very highest treasures of wisdom. To the law and to the testimony then, not that they are to be interpreted hardly, in some tone of domination that oppresses the soul, but a written word that is to be a living seed, growing its fruits in every clime, answering all the influences of heaven as revealed in civilisation, education, and progress of the broadest and noblest kind. The eighth verse is, however, noticeable in view of the fact that it puts a book into the hand of men. The book has never been changed. Jesus Christ did not change it: he said not a jot or tittle of it should be changed or taken away, unless by fulfilment, completion of purpose, when the meaning intended by the Almighty had been carried out, then there might be a passing away of literal form, but even then veneration would bow down before pillars at which the ages had halted and refreshed themselves in prayer. Where then is liberty? Again and again there comes upon the imagination the wondrous possibility of things under a liberty in which every man might write his own Bible. How we would change its spirit to suit the circumstances! How we would temper its tone to meet the occasion! A little manipulation would give its moralities release from their severest claims: a retrimming of the lamp would throw light in an unfamiliar direction; but man is only allowed to interpret the law to meditate therein day and night, to find out its meaning for though it be so clear, so simple, it is the simplicity that is unfathomable, the simplicity that expresses the last result of divine processes in human education. So, then, we are called to be law students, Bible readers, inquirers into written revelation. Here comes in a great popular liberty. The law is published in our mother tongue: every man may take his own copy into his own sick-chamber, and there peruse it in the light of other history and personal consciousness and experience, and test the book by individual necessities. This is the great answer to the tumult of the day. On the one hand we hear of men who long to resuscitate and reimpose stately theologies, formal creeds, endorsed by illustrious names, and the age will not have them; it says that such theologies and creeds and men served their purpose in their own time, and within the limits of their operation they were good and useful, but the ages grow: the sun has not been sowing all this light upon the earth without an accompanying sowing of light having taken place in the fields of human inquiry and intelligence. On the other hand there are those who say Our refuge must be in science, new discovery, in broad, generous progress; and the age cannot receive that testimony either. The great human heart says That of which you speak is good and noble and most useful, and we thank God for every discovery that makes life brighter, happier, easier to live; but you have not touched the innermost wound the secret pulse of the soul, that seems to lie beyond the reach of your finger. What then is our position in relation to these rival claims? Our position is: let the Bible speak for itself. We want Biblical teaching, thorough exposition, a reading of the word in the light of the present day; not by theology of a formal kind, not by science of a domineering sort, but by the Bible itself is the kingdom of heaven to be advanced. Use Bible words. Do not be ashamed of Bible images and Bible doctrines. Do not make the Bible part of a library, but make it a library by itself. “Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly.” If you are controverting, arguing, disputing, setting one opinion against another, what can come of it but dust and noise? Our position as Christian thinkers and teachers is only strong in proportion to our intelligent and reverent study and appropriation of the law meaning by that the whole written revelation of God. Here, again, we must beware of interpreters, and only accept them as friendly helpers. No man is authorised to say, to the exclusion of the opinion and learning of every other man, This is the meaning, and there is none other. The Bible will bear looking at from every point of view. It rises to every occasion. Not a word of it need be changed. The word simply asks for a right utterance, a profound and appropriate exposition. It is wonderful that men can talk about theology and about science, and never say a word about the Bible. Nor will it do to say, “Of course the existence of the Bible is assumed.” The Bible asks for no such recognition: it asks to be read. Its voice would seem to be: Read me night and day; read me aloud; read me in tones appropriate to the occasion: whisper me to the sick and the dying; utter me with tunefulness and fascination of tone to little children and persons who are in the age of wonder or curiosity; read me rudely, stormily, if you will, in the hearing of tumult and the rage of the heathen and the people; I only ask to be read to be all read to be read night and day, until there can be no mistake as to my purpose; do this, and live! Surely this is the meaning of the divine promise made to Joshua: “for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success.” The word “prosperous” is not a literal translation. The word would read better thus: for then shalt thou deal wisely or act wisely in the spirit of wisdom, having understanding of the times, making allowances for the varieties of human mind and human character, and adapting me to the state of education which may be disclosed from time to time. He acts wisely who lives in the wise God the only wise God, and our Saviour. We are not referred to our own wit, mental agility, intellectual brilliance or genius: the word in answer to temptation is in the law; the word explanatory of righteousness is in the law; the word which will keep us right in business is in the law; the word which will save us from sin is in the written book of God. So, whilst on the one hand men ask you to accept some great scroll of theology, and on the other ask you to accept some great scroll of science, whilst you are reverent and grateful to both of them according to their obvious merits, stand you upon the written law: it grows whilst we read it; it takes upon itself all the colour of the times; it has in it a central constancy and yet an eternal adaptation and variation. The Bible is never obsolete: when all other voices have ceased, its noble majestic tone creates attention for itself, yea, men who do not bow down before it as a spiritual ministry refer us to it as to the noblest English that can be written, the purest, simplest, grandest specimen of our mother tongue. It is so in every language. Wherever it undertakes to represent itself in any language it makes itself the chief specimen of that language. It speaks all the tongues of the world with equal familiarity, grace, and dignity. It only asks to be translated into your mother tongue to lift that tongue up into unknown and unprecedented dignity. A book that asks no other favour can do without our patronage better than we can do without its counsel. Without changing a word, only asking for a broad and just interpretation, we stand upon the Bible, and to the Bible we go when the devil tempts us, when life is a heavy burden, when death is the last foe; and so going we go to victory.
The following is another treatment of the same passage! “Now, after the death of Moses… .” Yes, what after that? Can there be any “after” in such an event? Are there no great gaping vacancies in life which seem to foreclose history and to turn present events into an anticlimax and a humiliation? After the death of Moses there can be no after. After the sun has gone down has God a lap of stars he can shower upon the darkness to alleviate it a little? Doth after vision seem to enlarge it and to mock our memory of a brighter present? Are there not some men who have no successors? Does not the poet say, “Only himself can be his parallel?” Why then do we come upon these mocking words in histories sacred and profane, “after the death of…” as if the road were a common plain, an ordinary level, one milestone and another milestone ahead, the monotony of commonplace, the commonplace itself occasionally vigorous enough, yet still tomorrow shall be as this day, and more abundant in the way of human life and human power and human exaltation and majesty? Does history stand still because of the death of any one man? Are we not always reminded that God can do without the strongest and wisest of us? We remain here just long enough to think that we are needful to God, and when our pride has filled its little goblet, and made itself drunk with its own poison, he removes us, and history rolls on like a wave over a forgotten tomb. We are told that all the great men have gone, the age of miracles has gone, so has the age of inspiration, so has the age of speaking many and divers tongues in the Church, all healings, and marvels of signs and wonders have vanished from the sphere ecclesiastical.
You who make the objection are in your departments of life fellow-sufferers with ourselves. Your Shakespeare is dead, as well as our Moses your Goethe and Dante are dead as well as our Isaiah and Ezekiel. All your great things have been done, your little miraculous role has been played out and shelved as well as ours so let there be no mocking or undue and foolish triumphing the one over the other, but let there rather be sober and earnest meditation upon this question, whether all these things that appear so great in the past have not been displaced by things greater, only less sensuous and demonstrative. Why, the poorest of all time is always the present. When am I richest? When I go back upon my yesterdays, when I retrace my journeys without all the inconvenience of detail which is found in all voyagings and travellings. Seated in my quiet chair, in my pleasant solitude, with closed eyes I look back over all the yesterdays, reclimb the mountains and sail again on the silvery lakes, and move again with might and quiet serenity to the great sea. When I blow the trumpet of resurrection in the churchyard, and call up the dear lost ones, the old and the young, the bright and the sweet, the strong and the patient, then am I very rich. When are you, dear little one, richest? When you are telling me what you are going to do, going to see, going to be. It is the doll you are going to have that is to be the queen of all other dolls. It is the sight you are going to see that is to eclipse all other gaieties. Just now nothing a mere cobble-stone in a brook that may topple over. But all my wealth lies in the past, or glows in anticipation, and “just now” is always the poorest time in any history that is worth living.
“Now after the death of Moses, the servant of the Lord.” Does God let his servants die? Was it the blame of Moses that he died, or is his death to be credited to his Lord? Is there an appointed time to men upon the earth is there just a little length of thread that is long enough for the very strongest and wisest of us, and if an inch were added our past would be put in peril as well as our future? Are things set are there fixed quantities in time, age, wealth, talent, power? Everything is weighed out and measured by the balances and standards of the Lord. He weighed the gold dust of the stars, and not a speck can be lost upon the wind. The very hairs of your head are all numbered. Not a sparrow falleth to the ground without your Father. He is a severe economist: like all great givers he is severely critical in his balances and results. Only the spendthrift keeps no note-book of his outgoings. God hath a book, yea, many a book hath God, for when he had opened book after book, the Apocalyptic writer says then he opened another book wherein was set down everything. Your time is known; you are his servant, yet he will call you into rest. He doth not let us die, he permits us to live. Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord, for they rest from their labours, and their works do follow them. I heard this in no whisper; it was not a confidential communication made to me: I heard a great voice behind me, saying, “Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord,… that they may rest;” I knew that word “rest,” I had heard it before, it was one of Christ’s very earliest, sweetest notes, for he said, “Come unto me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.” Dying ones, in his name, accept his hospitality, and go forward into his banqueting-house, quiet, at peace for evermore.
What will the Lord do, now that Moses has gone? He will be put to sore straits. What will Omnipotence do now that the staff in his hand is broken can he make another, or find one more? Does he create a Moses? No, he elevates a Joshua. He means to elevate you next: be ready; do not be in the field when he calls for you in the house.
“The Lord spake unto Joshua, the son of Nun, Moses’ minister,” Moses’ servant. Moses was the servant of the Lord, Joshua was the servant of Moses, and thus we belong to one another. He has no higher title to give. Paul and Timotheus, slaves of the Lord Jesus Christ. Paul, the servant of our Lord Jesus Christ. Joshua then had served well, and he was called to promotion. “Thou hast been faithful over few things, I will make thee ruler over many things,” is God’s rule. Thou hast been faithful at Jerusalem, thou shalt see Rome also. No metropolis shall shut its gates in thy face: if thou hast been faithful in the little villages and provincial towns and minor capitals, thou shalt surely see the greatest cities and the loftiest places. The first Napoleon was wont to say no man could rule well who could not serve well. If you are unable to serve, you are unable to rule. We know nothing about service in some of its severer senses in our common civil life. Some of you have been under masters and tutors and governors: you know what discipline is you have overgotten the infantile period of controversy and questioning and reasoning: you have learned not to reason why, but to do, and, if need be, die. You are going to make an excellent person, I believe, in the course of about seven years. I tell you you will not. Shall I explain my reason for that discouraging prediction? It is that you were never an obedient child. You cannot, therefore, unless God repeat his miracle of making you over again, be a good husband, or wife, or head of a business. There is a philosophy in these things that you cannot wriggle out of. To be unused to service, unaccustomed to obedience, is to be utterly unprepared for the responsibilities of the house, or of the place of commerce, the legislature, or the church.
Not a word is said in praise of Joshua. How then do we know that he was so excellent a man? Because of his promotion to succeed Moses. God studieth, to use a human phrase for the sake of our littleness, the proportion, measurement, relation, of one thing to another. He who put the stars in their places knows whom to call to high succession. To have called Joshua to this place is to have endorsed and accredited him as no merely formal testimonial could have done. My friend, young and wondering, anxious, impetuous wait: there cannot be two men of the name of Moses, and of the weight and influence of Moses, at the same time. Give the first man his full opportunity thy day will come by-and-by; be ready for it, enlarged with all the nobleness of divine inspiration and qualified by all the patience that comes of obedience to the discipline of Almighty love and wisdom.
“The Lord spake unto Joshua, the son of Nun, saying, Moses my servant is dead. Now therefore….” Why say, in so many words, that look cold in this dry ink, that Moses is dead? It needed to be said. Sometimes we need to have told us the very plainest things in life in simple strong prose. In the case of Moses, a declaration of this kind was particularly needful. Who knows what wonderings and speculations, what rash conjectures, foolish imaginings and vain hopings and dreamings, might have come out of the disappearance of Moses, but for this plain and undeniable declaration of his decease? No man saw him die, no man closed those weary eyes with gentle fingers, no tender hand stretched out those poor worn limbs, no gentle woman or loving child planted a flower on that high mountain grave. God who took him comes back from Nebo to say, “He is dead; it is over, he is gone. Now therefore….” At this point one’s interest becomes intense. We say, “After Niagara?” Then do we put a huge mark of interrogation, as if we had put to the world a question which has no answer. So when I began by saying, “After the death of Moses, what?” I felt as if any reply given to that inquiry would be unworthy of the occasion, would fall flatly, and would utterly disappoint and discourage us. We have now come to the place wherein the answer is found. “Moses my servant is dead; now therefore sit down; bemoan yourselves, take it so deeply to heart as utterly to disqualify your energies for making even the feeblest effort; it is no use your endeavouring to propagate a race of men after the withdrawal by death of that majestic leader who is now but a memory” does the history read so? God says, “Moses my servant is dead, now therefore, arise” in every sense of the word, arise to nobler manhood, to diviner power, to higher conception, to nobler endeavour, to more devoted and solemn and holy attempt to do God’s will.
That is what you have to do now that your dear little child is dead. I found you with handkerchief pressed to streaming eyes, sitting down as if your bones had melted like heated wax, and you could do no more, and I came to say to you, “Arise, the Master is come, and calleth for thee.” That is what you have to do after your great loss in business. You thought to settle down into nobody. That is not God’s law: the disaster has come, now arise. The loss has taken place, the table is clean swept, not a shadow of the golden coin can be found on the tessellated table now therefore, arise. It is God’s Gospel to the dejected, it is God’s medicine for those who suppose themselves to be wounded incurably. Again and again God says, “Look up, arise, go forward.” And he always does this in the presence of great loss, whether of life or property. This he always says. When poor Jacob called himself a worm, and took up what he thought his appropriate place in the dust; when Zion stripped herself of her white mantle and sat down under the shady tree, and said, “God hath forgotten to be gracious” when she held her fair head far down into the dust which she thought too good for one so dispossessed and disennobled, God found her so, and what said he? “Lift up your eyes on high, and behold who hath created these things.” The straightening of the neck will do thee good a walk out into the living air will help to heal thee. Looking down does no man good. Looking up and locking abroad, arising and going forward, elevating and arousing exertions, are God’s answers to the dejection, the self-limitation of man.
“Arise and go over this Jordan.” How seldom we are allowed to finish our work. It seems as if we could die more happily upon the other side of the river than upon this side. Only let me build my church, finish my house, complete my plan, lay out my grounds, see the youngest trees flourishing into maturity only let me see my children all attaining the age of manhood and womanhood and settled in life, and then I can, I think, die comfortably. This our weak speech, this our staggering eloquence, this our halting argument, before him who carrieth us in his arms, who sets us down and takes us up as it pleaseth him, and who is unrestrained in the high heavens and in the deep places where the lake of fire is and where all darkness dwells.
“As I was with Moses, so I will be with thee.” God quotes himself: whom else can he quote? As so. History repeats itself, God repeats himself. I know not of any clearer and fuller vindication of himself as to his providential care and dealing than is to be found in this very expression. Observe to whom it was addressed. To a man who had actually seen God’s way with Moses. He is not invited to meet a providence undeclared and mysterious, he is asked to accept a repetition of that which has passed before his own eyes, and impinged most closely upon his own consciousness and experience. Does God say, “I was but a little with Moses, I will be much with thee I will do much more for Joshua than ever I did for Moses”? Does he tempt him by some unmeasured and enormous bribe? The expression is, “As so.” As was the past, so will be the future. God’s repetitions are creations. Miracles of providence never lose their fascination and their value. This is God’s voice to us to-day as he was with the fathers, so will he be with the children. Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord. He is the same yesterday, and today, and for ever. The heavens become aged, and the stars stagger in their journeys, yea, the Lord doth fold up that great blue firmament like a garment outworn, and put it away, but he is the same, and his years fail not. A thousand years are in his sight as one day, and one day is as a thousand years. He says, “I am the Lord, I change not” So when he comes to speak to us he repeats himself. He quotes no other authority; he signs the same sign manual, stamps the book with the same great seal; his promises are yea and amen, repeating themselves like the seasons, constant, yet ever new; old as eternity, yet fresh as the morning just being born in the flush and hope of a new dawn.
“We have then God’s Book to guide us and show us precisely what he has for us, and what he can do for our life. Why dost thou dream, O poor mystic, why dost thou wonder what God will do on the morrow? Thou hast all his yesterdays in human history to go back upon, and his expression to thee is, “As so. As I was with Moses, so will I be with thee: I will not fail thee nor forsake thee.” See him giving his omnipotence in pledge to a poor startled secretarial servant of the dead Moses; see him taking up in his great arms the garment of his own almightiness and covering with it the shoulders of this newly-appointed leader. That garment is large enough for us, that almightiness is sufficient to our daily distresses and perpetual wants. What time I am afraid I will trust in God, yea, when the enemy secretly pursueth me I will run into God’s almightiness as into a great tower, and there will I sit down till the pursuer weary himself with beating the air. All God’s promises are before men: he writes in no new ink: he asks for no new hand that he may dictate a new and ampler revelation. It is “As so.” Moses Joshua. John Paul. A repetition without weariness, a reduplication that startles by its originality.
That is all? No. “Be strong and of a good courage…. Only be thou strong and very courageous.” There is something for man to do. God’s almightiness is sent to us as a pledge, not that it may do everything for us, but that it may awaken our strength and call up every energy we possess, and consecrate it to the high and solemn service of the great Lord. Awake, awake, put on thy strength, O Zion, put on thy beautiful garments, O thou beloved of the Lord. Only be thou strong and very courageous: do thy little best; if thou canst not fly, flutter; if thou canst not run, crawl. He will make it all up to thee, only do thy little share. It hath pleased God to adopt the great principle of co-operation in administering the affairs of the lower courts of his universe. This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth, but thou shalt meditate therein day and night. Man is not to trust to his own genius, nor is he thrown back upon his own resources in the high vocations of life. We are not allowed to live upon the empty pittance and miserable inheritance of our own wit. There is written for us a Word, deep, large, loving, clear, accessible, and we must continually meditate therein. Beautiful words, and full of meaning. Some of the print in God’s book I can see best by day, other of the book I can read most clearly by night. Can I tell how this is? It is utterly impossible for me to explain it, but I see angels at night: they do not come out in the garish white light of the midday, but I have seen troops of them in the dusk I have heard many a voice not otherwise articulate in the deep watches of the night. God does great wonders in the darkness: the darkness and the light are both alike unto him. You never knew the meaning of “Suffer little children to come unto me, and forbid them not, for of such is the kingdom of God” until you read those words in the night of your great loneliness. Then you saw what priest and presbyter never could explain, what had eluded the touch of the most diligent annotator: you saw God’s meaning, yea, you saw his great outstretched gentle arms taking up the very thing he was blessing.
So it is through and through life. Every heart must make its own application of this great lesson: some part of the book is best read by day, some is most clearly seen by night. God’s book is a book that cannot be exhausted either in the day or in the night. It needs the sun and the moon and every star of the firmament, candles of glory lighted by hands divine to see its deep, its infinite meaning. Poor, poor fool, thou didst say thou hadst read the Bible through and through: rather thou didst mean, if thou wilt let wisdom speak and love interpret, that thou hast begun to read, and that thou art still stumbling over the first lines; or if thou art at all restful, it is with a great amaze, a solemn and glad wonder, because the Paradise grows upon thee, and thou canst not move yet, because of the ever-deepening fascination of the immortal beauty.
Now, faint-hearted ones, let us repent and believe. If all the great men, as we think, are dead, it is that others may take their places. Whose place are you going to take? Who will be baptised for the dead? This may be an awakening time for aught I know: it is a solemn hour; there is a stillness in it which may prelude a great resurrection of intellectual and spiritual energy and a great solemn consecration of personal powers and possessions to the service of the God of Moses. The great merchant in the city is dead: arise! The great political leader is dead: arise! The great preacher is dead: arise! Whose place will you take? There are a thousand vacancies today in the great gallery historical; which of the places will you take? Are you waiting until God has spoken to you? He speaks to you now. What are you ready for? Anything? That is the right spirit. Any time? That is the right answer. In whose strength will you come in Christ’s? It is sufficient, even to redundance and infinite overflow. Hast thou set thyself to some part of God’s work? only be strong and very courageous: keep close to the book: by day read it, by night spell it close, close, close to the book; and as for those who would stand before thee, they shall be melted like wax in the fire; yea, as fences of stubble before the conflagration of the presence of God in the life.
Oh for a Church alive, with its beautiful garments on its shoulders, and all its powers throbbing like an eternal pulse! Then our presence would be felt in the city, in the village, everywhere, and our presence would not be seen, because of the lustre of Him whose we are and whom we serve.
Prayer
Oh, how patient is the Lord! how tender is his mercy! how loving is his kindness! We are amazed with a great amazement, and our hearts are filled with thankfulness. Our steps are guided by the Lord, and our hairs are numbered by him, and there is nothing that concerns us too little for his notice and his care. This is the faith in which we live, and it makes us strong and glad, and gives us brightness of hope and fulness of resort in all the difficulties and perils of life. This faith we have proved. We are ourselves living witnesses of this nearness of the divine hand and this interest of the divine eye. We have been low down, and we have been lifted up; we have been in great distress and have not known which way to turn, but the Lord hath held a light before, and come close to us and said, This is the way: walk ye in it. We cannot contradict ourselves: we cannot put down the testimony of a lifetime; the writing is thine, the voice is thine, the praise be thine, thou glorious Christ! We look back and see thee now as we did not see thee once. The cloud became a night, and in the night no star trembled: the burden was very heavy, and our eyes poured out rivers of tears, and in all the agony we caught the mocker’s tone gibing us about our God and our faith; but we see all now: it was well, it was best; the grave was right, the burden was none too heavy, and the way, though often crooked and invisible, was leading on to Canaan, to rest, to motherland, where there is no night, no death. We delight to look back, for the prophets are there, and the minstrels who cheered us in the night-time. Our life, too, has its Old Testament, its Pentateuch, its moving histories, its painful tragedies, its psalms so noble, its songs so tender, and its prophecy the outlook and the forecast of faith; behold, we cannot give up these: they are thine, and the book is sealed by thine hand. So, too, has our life its New Testament: its birth in Bethlehem, its wondrous teacher, its worker of great miracles, its marvellous speaker we wonder at the gracious words which proceed out of his mouth and its cross, its priest, its redemption; wondrous is this life, and it is the writing of God. Help us to read well, to think deeply, to answer thee instantaneously with all the swiftness of eager love; then when what we call the end comes, it shall be no end but a beginning, bright as morning, warm as summer. Amen.
XIX
JEHOVAH’S CHARGE TO JOSHUA
Jos 1:1-9
Our discussion commences in Joshua I, and I shall present it in the form of questions and answers.
1. Where was Israel at this time?
Ans. Israel was camped in what is called the “Meadow of the Acacias,” near the upper part of the Dead Sea and opposite the river Jordan.
2. What time?
Ans. It is forty years after leaving Egypt in the spring of the year, in the month of Abib. Later that month is called Nisan, and it comes nearer to answering to our April than any other time. The Jews had lunar months and we have calendar months; hence every one of our months covers a part of two of their months.
3. What incidental evidences from the text of the time of the year?
Ans. One is that the harlot Rahab had on the top of her house spread out the stalks of flax. That was an April harvest. Flax stalks are dried out and the fibrous covering of the stalk is used to make thread and other things. Another circumstance is that it is stated that after they got over into the Promised Land they ate the new corn. Our text says old corn, but it doesn’t mean old corn. It means the produce of the fields, which was barley. The barley harvest and the flax came in the spring of the year, in April.
4. What are the circumstances of the people of Israel at this time?
Ans. Moses, Aaron, and Miriam are all dead. The entire generation of grown men that set out from Egypt except two are dead. It is a new generation. But while Moses is gone, God is still present, and under a new leader they are to proceed with their history, and they have already conquered all the territory east of the Jordan River, Moab and Gilead, and have settled there two tribes and a half, Reuben is the land of Moab, Gad in the land of Ammon, and the half-tribe of Manasseh in Gilead further up. Their organization is compact, they have just sworn to renew the covenant. These arc the circumstances.
5. The book commences in English with the word “now,” it really means “and,” and it is a connective. The question is, What is the force of the connective?
Ans. That has been explained several times before. It shows that it succeeds regularly the preceding book. Genesis, the first of the first group, is followed by Exodus, Leviticus, and then Numbers; then Deuteronomy, the first of the second group, is followed by Joshua, which commences with “and,” and so on until we get through 2 Kings. I have explained before about the force of that connective.
6. What thoughts on succession suggested by the first verse, “After the death of Moses Jehovah spake unto Joshua”?
Ans. The thoughts are these: Human leaders die, God lives. As one human leader drops out, God has prepared another to take his place. If Elijah’s time has expired, Elisha is ready to take his place; and so it is with reference to the church. There has been a succession of the churches from the day that Christ said, “The gates of hell shall not prevail against it,” and a succession of preachers. Paul dies, but before he dies he appoints faithful men to come after him to take up the work and carry it on.
7. Cite passages showing how Joshua has been prepared, appointed, qualified, and charged for this work. Ans. Now, here are the passages: Num 27:15-23 , Deu 31:7-8 ; Deu 31:14-15 ; Deu 34:9 . These passages show that a provision was made while Moses was yet well and the leader, to designate a successor, to appoint that successor, qualify that successor, to deliver solemn charges from both God and Moses to that successor. Read very carefully every one of these passages.
8. Moses is called the “servant of the Lord” and Joshua is called “the minister of Moses”: “Jehovah after the death of Moses, the servant of the Lord, spoke unto Joshua, Moses’ minister.” My question is, Distinguish between the meaning of “servant” and “minister,” and show which one is the higher term, and show when the higher term became Joshua’s.
Ans. To call one “the servant of Jehovah” is the highest title you can confer on him. “Minister” means attendant. It is a different word in the Hebrew. It means Moses’ attendant. In other words, just as the apostles were attendants of Christ (they were about with him while he prepared them to take his place after he is gone), so Joshua was Moses’ attendant or minister. “Servant” was applied to Joshua in Jos 24:29 .
9. Analyze Jehovah’s command to Joshua, its imperative conditions, its promises, its exhortations, and the meaning of “this book of the law.”
Ans. The analysis is: It is very imperative, very peremptory: “Go over this river and take this land that I promised to Israel.” And the exhortation is “be strong; don’t be a weakling; be courageous; don’t get rattled and scared.” And the promises are (1) “I will be to you as I was to Moses.” (2) “I will never forsake you,” and (3) “I will put high honour on you.” Those are the promises. Those promises are to you and to any Christian preacher. Now, the conditions were, “You take this book of the Law.” That shows that the Pentateuch had been written, that everything was recorded at that time, that the Pentateuch was the constitution of Israel and its statute book as well. “You take this book of the Law and meditate on it night and day and observe to do exactly as it says. Don’t you go to the right hand or to the left hand; plumb the track; keep in the middle of the road.” These are the conditions. “Now, if you will rigidly obey orders I will never leave you nor forsake you; never under any circumstances shall enemies be able to stand up before you.”
It is said that preachers are the most disobedient of all Christians; that they understand less than any other class of Christians the principles of rigid obedience. One man asked Wellington concerning a certain mission, “What are we to do about it in view of that difficulty?” Wellington said, “What are your marching orders?” And they turned to the commission and read it and he said, “There is nothing to ask questions about. Do what you are told to do. Don’t stop to consider the difficulties.” I have just been reading of the education of Frederick the Great, and there isn’t a preacher in Texas that could have stood it three days; what he had to go through with from the time he was five years old until he became a grown man. Now I will give you one of the rules, and his whole life had to be according to rule. At six o’clock he had to be waked up, and if it was a week day, had just fifteen minutes in which to say his prayers, bathe, and dress and eat his breakfast, while the servant dressed his hair just fifteen minutes) not a second over; as soon as the servant touched him to wake him up, he must bounce out of bed and say prayers and bathe, dress, and eat his breakfast while they were dressing his hair. Then for every half-hour there was a duty: “You take up grammar there, mathematics here, etc.” After a while in the day would come a rest spell, but there was no vacation, year in and year out.
Now, Joshua was a soldier like Wellington. When God gave him this command, “Go across the Jordan; keep this book in your hand; meditate on it day and night, just obey! obey! obey!” from the day that he was commended until he died he never swerved. This is one of the most remarkable cases of implicit obedience of which we have any record. The meaning of “this book of the Law” is the Pentateuch.
10. What three famous rivers are mentioned in God’s command to Joshua?
Ans. The Nile, the Jordan, and the Euphrates.
11. What is the meaning of “Jordan”?
Ans. It means the Descender. And that is what it strictly is. It is a sharp inclined plane from its spring in Lebanon to its entrance into the Dead Sea. It certainly does descend more than any other river in the world. There is no other river on the map of the world of such a length that descends as much in that distance; therefore, of course, it is not navigable.
12. What is the peculiarity of the usage of this name “Jordan”?
Ans. The Cambridge Bible says on that, “It is never called ‘The River Jordan’ or ‘Brook Jordan.’ It is always ‘Jordan.'” The Cambridge Bible is mistaken. The word “Jordan” is used 189 times in the Bible; fifty times by Moses, sixty-two times in Joshua, fifty-seven times in the other Old Testament books and a number of times in the New Testament; 189 times in all, but one time it is called “the river Jordan,” and that is in Mark’s Gospel, Mar 1:5 : “They were baptized of him in the river Jordan.” But that is a remarkable peculiarity. You apply the word “river” to the Nile, the Euphrates and every other river in the world, but when you come to the Jordan, you don’t say “river.” I got so interested in that that I finally got down my facsimile of the old manuscripts to see if this was in them and it is in all of them, i.e., this one mistake in the Cambridge Bible. That is the peculiarity of the usage of the name.
13. Describe it.
Ans. Now, we are going to have so much to do with the Jordan in Bible history that you ought to be able to describe this river. Take it as it winds (and it winds very much), it is 240 miles long from its springs to the Dead Sea into which it flows or empties. A straight line from the Dead Sea to its springs would be one hundred and twenty miles. So it goes twice the distance going that way. Its general course is straight; it does not go off; it goes in a straight line, like the firing of a rifle ball from a gun. It has two heads, one of them in near Caesarea at Philippi, and those big springs come down and form a lake, called Lake Merom, and it looks like those springs are going to be swallowed up, but they come out of that lake into another lake, the Sea of Galilee; then it comes out of that lake about 70 feet wide and over a great many descents it goes deeper, down and down until it gets to the Dead Sea. Even the Sea of Galilee is five hundred feet lower than the sea level and the Dead Sea is over 1,200 feet lower than the sea level. So you see that river starts and runs into the earth and goes away down. It would be impossible for the Dead Sea to have an outlet; it would have to flow uphill to get out of the hole it is in.
Now, this is a very famous river. Once I preached a sermon, making the river Jordan a string and on it I strung the beads of history, and there was a cluster of beads at the Sea of Galilee and on down, down, down to the Dead Sea, taking the striking events of its history. Then I preached another sermon using the Dead Sea for an illustration of a man who receives and never gives out. The historic Jordan flows into it. Christ’s miracles, walking on the water, Christ’s passage and Joshua’s passage, and yet the Dead Sea swallows all that water up and never gives out anything. Its water is so salty that a fish cannot live in it, and even the apples on trees along the banks) when you touch them, crumble and go up into dust. Now, that is the man that continually takes in from every side and never dispenses anything. You ought always to have in your mind a picture of that Descender, that river Jordan.
14. The command says to go over and take possession of the land which “I have given the children of Israel, which I promised to their fathers, which I repromised to Moses, and now concerning the allotment of that particular piece of land, to the children of Israel.” On this I give a number of subquestions :
(1) What is the principle of this giving?
Ans. Turn to Act 17:26 : “I made of one every nation of men to dwell on all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed seasons,” that is, when a nation shall arise, when it shall fall, “and the bounds of their habitation that they shall seek God.” That shows that the location of nations is of divine direction, and that the boundaries of nations are of divine direction, as a general principle.
(2) When was the division of the earth made among the several nations?
Ans. You will find the answer to that question in Gen 10:25 . Concerning Peleg, the son of Shem, it is said, “In his day the earth was divided,” allotted among the nations. That is what Peleg means, and not at the Tower of Babel after the tongues were confused. The order was for each nation to go where it had been allotted.
(3) What was the reason of that division which allots the Holy Land to Israel?
Ans. Turn to Deu 32:8 . Now, God does not always tell us his reasons; he had a reason, and when he allotted that particular section of the country to the people that were to be his chosen people, with a view to their influence over other people, he gave them a strategical position with reference to the countries of the world. He located them in the right place, showing how far-reaching is God’s plan; that he had picked out that section and allotted that section. This has a good deal of bearing on the question of the disposition of the Canaanites.
(4) The descendants of what son of Noah ignored the allotment?
Ans. Children of Ham. When they went from Babel, they took possession of the country that was to be Shem’s. So these Hamites took possession of that country.
(5) Our lesson says that God is giving them this land he promised their fathers. Now, prove that he had made that promise to the fathers.
Ans. Read Gen 15:18-21 : “In that day Jehovah made a covenant with Abram, saying, Unto thy seed have I given this land, from the river of Egypt unto the great river, the river Euphrates: the Kenite, and the Kenizzite, and the Kadmonite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, and the Rephaim, and the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Girgashite, and the Jebusite.” That is the first promise to the fathers, which was four hundred years before this crowd of people stood on the bank of the river Jordan.
Our section says, “as I spake unto Moses.” Now, I want to see where he said it to Moses. Turn to Deu 11:24 , and Num 34:1 . Now, what was promised to Abram was restated to Moses: “And I will set thy border from the Red Sea even unto the sea of the Philistines) and from the wilderness unto the river: for I will deliver the inhabitants of the land into your hand; and thou shalt drive them out before thee,” (Exo 23:31 ). “And the Lord spake unto Moses saying, etc.,” (Num 34:1-12 ). “Every place whereon the sole of your foot shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness, and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the hinder sea shall be your border” (Deu 11:24 ).
15. What the boundaries of the land?
Ans. Num 34:3 : “Your south quarter shall be from the wilderness of Zin along by the side of Edom, and your south border shall be from the end of the Salt Sea eastward; and your border shall turn about southward of the ascent of Akrabbim, and pass along to Zin; and the goings out thereof shall be southward of Kadesh-barnea; . . . unto the brook of Egypt [that is a bad translation; it is river, i.e., “river of Egypt”] and the goings out thereof shall be at the Sea.” Notice that these translators are not willing that the Nile shall be one of the boundaries. They changed the word “river” to brook of Egypt, which is as dry as a powder house. So instead of brook, I shall read river. “Now for the western border, ye shall have the great sea [Mediterranean] and the border thereof; this shall be your west border. And this shall be your north border: from the great sea ye shall mark out for you Mount Hor; from Mount Hor ye shall mark out unto the entrance of Hamath;… and the border shall go forth to Ziphron; . . this shall be the north border. And ye shall mark out your east border from Hazar-enan to Shepham; . . . and the border shall go down to the Jordan, and the goings out thereof shall be at the Salt Sea. [That is the Dead Sea.] This shall be your land according to the borders thereof round about.” Now, I have been thus particular in giving you the Genesis account of the boundaries of the countries and the Mosaic accounts and that leads to the next question.
16. Can you take a map and show the boundaries?
Ans. 1 never saw anyone yet that could do it. I have tried it, I suppose, on 100 Doctors of Divinity. Now, here are some sub-questions:
(1) What the difficulty in determining the boundaries?
Ans. What is meant by the river of Egypt? The translators translate it “brook,” being unwilling to think that it touched the Nile, which is called the river of Egypt.
(2) What bearing has the name, Shihor, in determining what is the river of Egypt?
Ans. Here are the scriptures: Jos 13:3 ; 1Ch 13:5 ; Isa 23:3 ; Jer 2:18 . These passages show that the “river of Egypt” means the Nile. That is where Shihor comes in in all those passages and is what is called the east fork of the Nile, the Pelusium fork. You see when the Nile gets low down it divides itself into a great many channels forming a delta, all of which run into the Mediterranean Sea. The most eastern is called the Pelusium. Now, this is where the Promised Land commenced. It was to be that Nile and follow the fork of the Nile down until it struck the Mediterranean Sea.
(3) What is the southwest starting point in getting this boundary?
Ans. On the Mediterranean where the eastern branch of the Nile comes into the Mediterranean Sea. There you get your start.
(4) Now give the western line.
Ans. You follow the Mediterranean Sea up until you get to what is called the entering in of Hamath.
(5) Northern line?
Ans. I had my son to explore that line for me. He was then studying for his Ph.D. degree in Berlin and he and two other boys explored the boundaries of the Promised Land. And his letter was particularly interesting in which he told of the entering of Hamath. It went above Damascus and beyond Damascus until it struck the Euphrates River. So from the entering in of Hamath is the northern line.
(6) Eastern line?
Ans. Now when it left the Euphrates to get the eastern line it came down the wilderness of Arabia, leaving Gilead, Moab, and the Jordan River, and strikes the lower side of the Dead Sea.
Now, the hardest of all borders is the southern. Moses tells exactly the line to follow in that Numbers passage. You start at the southern extremity of the Dead Sea and go to Kadesh-barnea, going just south of it, and go across to that eastern branch of the Nile. It is an oblique line, Just like the northern line is an oblique one.
(7) What things must determine the southern line?
Ans. The following things must determine: First, it must commence at the southern part of the Dead Sea; second, it must not take in any of Edom: that is Esau’s country; they are expressly forbidden to enter that. Therefore it must not go west from there but it must go northwest, leaving Kadesh-barnea to the left, and go across the desert until it strikes the Pelusium, that eastern branch of the Nile
(8) When were these boundaries realized?
Ans. Certainly not in Joshua’s time, but they were in David and Solomon’s time. All the countries described in the Gen 15 , Num 34 , and Deu 11 , that entire country, embraced the kingdom of David and Solomon.
17. (1) Who the people in the land, and how located?
Ans. These people, as I told you, were the descendants of Ham, who had usurped the country that was never allotted to them. The list of the nations, the great division of the nations, is given three times. I shall give one of them. This list includes seven, though there were many subdivisions: First, the Canaanites. Were these descendants of Canaan, the son of Ham? Some of them were the descendants of Canaan, the son of Ham. But the word “Canaanites” simply means lowlanders. The Canaanites dwelt in the low places. Second, the Amorites, that means highlanders. They lived in the mountains. Third, the Hittites. Hittites means descendants of Heth. You remember that Abraham bought Machpelah from the children of Heth. The fourth, the Jebusites, and these people occupied the whole country which included Jerusalem. From Jebus came the name Jerusalem. Now, there were subdivisions until they made thirty-two in all. Joshua tells us that he conquered thirty-two kings in taking possession of this land. (For the location of all these and also the Hivites, the Perizzites and the Girgashites see Bible Atlas.)
(2) What three nations besides these seven are very famous?
Ans. First, the Philistines. They were on the Mediterranean coast. Second, the Amalekites. The Amalekites dwelt in the wilderness of Arabia south of the Holy Land. Third, the Phoenicians. The chief cities of the Phoenicians are Tyre and Sidon.
18. Describe their character.
Ans. Some of them were very learned, but their habits were very bestial. Their religion in its worship was the worst form of prostitution. In other words, the Bible describes their sin as so low down and beastly that the land was ready to spew them out of its mouth.
Jos 1:1 Now after the death of Moses the servant of the LORD it came to pass, that the LORD spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ minister, saying,
The Book of Joshua ] Who was a book man as well as a sword man: a and might well give for his motto, Ex utroque Caesar. Julius Caesar wrote his own acts; witness his learned Commentaries – for so he called them, in modesty, rather than histories; and the like did his successors, Augustus Caesar, in four books, and Adrian the Emperor, with great diligence. That Joshua himself was penman of this book, or of most part of it, is probably gathered from Jos 24:26 , and that he wrote also the end of Deuteronomy – viz., from the death of his master Moses – may be gathered from the copulative and, wherewith this book beginneth – And it came to pass, &c.; so the original hath it. See the like in Jdg 1:1 Rth 1:1 1Sa 1:1 2Sa 1:1 , &c. Indeed, the whole law – so the whole Scripture – is but one copulative, say the schoolmen; and “God spake by the mouth” – not mouths – “of his holy prophets which have been since the world began.” Luk 1:1-4 Joshua is here set forth both as a pattern to princes – far beyond Xenophon’s Cyrus or Machiavel’s Borgia – and as a type of Christ, the great Conqueror. Rev 6:2 He had his name changed, when he was sent as a spy into Canaan, Num 13:16 from Oshea to Joshua; from Let God save, to God shall save. Under the Law, which bringeth us as it were into a wilderness, we may desire and pray that there were a Saviour: but under the Gospel we are sure of salvation; and that our Jehoshua hath bound himself to fulfil all righteousness, and to land us safe at the key of Canaan, at the kingdom of heaven.
a Et hae ipso laudem veram meruit quod falsam contempsit. – Dion, Fulgos.
Ver. 1. Now after the death of Moses. ]
“ Sic uno avulso non deficit alter Aureus. ” – Virgil.
The Church shall never want a champion of Christ’s own providing; but Moses shall revive in Joshua, and there shall be a succession of godly governors, till the headstone be laid with, “Grace, grace unto it.” Zec 4:7
That the Lord spake unto Joshua. Joshua
THE NEW LEADER’S COMMISSION
Jos 1:1 – Jos 1:11
The closest connection exists between Deuteronomy and Joshua. The narrative may be read as running on without a break. It turns away from the lonely grave up on the mountain to the bustling camp and the new leader. No man is indispensable. God’s work goes on uninterrupted. The instruments are changed, but the Master-hand is the same, and lays one tool aside and takes another out of the tool-chest as He will. Moses is dead,-what then? Does his death paralyse the march of the tribes? No; it is but the ground for the ringing command, ‘Therefore arise, go over this Jordan.’ The immediate installation of his successor, and the uninterrupted continuance of the advance, do not mean that Moses is not honoured or is forgotten, for the narrative lovingly links his honorific title, ‘the servant of the Lord,’ with the mention of his death; and God Himself does the same, for he is thrice referred to in the divine command to Joshua, as the recipient of the promise of the conquest, as the example of the highest experience of God’s all-sufficing companionship, and as the medium by which Israel received the law. Joshua steps into the empty place, receives the same great promise, is assured of the same Presence, and is to obey the same law. The change of leaders is great, but nothing else is changed; and even it is not so great as faint hearts in their sorrow are apt to think, for the real Leader lives, and Moses and Joshua alike are but the transmitters of His orders and His aids to Israel.
The first command given to Joshua was a trial of his faith, for ‘Jordan was in flood’ Jos 3:15,-and how was that crowd to get across, when fords were impassable and ferry-boats were wanting, to say nothing of the watchful eyes that were upon them from the other bank? To cross a stream in the face of the enemy is a ticklish operation, even for modern armies; what must it have been, then, for Joshua and his horde? Not a hint is given him as to the means by which the crossing is to be made possible. He has Jehovah’s command to do it, and Jehovah’s promise to be with him, and that is to be enough. We too have sometimes to face undertakings which we cannot see how to carry through; but if we do see that the path is one appointed by God, and will boldly tread it, we may be quite sure that, when we come to what at present seems like a mountain wall across it, we shall find that the glen opens as we advance, and that there is a way,-narrow, perhaps, and dangerous, but practicable. ‘One step enough for me’ should be our motto. We may trust God not to command impossibilities, nor to lead us into a cul de sac .
The promise to Moses Deu 2:24 is repeated almost verbally in Jos 1:4 . The boundaries of the land are summarily given as from ‘the wilderness’ in the south to ‘this Lebanon’ in the north, and from the Euphrates in the east to the Mediterranean in the west. ‘The land of the Hittites’ is not found in the original passage in Deuteronomy, and it seems to be a designation of the territory between Lebanon and the Euphrates, which we now know to have been the seat of the northern Hittites, while the southern branch was planted round Hebron and the surrounding district. But these wide boundaries were not attained till late in the history, and were not long retained. Did the promise, then, fail? No, for it, like all the promises, was contingent on conditions, and Israel’s unfaithfulness cut short its extent of territory. We, too, fail to possess all the land destined for us. Our charter is much wider than our actual wealth. God gives more than we take, and we are content to occupy but a corner of the broad land which He has given us. In like manner Joshua did not realise to the full the following promise of uniform victory, but was defeated at Ai and elsewhere. The reason was the same,-the faithlessness of the people. Unbelief and sin turn a Samson into a weakling, and make Israel flee before the ranks of the Philistines.
The great encouragement given to Joshua in entering on his hard and perilous enterprise is twice repeated here: ‘As I was with Moses, so will I be with thee.’ Did Joshua remember how, nearly forty years since, he had fronted the mob of cowards with the very same assurance, and how the answer had been a shower of stones? The cowards are all dead,-will their sons believe the assurance now? If we do believe that God is with us, we shall be ready to cross Jordan in flood, and to meet the enemies that are waiting on the other bank. If we do not, we shall not dare greatly, nor succeed in what we attempt. The small successes of material wealth and gratified ambition may be ours, but for all the higher duties and nobler conflicts that become a man, the condition of achievement and victory is steadfast faith in God’s presence and help.
That assurance-which we may all have if we cling to Jesus, in whom God comes to be with every believing soul-is the only basis on which the command to Joshua, thrice repeated, can wisely or securely be rested. It is mockery to say to a man conscious of weakness, and knowing that there are evils which must surely come, and evils which may possibly come, against which he is powerless, ‘Don’t be afraid’ unless you can show him good reason why he need not be. And there is only one reason which can still reasonable dread in a human heart that has to front ‘all the ills that flesh is heir to,’ and sees behind them all the grim form of death. He ought to be afraid, unless-unless what? Unless he has heard and taken into his inmost soul the Voice that said to Joshua, ‘I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee: be strong and of a good courage,’ or, still more sweet and peace-bringing, the Voice that said to the frightened crew of the fishing-boat in the storm and the darkness,’ It is I; be not afraid.’ If we know that Christ is with us, it is wise to be strong and courageous; if we are meeting the tempest alone, the best thing we can do is to fear, for the fear may drive us to seek for His help, and He ever stretches out His hand to him who is afraid, as he ought to be, when he feels the cold water rising above his knees, and by his very fear is driven to faith, and cries, ‘Lord, save; I perish!’
Courage that does not rest on Christ’s presence is audacity rather than courage, and is sure to collapse, like a pricked bladder, when the sharp point of a real peril comes in contact with it. If we sit down and reckon the forces that we have to oppose to the foes that we are sure to meet, we shall find ourselves unequal to the fight, and, if we are wise, shall ‘send the ambassage’ of a humble desire to the great King, who will come to our help with His all-conquering powers. Then, and only then, shall we be safe in saying,’ I will not fear what man can do unto me, or devils either,’ when we have said,’ In God have I put my trust,’ and have heard Him answering, ‘I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.
NASB (UPDATED TEXT): JOSHUA Jos 1:1-9
1Now it came about after the death of Moses the servant of the LORD, that the LORD spoke to Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ servant, saying, 2 Moses My servant is dead; now therefore arise, cross this Jordan, you and all this people, to the land which I am giving to them, to the sons of Israel. 3Every place on which the sole of your foot treads, I have given it to you, just as I spoke to Moses. 4From the wilderness and this Lebanon, even as far as the great river, the river Euphrates, all the land of the Hittites, and as far as the Great Sea toward the setting of the sun will be your territory. 5No man will be able to stand before you all the days of your life. Just as I have been with Moses, I will be with you; I will not fail you or forsake you. 6Be strong and courageous, for you shall give this people possession of the land which I swore to their fathers to give them. 7Only be strong and very courageous; be careful to do according to all the law which Moses My servant commanded you; do not turn from it to the right or to the left, so that you may have success wherever you go. 8This book of the law shall not depart from your mouth, but you shall meditate on it day and night, so that you may be careful to do according to all that is written in it; for then you will make your way prosperous, and then you will have success. 9Have I not commanded you? Be strong and courageous! Do not tremble or be dismayed, for the LORD your God is with you wherever you go.
Jos 1:1 Now it came about This book begins with the Hebrew phrase And it came to pass, which shows that Joshua is continuing the history which began in the Pentateuch (Torah), although it must be stated that ancient Hebrew regularly started books with and.
after the death of Moses The chosen leader is dead, but Israel’s God is not! See Deuteronomy 34.
the servant of the LORD The title Servant of the LORD is an honorific one which is used of Abraham in Gen 26:24; of David in 1Ki 8:66; and of Joshua only after his death in Jos 24:29. This seems to be the background for the Servant Songs of Isaiah 40-53 and possibly the background of Paul’s famous phrase slaves of Christ.
SPECIAL TOPIC: NAMES FOR DEITY
the LORD spoke to Joshua Originally he was to consult the High Priest for guidance (cf. Num 27:18-23). YHWH is said to have spoken to Joshua like He had to Moses (cf. Jos 1:1; Jos 4:1; Jos 4:15; Jos 5:9; Jos 6:2). He was one of the two spies who brought a positive report and he lived through the Wilderness Wandering period (cf. Num 26:25). He was Moses’ right-hand man from the time of the Exodus from Egypt to the crossing of the Jordan. This shows that although leaders come and go, God is the consistent power and strength of the people.
Jos 1:2 Moses, my servant is dead The question is often asked, Why could Moses not enter the Promised Land after being such a faithful, effective leader? The reason is seen in Num 20:12; Num 27:14; Deu 3:26. One major theological truth again and again in the history books of the OT is that when God reveals to someone what to do, but they slightly change it, the result is judgment. God is no respecter of persons. When Moses publically disobeyed God, he reaped the consequences.
arise, cross Both of these VERBS are Qal IMPERATIVES:
1. arise – BDB 877, KB 1086, e.g., Deu 2:13; Deu 2:24; Deu 10:11
2. cross – BDB 716, KB 778, e.g., Jos 1:11; Jos 1:14; Jos 2:23; Jos 3:1
The time had come. It was time to act!
Jordan The term Jordan is from a word which means descending (BDB 434). This river plunged almost 1,500 feet in just 80 miles. At this particular time of the year it was at flood stage (cf. Jos 3:15). It was just as much an act of faith to cross this torrent as it was to have trust in God during the Exodus.
to the land which I am giving to them This was a significant act because of God’s promise to Abraham in Genesis 12, which was later repeated to Isaac and Jacob and then, through Moses, to all Israel. This was the promised land, given to them by God (cf. Gen 15:12-21). In the OT and in Assyrian documents it is called the land flowing with milk and honey because of its fertility.
Jos 1:3 Notice the emphasis on God’s sovereignty and His complete revelation to Moses concerning these matters. This reflects YHWH’s promises to Abraham (cf. Gen 12:7; Gen 13:15; Gen 15:18).
There are several places where the dimensions of the Promised Land are given:
1. Num 34:1-12
2. Deu 1:6-8; Deu 3:12-20; Deu 11:24
3. Jos 1:3-4; Jos 13:8-12
4. Jdg 20:1
They are not all exactly the same. The only time Israel came close to these boundaries was during the kingdoms of David and Solomon.
Jos 1:4 from the wilderness The termwilderness (BDB 184) refers to the Negev, which is usually translated the south (BDB 616). It refers to the semi-arid pastureland which was uninhabited, because of lack of ground water, located between Beersheba and the desert of Sinai.
Lebanon This is literally white (BDB 526), which refers to (1) the snow-capped heights of Mt. Hebron or (2) the color of its cliffs. It designates the northern reaches of the Promised Land (cf. Deu 1:7-8; Deu 11:24).
as far as the great river, the river Euphrates This refers not to the mouth of the Euphrates (BDB 832), but to the headwaters, which are northeast of the Sea of Galilee.
all the land of the Hittites The exact location of this area is uncertain. It may refer to northern Syria. In the Bible there are three different groups of Hittites. The largest and most famous one was in central Turkey (Anatolia). There was a group by this name that also lived within Palestine. This same basic description is found in Deu 11:24. Hittite names of these were found in written documents during the reigns of David and Solomon. See Special Topic: Pre-Israelite Inhabitants of Palestine .
as far as the great sea This refers to the Mediterranean, often called the upper sea and, therefore, is a designation for the west.
Jos 1:5
NASBNo man will be able to stand before you
NRSVNo one shall be able to stand against you
TEVNo one will be able to defeat you
NJBNo one will be able to resist you
Because of Deu 7:24; Deu 11:25, this phrase has military overtones. Joshua passed this word of encouragement on to his army (cf. Jos 10:8). The you is SINGULAR here and refers to Joshua. In Jos 1:4 it was PLURAL and referred to all the people.
just as I have been with Moses, I will be with you What a tremendous promise! This is the same type of phrase used when God called Moses (cf. Gen 26:3; Gen 31:3; Exo 3:12; Deu 31:6; Deu 31:8; Jos 3:7; Jdg 6:16; 1Ki 11:38). The promise was YHWH’s personal presence!
I will not fail you nor forsake you The Hebrew word fail (DBD 951, KB 1276, Hiphil IMPERFECT) implies weakness and the Hebrew word forsake (BDB 736, KB 806, Qal IMPERFECT) implies non abandonment. This reflects Deu 31:6-7. These were covenant terms which imply that YHWH would be with Joshua (cf. Jos 1:9), even though problems would arise. God’s presence and promises are His greatest gifts!
Jos 1:6 Be strong and courageous This was Moses’ message to Joshua (cf. Deu 31:7-8; Deu 31:23). This is God’s command to Joshua (BDB 304, KB 302, Qal IMPERATIVE and BDB 54, KB 65, Qal IMPERATIVE, cf. Jos 1:6-7; Jos 1:9; Jos 1:18). This is Joshua’s message to the people (cf. Jos 10:25, same grammatical form). Notice the covenantal need for continuing human response.
the land which I swore to their fathers to give to them The promise was given to Abraham in Gen 12:7; to Isaac in Gen 26:3; to Jacob in Gen 28:13; and to all Israel in Exo 6:8.
Jos 1:7 be careful to do according to all the law which Moses My servant commanded you The phrase Be careful to do is made up of two Qal INFINITIVE CONSTRUCTS (BDB 1036, KB 1581 and BDB 793, KB 889). This is a repeated theme throughout this period of Israel’s history. There is the covenant relationship between God and Israel which had stipulations on both sides (cf. Deu 5:32-33; Deu 6:1-4; Deu 6:17; Deu 6:24-25).
God’s covenant(s) are both conditional and unconditional. Some covenant promises are based solely on God, e.g., (1) Noah, cf. Gen 8:20-21; Gen 9:8-17; (2) Abraham, cf. Gen 15:12-21. God will redeem mankind (cf. Gen 3:15), but individuals are united to Him by personal faith and obedience (conditional covenant, cf. Genesis 12). The literary form of the conditional covenant is usually if they. . .I will. . . (cf. Deu 28:1-2; Deu 28:9; Deu 28:13; Deu 28:15).
In my opinion the theological tension of the sovereignty of God versus the free will of humanity can best be explained in these covenantal categories.
do not turn from it to the right or the left The VERB (BDB 693, KB 747, Qal IMPERFECT) is used in a JUSSIVE sense. This phrase (cf. Deu 5:32; Deu 17:11; Deu 17:20; Deu 28:14; Jos 23:6; 2Ki 22:2; 2Ch 34:2; Pro 4:27) reflects the Hebrew words for sin, which were always a deviation from the standard (i.e., God Himself). The Hebrew term righteousness is literally a measuring reed. All the terms for sin in Hebrew, and to some extent, followed by the terms for sin in Greek, mean a deviation from the standard or crookedness or perverseness or falling short. God Himself is the standard!
SPECIAL TOPIC: RIGHTEOUSNESS
so that you may have success wherever you go Physical prosperity was the covenantal promise (cf. Jos 1:8; Deuteronomy 27-28). God wanted to bless His people and thereby bring the world to Himself. See Special Topic below. God purposed blessing (cf. Deu 29:9), but fallen mankind was incapable of obedience, reaping only judgment (cf. Deu 28:29).
SPECIAL TOPIC: YHWH’s ETERNAL REDEMPTIVE PLAN
Jos 1:8 this book of the law shall not depart from your mouth There are three emphases made in Jos 1:8 about covenant responsibility:
1. talk about it continually (cf. Deu 6:6-9)
2. meditate (BDB 211, KB 237, Qal PERFECT, cf. Psa 1:2; Psa 77:12; Psa 143:5) on it always
3. perform it continually (the same phrase, be careful to do, from Jos 1:7 is repeated, cf. Deu 6:6-9; Psa 1:2; Psa 119:97)
for then you will make your way prosperous, and then you will have success The covenant blessings and cursings of Deuteronomy 27-29 make it plain that God wants to attract the world to Himself by blessing Israel! God’s goal was prosperity, but the consequences of disobedience resulted in judgment. The world never saw the blessings of YHWH.
Jos 1:9 This includes both the positive aspect to be strong and courageous (cf. Jos 1:6-7; Jos 1:9; Jos 1:18) and the negative aspect to not tremble or be dismayed (both of these VERBS are negated QAL IMPERFECTS used in a JUSSIVE sense, [1] BDB 791, KB 888 and [2] BDB 369, KB 365, cf. Deu 20:3; Deu 31:6). The reason for this is that the LORD is going to go with themthe greatest promise is the presence of God (cf. Exo 3:12).
Now. Hebrew “And”. Linked on to Pentateuch as the books of Pentateuch are thus linked on to each other; and as the four books of earlier Prophets are linked on to Joshua. See App-1. Joshua not necessarily the author, but doubtless is so, as asserted by Talmud. Book referred to in Old and New Testament: Jdg 18:31. 1Sa 1:3, 1Sa 1:9, 1Sa 1:24; 1Sa 3:21. Psa 44:2, Psa 44:3; Psa 68:12, Psa 68:13; Psa 78:54, Psa 78:55; Psa 114:1-8. Isa 28:1. Hab 3:11-13. Act 7:45; Act 13:19. Heb 11:32. Jam 2:25. No MS. of the five books yet found with Joshua bound up with them, making a sixth (or a so-called and hitherto unheard of ” Hexateueh “).
after the death of Moses, in the eleventh month of fortieth year. Compare Deu 1:3, Deu 1:38; Deu 34:5, Deu 34:9, and see App-50. Compare tho beginning of the Book of Judges.
Moses the servant of the LORD. See note on Deu 34:5, and ere Heb 3:5.
the LORD. Hebrew. Jehovah. App-4.
the LORD spake = Jehovah spoke. When Moses is dead. Moses is a type of Law, Joshua of the Messiah. The Law is “until Christ”, Gal 1:3, Gal 1:24. Jehovah spake at four sundry times, and in three divers manners:
To Jos 1:1; Jos 4:4, Jos 4:1.
To Joshua to command the priests, Jos 4:15.
To Joshua to speak to the sons of Israel, Jos 20:1.
minister. Compare Exo 24:13. Num 11:28. Deu 1:38.
At this time you may be seated and we’ll turn to the book of Joshua.
Now it came to pass after the death of Moses the servant of the Lord, that the Lord spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ minister, saying ( Jos 1:1 ),
Moses’ minister; it doesn’t mean that Joshua was Moses’ pastor. The word “minister” there actually is in its true meaning, which is “servant”. It is interesting how that somehow we’ve really sort of twisted the concept of a minister. So many men in the ministry today really don’t look at the ministry as servanthood, but they’re almost wanting people to serve them. “You know you ought to bring it to me because after all, I’m your minister.” That’s totally opposite of what the word minister really means. It means a servant.
Jesus said, “If any man would be chief among you, let him be the servant of all”( Mar 10:44 ). So a true minister is a man who is there not to be ministered to, but who is there to serve the needs of the people. So when it reads that he was Moses’ servant, or his minister, it means that he was Moses’ personal servant. He accompanied Moses, he helped Moses do the things, and Moses was, he was just his valet sort of, just his servant.
Now after the death of Moses, God elevated him from Moses servant, to the servant of all of the people of Israel. Faithful in the little things, now the Lord has entrusted into his hands even greater things. This is always the process of God. Jesus said, “Because thou hast always been faithful in little things, now I will make thee ruler over many” ( Mat 25:21 ). He said, “If I’ve entrusted to you the little things, and you haven’t been able to take care of them, how can I entrust you the things of the kingdom?” As the Lord encourages us to the faithfulness to our service, no matter what avenue of service He may call us to.
Many times we look with disdain on particular ministries within the body. We look with sort of envy or desirability on other ministries within the body. Men are prone many times to put greater honor on certain ministries. Actually, the particular ministry that I have within the body is one that people often look up to in an enviable kind of a way because it is a particular ministry that draws a lot of prominence because I stand before people. But it doesn’t really follow that my ministry is more important than your ministry within the body. There are some ministries that never cause any attention or notice to be drawn to them, which God has placed as some of the most vital and important ministries within the body.
There is that ministry of intercessory prayer. Rarely do you know who it is who has that ministry. Yet what an important ministry within the body. What great honor God places upon that ministry. What great rewards will that person have who has and is faithful to that ministry. I don’t know that they’ll have rows in heaven, I hope not. Because I’m afraid that I’ll have a back row because there is so much feedback to the ministry that I have. It’s so neat to have people like you who display and show so much love, and so much warmth, and so much kindness. I fear lest I often am getting all my rewards here, and they’ll be nothing left for me when I get up there. I’ll have to stand in the back on my tiptoes trying to see down to the front. Some of you people who have never been on the platform, never been in the public eye, you’ll be right down there on the front row, because you have been faithful to God in that ministry that He has called you to fulfill. Though it wasn’t one that caused a lot of attention to be drawn to you, but you were faithful in that to which God called you.
We need to get away from this concept of full-time ministry, looking at that, those who are on the Calvary Chapel staff are those who’ve been hired by some mission board are full-time ministers. You are, all of you called by God to be a full-time minister. Now Sears and Roebuck may pay your salary, or some other corporation, but you have been called of God to full time, serving the Lord. Whatever you’re doing in word or deed, you should be doing for the glory of God, and as unto the Lord. Knowing that from the Lord you are going to receive your reward. So we need to have the proper concept of the ministry, and especially those who do serve on any church staff. We need to get away from that idea that the minister is someone who is especially holy, or is someone above the others, because as a minister, I’m actually a servant. Can you imagine seeking to serve this many people? But yet that’s what God has called me to do. So Joshua was Moses’ minister, that is he was his personal valet or servant.
Now after the death of Moses, the Lord then spoke unto Joshua. His name is a very significant name. It was given to him by Moses, originally his mother called him “Hosea”, which means “salvation”. But Moses after he saw the quality and all in this man, called him “Joshua”, or “Yashua”, which is “Jehovah is”, or “Jehovah’s salvation”, or “Jehovah is salvation.” It is the same name as Jesus. This is in Hebrew “Yashua”, in Greek it is “Jesus”. So we find in Joshua a very interesting type of Jesus Christ, who, Joshua, led the people into the inheriting of the land.
Now Moses could only lead the people so far. Moses led them out of Egypt and to the border of the Promised Land, but Moses could not lead them in. Moses stands for the law. The law cannot lead you into the fullness of God’s blessings for your life. The law can lead you up to the border, but the law can’t take you in. So, Moses the representative of the law, could lead them up to the border of the Promised Land; he could not lead them into the Promised Land. It is necessary now that Moses lay down his leadership. Joshua takes up the leadership to lead them into the promises of God.
Now there have been given unto us exceeding rich and precious promises. God has a life for you that is a super rich abundant life in Jesus Christ. It isn’t God’s will that you be on a spiritual roller coaster, that you be a yo-yo in your spiritual experience. It is God’s desire that you enter into the full, rich life that He has for you in Jesus Christ, that you enjoy that life of victory in Christ. But the law can’t lead you into that. Only Jesus Christ can lead you in. So where Moses had to leave off, Joshua took up, for the law led them as far as it could. Now the new relationship is gonna be one of faith. They’re gonna have to begin by stepping out in faith, coming into this land that God had promised.
Now their conquest of Canaan is typical of the Christians entering into the life of victory that God has for us, as we are conquering over the giants of the flesh that have been entrenched so long in our lives, as we enter into that glorious victory in and through Jesus Christ, that the Lord has for us. Now, it is interesting that Joshua could only lead them so far. He led them into the conquering of the land but he never brought them into a rest. That is something that was reserved for Jesus Christ.
In Hebrews the contrast is made of how that Joshua led them in but could not bring them to the place of rest; that is a work that was reserved for the finished work of Jesus Christ. And once Christ made the work of salvation complete through His death upon the cross, then He has brought us now into the rest where we rest our salvation, our eternal life in that finished work of Jesus. We have that neat rest in the Lord. So Jesus has done for us that which Joshua could not do. He brought them only into the land, not into the rest, but Jesus has brought us into a glorious rest. So you get into some of the typology and it makes a very fascinating study.
Now God spoke to Joshua and the words of the Lord were actually words of encouragement. Commanding Joshua now to take up where Moses left off, and for him to lead the people the children of Israel. The beautiful promise in verse three where God said,
Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses ( Jos 1:3 ).
Now I like that because this is stepping in and laying claim to that which is already yours. Notice it’s in the past tense, “Every place you put your sole, I have already given to you.” Now God has already given to you a glorious, full, rich life of victory. All you have to do is go in and take it by faith, go in. “Wherever you put the sole of your foot”, the Lord said, “I have given to you”. You can go in and begin to lay claim to the blessings of God, to the promises of God. Let us beware lest God having given us the promise that we would fail to receive it, or enter into it. It is important that we begin to lay claim to those victories over the flesh life that God has promised to give to us. “Every place you put the sole of your foot, I have given to you.”
From the wilderness from Lebanon even to the great river, Euphrates ( Jos 1:4 ),
Now the tragic thing is that they didn’t put their sole all the way. So God says, “It’s all yours, every place you put your sole of your foot down, I’ve given it to you.” They only went so far and then they quit. They never did go over the river Euphrates. They never did take all that God had given to them.
Now it is also tragically true that so many times we fail to take all that God has given to us. We fail to enter fully into that life of victory in Jesus Christ. We hesitate, or we become as they did, satisfied, “That’s all we need.” We become more or less complacent in our spiritual growth. We just hit a plateau and we say, “Oh praise the Lord. This is wonderful.” We don’t press on any further.
So when God tells them the area that is theirs, it is sad that they never did take all of the area that was theirs. They never did fully possess their possessions: that which God gave to them. That is why the scriptures are constantly exhorting us. “Let us go on, let us go on into the completeness, into the fullness.” God has so much for you. God wants to do so much for you. If you’ll just press in by faith, lay claim, take it, it’s yours.
Now the Lord is encouraging him.
No man will be able to stand against you: as I was with Moses, so I’m gonna be with you: I will not fail you, nor forsake you. Be strong and of good courage: for unto this people you’re going to divide this inheritance, the land. Only be thou strong and very courageous, that you may observe to do all that is written according to the law ( Jos 1:5-7 ),
Now the encouragement for Joshua as God promises His presence, His power. Then as God again tells him the conditions upon which he will experience that presence and power of God.
Be careful that you observe to do the whole law: don’t turn, don’t deviate from it to the right, or to the left. This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein: for thus thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and thou shalt have good success ( Jos 1:7-8 ).
Now God is saying, “Look keep the law, don’t deviate from it, for it is by this observing it day and night, meditating in it, thus thou shalt make thy way prosperous, thus you will have good success.”
As we turn to the first Psalm, we read, “Blessed is the man who walks not in the counsel of the ungodly, nor stands in the way of sinners, nor sits in the seat of the scornful, but whose delight is in the law of the Lord, and in His law does he meditate both day and night, he shall be like a tree planted by the rivers of water that brings forth fruit in his season, his leaf also shall not wither, and whatsoever he doeth shall prosper”( Psa 1:1-3 ). People looking for prosperity, people who are looking for success, God has given you the rules. Meditate in it, observe it, and thus shalt thou make thy way prosperous, for these are the rules to prosperity. These are the rules to success. So the conditions upon which he can know the power, the presence, the victory.
So Joshua commanded the officers of the people, saying, Pass through the land, and command the people, saying, Prepare your food; for within three days you’re gonna pass over this Jordan, and go in to possess the land, which the Lord your God gives to you to possess. And to the Reubenites, and the Gadites, and to half the tribe of Manasseh, he said, [All right now, you promised Moses you were gonna go in and help us, and he reminded them of their promise, told them now to leave their wives and so forth, and to get their fighting men together so that they might cross with them, and take this land that God had promised unto them]; Until the Lord has given [verse fifteen] your brothers rest, as he has given you, and they have possessed the land which the Lord your God has given to them: then you will return and enjoy this land. And they answered Joshua, saying, All that you command us we will do, for whithersoever thou sendest us, we will go. And as we hearkened unto Moses, so will we hearken unto you ( Jos 1:10-17 ).
“
In the Hebrew division of the Scriptures after the Torah or Law came the Prophets, divided into the Earlier Prophets and the Later Prophets. In this section the first Book is the Book of Joshua. Its content is a continuation of the history of the chosen people. The first division (1-12) tells the story of the conquest of the land.
The link of connection between this Book and the preceding ones is arrestingly shown in the use of the word “therefore,” in the charge to Joshua; “Moses My servant is dead; now therefore arise.” The work of the great leader was completed, but the work of God moves forward. For this Joshua was divinely commissioned. His right of entrance was that God had given the land to His people. His power of entrance was to be that of the divine presence and the consequent inability of any man to stand against him. The conditions of his success were to be that he must be strong and courageous by obedience to the law of God.
Immediately following the account of this commission of Joshua we have his call to the people. It was characterized by urgency and dispatch; “within three days” the hosts were to move forward toward all the conflict and di5culty which had long ago frightened their fathers and turned them back into the wilderness. The call was uttered first to the whole nation and then especially to the Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh, who had already found their settlement on the wilderness side of the Jordan.
It is interesting to notice here the terms of the response of the people to the call of the new leader. They said “Only Jehovah thy God be with thee, as He was with Moses” (verse Jos 1:17); “only be strong and of a good courage” (verse Jos 1:18). The people thus made the same demand on Joshua as Jehovah Himself had already made.
the New Leaders Commission
Jos 1:1-9
Joshua was a prince of the tribe of Ephraim, and was born in Egypt. After the Exodus he became captain of the host, Exo 17:9. With Caleb he brought back a good report of the land of Canaan, Num 14:7. Having been found faithful in the smaller sphere, he was promoted to the wider one. As we have seen, one of Moses closing acts was to give him a charge. He represents the Lord Jesus, in His risen glory, as the Captain and Leader of the Church.
The land of Canaan was Israels by deed of gift; but Israel had to go up to possess it. Similarly Gods grace is ours, but we must claim it by putting the foot of our faith on Gods promises. Though Hittites-our old evil habits-revolt, if we meet them in the power of the Holy Spirit, they must yield. God is with us. Jos 1:5 is the perquisite of all believers. See Heb 13:5-6. But note that the weapon of successful conflict is Gods Word. It is our sword, Eph 6:17. See also Jer 15:16.
Now after the death of Moses the servant of the Lord it came to pass, that the Lord spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses minister, saying, Moses My servant is dead; now therefore arise, go over this Jordan, thou, and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them, even to the children of Israel. Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses. From the wilderness and this Lebanon even unto the great river, the river Euphrates, all the land of the Hittites, and unto the great sea toward the going down of the sun, shall be your coast. There shall not any man be able to stand before thee all the days of thy life: as I was with Moses, so I will be with thee: I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. Be strong and of a good courage: for unto this people shalt thou divide for an inheritance the land, which I sware unto their fathers to give them. Only be thou strong and very courageous, that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law, which Moses my servant com manded thee: turn not from it to the right hand or to the left, that thou mayest prosper whitherso- ever thou goest. This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein: for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success. Have not I commanded thee? Be strong and of a good courage; be not afraid, neither be thou dismayed: for the Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest.
Jos 1:1-9
The book of Joshua is distinctly the book of the inheritance and links very intimately with the Epistle to the Ephesians in the New Testament. We have the manifestation of divine life in the book of Genesis; redemption in the book of Exodus; then the entrance into the holiest and the believers sanctification typically set forth in Leviticus; the people of God under trial and testing in Numbers; and the government of God in Deuteronomy. Then we naturally move right on to the book of Joshua, in which we have the people of the Lord entering upon their inheritance.
In 1Co 10:11 we read that these things happened unto them for our types. So we are warranted to think of the land of Canaan as a type of the present blessings that are ours in Christ and to see in the wars of Israel a picture of the Christians conflict. Israels inheritance was of an earthly character. We might say they were blessed with all temporal blessings in earthly places in the land of Canaan. We, according to the Epistle to the Ephesians, are blessed with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ.
As we open this book we are introduced to the divinely appointed leader who is to guide the people into their inheritance. It is very significant that the name Joshua is the same as the name that our blessed Lord bore here on earth. Jesus is the anglicized Greek form of Joshua. The word Joshua means Jehovah the Saviour, and we may see in this Joshua of the Old Testament, a type of the Jesus of the New Testament. Moses, the lawgiver, led the people to the very border of the land but was not permitted to lead them into it. Joshua took up where Moses left off. The Apostle Paul tells us that the law was Israels child leader till Christ, but when Christ came they were no longer under the child leader. So we have in type the dispensation of the law passing away and the new dispensation of grace beginning. Of course, the people were actually under the law during all the days of Joshua and the Old Testament, and during the time of our Lords earthly ministry. It was not until the Lords Resurrection that believers were delivered from the law. Joshua typifies the risen One leading us on into the privileges of the new creation.
We read first of the death of Moses. Now after the death of Moses the servant of the Lord it came to pass, that the Lord spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses minister. This was when Israel was encamped east of the Jordan in the land of Moab. The Jordan was the eastern border of that part of the land separating Palestine from Moab. At Gods command Moses went up to the top of Mount Nebo and viewed the land and there died. The Lord Himself, we are told, buried him and no one knows where his sepulcher is to this day. Moses was so anxious to go into the land. He pleaded with the Lord to permit it, but he had failed at the water of Meribah, and God told him he could not enter Canaan. Moses prayed earnestly to be allowed to go in. Finally, God said, Speak to Me no more about this matter. But He told him he could view the land from the top of Mount Nebo. Moses got into the land eventually when on the Mount of Transfiguration he and Elijah appeared with the Lord Jesus, and they were speaking of those things which should shortly be accomplished at Jerusalem-the work of the Cross which our Saviour was just about to consummate.
When Moses died God put Joshua in his place. He was to lead the people into their inheritance. The Lord had promised the land to them long before; He gave it to them by title. Now He says very definitely, Moses My servant is dead; now therefore arise, go over this Jordan, thou, and all this people, unto the land which I do give to them, even to the children of Israel. Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses.
It is one thing to have title to an inheritance, but it is quite another thing to make it ones own practically. We who are saved are blessed with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ, but how much of our inheritance have we actually appropriated? How much do you really enjoy of that which is yours in Christ? Many of us live in doubt, trouble, and perplexity most of the time. We fail to enter into and enjoy that which God has given us in His Son.
I have often likened this to a library. People sometimes come into my little study and look about. I have a few books which I have accumulated in the course of fifty years, perhaps some three thousand or more, and some people who are not used to doing much reading think that I have quite a collection. There are not nearly as many as there would be if a lot of my friends would return borrowed books. Sir Walter Scott once called those people, Good bookkeepers.
But some folks look around and ask, Do all these books belong to you?
I say, Yes; they are all mine. And I wish some other people could say the same thing about all the books they have!
The next question they ask is, Have you read them all?
I reply that I have read all that are worth reading. Sometimes I just get started and find that the book is worthless, so I do not finish it.
Well, the next question will be, Do you know all that is in them?
And I have to say, No; I certainly do not. This little head of mine is much too small to contain all that is in these books.
Now our possessions in Christ are like that. The entire library is mine, but I do not really possess it. God has given us an inheritance, but we do not appropriate all that is ours.
Notice the extent of Israels inheritance. From the wilderness and this Lebanon even unto the great river, the river Euphrates, all the land of the Hittites, and unto the great sea toward the going down of the sun, shall be your coast. That took in the land from Euphrates down to the border of the land of Egypt, and the Mediterranean Sea, and then from the desert of Arabia on the south to Damascus on the north. God gave all this to Israel; and for a very brief time during Solomons reign they possessed most of it, but they have never actually possessed for themselves all the land to which they were entitled. Some day they will. We are told in one of the Minor Prophets (Oba 1:17) that the house of Israel shall possess their possessions. Oh, I wish that we as Christians might possess our possessions, and so enjoy the riches of our inheritance!
Just what do you mean by that, you ask? I mean, God has given us His Word. In this Word He has put before us our inheritance. He would have us study His Word, make it our own; enter into everything that it reveals. If we did this we would be able always to live a victorious life in Christ; we would really enjoy our inheritance in Him. Instead of dillydallying with the things of this poor world we would find something so much better in Him. A young man, after his conversion, was asked by some former friends of his to go to a movie. No, he replied, thanks, but I have no time; all my time is filled with the things of Christ. That is what it means to be delivered from the things of the world.
There shall not any man be able to stand before thee all the days of thy life: as I was with Moses, so I will be with thee: I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. God said, You will not have to turn back; Ill drive out your foe before you. Alas, alas, they did not believe Gods Word, and again and again the enemy reigned over them because of their own disobedience.
Now we wrestle not with flesh and blood; we are not engaged in a conflict with other nations. But our foes are spiritual, and the same God who fought for the people of Israel is the One who will give victory while we obey Him. We sing sometimes
Trust and obey, for theres no other way
To be happy in Jesus, But to trust and obey.
In the next verse we have a word of encouragement. Be strong and of good courage: for unto this people shalt thou divide for an inheritance the land, which I sware unto their fathers to give them. We may take these words home to our hearts today when we are fearful of our spiritual foes.
Only be thou strong and very courageous, that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law, which Moses My servant commanded thee: turn not from it to the right hand or to the left, that thou mayest prosper whithersoever thou goest. Victory de- pended on their adherence to the Word of God, and it is just as true today. We have so much more of Gods Word than they had. They had only the five books of Moses and possibly the book of Job, which may have been written at that time. This is all the Bible they had, and God said, Take this Word and walk in obedience to it, and you wont need to fear any foe; Ill ever be with you.
Now we have the whole Bible, and God calls upon us to search this Word; let it be the man of our counsel, the food of our souls, and the sword with which we face the enemy. God promises that if you will be strong and of a good courage and walk in obedience to His Word you will never need to dread the conflict; you will never need to fear; you will be able, at all times, to say with the Apostle Paul, Thanks be to God, which giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ (1Co 15:57).
If you do not have victory through Christ Jesus, I can tell you why. It is because you are neglecting reading and obeying your Bible. Read your Bible as you ought to and obey it, and you will be able to live a life of victory. John Bunyan had written in the front of his Bible, on the flyleaf, This Book will keep you from sin or sin will keep you from this Book. We have the Scriptures to read, and we are to walk in obedience to the Word as it is opened to us by the Holy Spirit.
Young people, if you want to know what will make your life prosperous, get Gods own recipe for good success. This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest observe to do according to all that is written therein: for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success. There you have it. Do you want your life to be prosperous? Do you want a successful career? Then take Gods Word, read it, and obey it, and God promises those two things.
Have not I commanded thee? Be strong and of a good courage; be not afraid, neither be thou dismayed: for the Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest. There seemed good reason why they should be afraid-unused to warfare as they were, facing seven nations with walled cities and armies, nations that had been constantly quarreling with each other down through the centuries, and the people of Israel were to go against these nations and take possession of their land. They might well tremble if they thought only of their own power and their own ability. But as they walked in obedience to the Word of the Lord He promised to deal with the enemies and to empower Israel to overcome them. Although we belong to a different dispensation we may take these words as an exhortation delivered to us personally, and as we read them and walk in obedience, we can count on God for victory.
Joshua was commanded not only to read but to meditate on the law of God. It is by meditation that we really make the Word our own. To read attentively is like eating the Word. Meditation answers to digestion of the truth. Mere intellectual acquaintance with the letter of Scripture avails little. It is as we weigh carefully what God has revealed that we obtain from it that spiritual power that enables us to rise above our difficulties and triumph by grace over all our foes. Thus we grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.
We become weak and are easily overcome when we neglect this important spiritual exercise, for the Word fed upon alone gives strength.
Jos 1:6
There are two kinds of strength and courage. There is animal strength and there is moral strength; there is animal courage and there is moral courage. And although the strength of active limbs and firm muscles and the courage which men share with the lower animals are not to be despised, but praised and sought after in their degree, yet it is to the nobler qualities the text chiefly refers when it says, “Be strong and of a good courage.”
I. The need of strength and courage. God gave this word of good cheer to Joshua, and repeated it thrice over, so that he might never forget it. Joshua and his men needed it, or God would not have said it to him thrice so earnestly. You will need to hear this cheering cry: (1) in the hour of confession; (2) in the hour of temptation; (3) in the hour of misfortune; (4) in the hour of death.
II. The source of strength and courage. “Be not afraid, neither be thou dismayed, for the Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest.” This is the secret. It is to have God ever near, a Friend unseen to others, but visible to us. Christ with us-that will make us strong and courageous. He knows all the dangers that are before us. Our enemies are strong-the wicked heart, the tempting world, the unknown future. But greater is He that is with us than they that are with them. No power can stand against us if He is on our side. And, best of all, He loves us. If we know that Christ loves us and that He has all power and knows all that is before us, what have we to fear?
J. Stalker, The New Song, p. 141.
Jos 1:6-7
This exhortation to be strong and very courageous is given solely with moral application, is applied to the keeping of the law of God. The words of Divine injunction rise to the point of greatest emphasis and intensity when the thing commanded is a simple, continuous, unswerving obedience. Applying the subject to ourselves, we have-
I. A sufficient rule of guidance for life. Joshua had; we have. There was a law of God then by the keeping of which he and all his people might approve themselves to the Lord, and be strong men and heroes. There is a law of God now, fuller, richer, more spiritual, more complete, in the keeping of which we may approve ourselves to the Master, Christ. Our law is the whole Gospel, as requiring from us a practical, and loving, and continuous obedience. To be “strong” is to make endeavour to go forward and grasp something in the Divine life; it is to take up a certain position in practical obedience and say clearly, “I am here: I stand by this.” To be “of good courage” is to maintain that position against the force of temptation and opposition of every kind. (1) Strength and courage are needed at home and with ourselves before we meet the world at all. The critical part of the struggle is within. (2) Strength and courage are needed in the Church; i.e. among Christian people. (3) Strength and courage are needed when we go more fully out into the world. We need courage to live honestly, courage to live simply, courage to speak frankly and boldly in condemnation of the speech or the action of others.
II. We have in the context direction how we may attain this temper and habit of Christian courage. It is fed by truth, by the law or the revealed truth of God. When the soul has found the flowing fountains of strength, and drinks of the same day by day, her courage will be day by day renewed.
A. Raleigh, The Way to the City, p. 89.
References: Jos 1:6, Jos 1:7.-A. P. Stanley, Christian World Pulpit, vol. xvi., p. 17. Jos 1:7.-Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xiv., No. 796; Spurgeon, Evening by Evening, p. 132; J. Keble, Sermons for the Christian Year: Sundays after Trinity, Part I., p. 31; Clergyman’s Magazine, vol. x., p. 209; H. M. Butler, Harrow Sermons, 1st series, p. 73. Jos 1:8.-G. Brooks, Five Hundred Outlines of Sermons, p. 193.
Jos 1:9
This expression “Be strong” does not mean “Be strong in body,” but “Be strong in mind;” “Be strong in spirit;” “Be brave.”
An order like this could not have been a mere mockery, an order which Joshua was unable to obey. The word which bade him be strong was an assurance at the same time that if he would, he might be strong according to his day.
I. The first secret of true courage is to know and be sure that we have some power. Hence the wisdom of the maxim of the ancients, “Know thyself”-learn to see what thy real capacity is, and knowing that, shrink not from venturing on putting it to the proof. It is not too much to say that all men go wrong by underestimating themselves? For what deeper self-depreciation is there than for a man to live in the world forgetful of what he is brought here for-forgetful of his Christian privileges, of his Christian name, of his Christian freedom?
II. We all have some power; the question is, How much and what? That is the question we should ask ourselves every day; it is the great question of our early life especially, for on the right answering of it all our success depends. Our weaknesses guarded against often become our strength; and our best lessons, if we heed them, are our mistakes. Joshua’s strength was a knowledge of his weakness. Beware of thinking you have no strength because you are not omnipotent. God says to us all, whatever worthy work we are entering upon, “Be of good courage; be strong!”
A. Jessopp, Norwich School Sermons, p. 97.
References: Jos 1:9.-J. Ellison, Christian World Pulpit, vol. xv., p. 305; Congregationalist, vol. vii., p. 400. Jos 1:16-18.-Parker, Pulpit Analyst, vol. i., p. 626. 1, etc.-G. Gilfillan, Alpha and Omega, vol. i., p. 156. 2-A. Saphir, Found by the Good Shepherd, p. 383.
Analysis and Annotations
I. THE ENTRANCE OF THE PEOPLE INTO CANAAN AND THE CONFLICTS
1. The Entrance Commanded and Success Promised
CHAPTER 1
1. The Lord speaks to Joshua (Jos 1:1-9)
2. Joshua speaks to the people (Jos 1:10-15)
3. The answer of the people (Jos 1:16-18)
The little word now with which this book begins is in the Hebrew and. It links the book with Deuteronomy and the other books of the Pentateuch. It also shows that the previous books were in existence, for the mention of Moses, his death, and Joshua, the minister of Moses, presupposes that the reader knows all about them. But there is a stronger evidence in the eighth verse of the chapter, that the Pentateuch was then completely written. The term This book of the law applies to the five books written by Moses.
Joshua begins with the statement of Moses death and ends with the record of Joshuas death. The book which follows, the book of judges, begins with the statement of Joshuas death. Moses and Joshua are closely linked together. Both are beautiful types of the Lord Jesus Christ. Moses, the servant, is the type of Christ, the perfect servant of God. Joshua typifies Christ in and among His people in the power of His Spirit.
He leads His people victoriously into the promised possession. Moses death also typifies Christ. The people could not enter the land as long as this servant of God was living. After his death the land could be possessed. So after the death of Christ the heavenly inheritance is thrown open.
The Lord mentions once more the death of His servant. Precious in the sight of the LORD is the death of His Saints (Psa 116:15). After that the command to enter the land is given. The land promised to the seed of Abraham is Gods gift. The land which I do give unto them. They beheld that land across the river with its beautiful hills and mountains and its fertile valleys. The third verse contains a condition. Every place that the sole of your feet shall tread upon, that have I given unto you, as I said unto Moses. They had to appropriate what God had given and as they appropriated it, they would possess and enjoy the land. If they made it their own by putting their feet upon the land, whether mountain or valley, it became theirs in reality. This required energy. As stated in our introduction, Canaan typifies the heavenly places mentioned in the Epistle to the Ephesians. We are blessed in Christ with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly places (Eph 1:3). All is the gift of the grace of God. Unsearchable riches, far greater than that land, even in its widest dimensions, belong to us. The unsearchable riches of Christ are by the death of Christ put on our side. We must take possession in the energy of faith, as Israel had to plant their feet upon the territory and conquer it. If we are apprehended of Jesus Christ, we also must apprehend. I follow after, if that I may apprehend that for which I am also apprehended of Jesus Christ (Php 3:12). Israel failed in the wilderness and Israel failed in the possession of the land. And greater still is our failure in not claiming in faith our possessions in Christ.
The words the Lord addressed to Joshua are extremely precious. I will be with thee, stands first. He was with Joshua and gave him the promise There shall not any man be able to stand before thee all the days of thy life. And this is true of us. He is with us, indwelling us; His Spirit is with us and His power on our side. God is for us; who can be against us? I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. He never fails His people. Divine strength and power are on our side. In the midst of the conflict He will never forsake His people.
After these assuring and encouraging words come the exhortations to obedience. Be strong and very courageous. Notice the courage is linked with the law (the Word of God) and obedience to it, as well as meditation in it day and night. Joshua was put in dependence on the written Word. So are we. Spiritual growth and enjoyment are impossible apart from meditation in the Word and obedience to it. The Word and obedience to it, separates us, and keeps us separated. And we need courage to obey. It requires courage in an ungodly age, a blinded world with its eyeblinding god (Satan) to observe to do according to all that is written. It becomes more difficult as the present age draws to its close, to fight the good fight of faith, to appropriate in faith the spiritual blessings, to stand and withstand the wiles of the devil. But if we are obedient His strength will sustain us and give us victory. We constantly need the courage of faith, which looks to God and which is expressed by obedience to His Word. Gods strength is employed in helping us in the paths of Gods will, not out of it. Then no matter where we go, what the difficulties are, how long the journey seems, He makes our way prosperous.
Joshua addressed the officers of the people and especially the Reubenites, Gadites, and half the tribe of Manasseh. They had made their choice and had found rest on this side of Jordan. But they were not to be exempt from the approaching warfare; they are commanded to help their brethren by passing with them over Jordan. Then after their brethren had found rest, they were to return to their rest. They could not escape the conflict, though they had no reward in the land itself.
the death: Jos 12:6. See on Deu 33:1, Deu 34:5, Act 13:36, Act 13:37, Rom 1:1, Tit 1:1, Jam 1:1, Rev 1:18
Joshua: Exo 17:9-13. See on Num 13:8, Num 13:16, Deu 1:38, Deu 31:3, Deu 31:23, Deu 34:9, Act 7:45, Jesus
Moses’ minister: Exo 24:13, Num 11:28, 1Ki 19:16, 2Ki 3:11, 2Ki 4:27-29, 2Ki 5:25-27, Mat 20:26, Mat 20:27, Luk 16:10
Reciprocal: Gen 22:17 – thy seed Gen 49:24 – the shepherd Jos 1:2 – Moses Jos 1:7 – which Moses 2Ki 2:5 – thy master 2Ki 2:14 – smote 2Ki 18:12 – Moses 1Ch 6:49 – Moses Neh 8:17 – Jeshua Neh 9:23 – broughtest 2Ti 2:24 – the servant Heb 11:31 – she had
Joshua and the Canaan Rest
Jos 1:1-9
INTRODUCTORY WORDS
Joshua comes in as the complement to the work of Moses. Joshua stands as the type of the Lord Jesus; for “Grace and Truth came by Jesus Christ.”
1. Typology is one of the great studies of the Bible. The Children of Israel in their exit from Egypt, by the way of the shed blood; in their baptism unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea; in their eating of the manna, and in their drinking of the water from the flinty rock; in their wilderness journeys, and in their entering into Canaan were types given for our admonition upon whom the end of the ages is come.
2. The typology of Israel elucidated. We will not go into the type of Israel coming out of the land of Egypt. We want to note particularly the things which concern Israel and their Canaan rest.
(1) Their failure to enter in when first they came to Kadesh-barnea. Two years they had spent in covering the distance across the wilderness, until they came to the borders of Canaan. God gave command for them to enter in, but they rebelled and would not go up. With Canaan blessings just ahead of them they became afraid, and therefore back into the wilderness they went.
When Christ came the first time, He was heralded as King of the Jews. However, Israel rejected Him and delivered Him over to Pilate for crucifixion. Thus Israel once more lost the open door to rest and deliverance. Christ was crucified King of the Jews-a rejected King.
(2) The bodies of the elders of Israel strewing the wilderness. Of all who came out of Egypt, by Moses, only two of the elders of the men of Israel entered in-those two were Caleb and Joshua. What about the rest? Their bodies fell in the wilderness-they missed their “rest.” The third and fourth chapters give the warning, lest we also fall after the same example of unbelief. Read 1Co 10:1-33.
3. The typology of Israel elucidated. What is the meaning of these things? They missed their Canaan, we are warned lest we miss our rest, Canaan was Israel’s rest-what is our rest, the rest that remaineth for the people of God, the rest that we are in danger of missing?
Canaan cannot be shown as a type of Heaven, for several reasons:
(1) Canaan was infested with “giants,” and by seven nations antagonistic to Israel. There are no enemies, and no giants in Heaven to resist the saints from entering in.
(2) Canaan was entered by the fall of Jericho, its walled cities had to be thrown down. There are no walls around Heaven, which we must march about seven days, and which must fall before we can have access.
(3) In entering Canaan, the Israelites met defeat at Ai-there will be no turning of our backs on the enemy as we enter Heaven.
Canaan can, however, be shown as a type of the Millennial rest that awaits the children of God.
The giants will infest the land-the antichrist, and the false prophet, and the world ripened in sin under their reign will be overthrown and subdued at the coming of the Lord. The cities of the nations will fall. The saints will not have reached a state of never-failing sinlessness in the earth Kingdom of Christ As there were olives and pomegranates, the grapes of Eschol, milk and honey-so will there be an earth of marvelous fruitfulness during the Millennium.
I. JOSHUA EXALTED TO LEADERSHIP (Jos 1:1-2)
1. Joshua’s exaltation came after the death of Moses. The death of Moses took from among men one of earth’s greatest noblemen, and one of Gods greatest generals. Some may have thought that the loss caused by Moses’ death was irreparable. Not so. God always finds other men to fill in the great gaps. Luthers, and Savanarolas, and Calvins, and Wesleys, and Spurgeons, and Moodys may come, and they may go, but God always has in preparation others to take their places.
2. Joshua’s exaltation came from servant to master. Is it not always true, “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much”?
Joshua, as Moses’ minister, had proved faithful. He had, as a servant, learned much by way of leadership. In each menial task he had proved himself faithful and true,
3. Joshua’s exaltation had come as a befitting reward. The Lord is not forgetful of our labors of love and patience. God knew how Joshua had, forty years before, brought back a good report of the land; God knew that Joshua had not been cowed by the Anakim who infested the land of promise.
Let us stop and think. Shall we not go with Christ outside the camp? Shall we not share with Him in His reproach, and bear with Him the bane of a mocking world? Shall we not serve Him with faithful heart? If we do, He will surely exalt us in due season. “If we suffer, we shall also reign with Him.”
II. JOSHUA ENCOURAGED OF GOD (Jos 1:9)
1. A promise given. To Joshua God said, “There shall not any man be able to stand before thee all the days of thy life.” The Lord was transferring to Joshua His power. Does not our Lord do the same toward us? Has He not said, “All power (authority) is given unto Me in Heaven and in earth. Go, * * and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world”?
2. A good courage urged. This may seem strange. Was not Joshua always of good courage? Was it not because of his courage and valor that he was now being commissioned as Israel’s leader? When all the spies but two had returned a bad report to the people, Joshua, in the fire of his faith, had said, “We are abundantly able to go up and possess the land.”
Joshua was about to step into a place of responsibility and under burdens such as he had never known.
God knew that Joshua might well have trembled before this new and added responsibility. Joshua had more than once seen Moses almost in despair. Joshua had heard Moses’ plaintive cry to God, “I cannot bear this people alone.” He had known of many a time when Moses, mighty man that he was, had well nigh slipped under the tremendous weight of a disobedient and rebellious people. Yes, Joshua the brave, and Joshua the valiant, needed just the encouragement that God was giving him.
III. A COMMISSION TO STUDY THE WORD (Jos 1:8)
1. The strong and stalwart need the blessings of the Book. We might have thought that Joshua could paddle his own canoe, and hoe his own row. Not so. Joshua could not afford to fail in building upon the inerrant Law of God, The “Word” was to be constantly in Joshua’s mouth; it was to be ever the burden of his meditations. By day and by night he was to be saturated with the “Law.”
2. The leader of the people needed himself to be guided by the Word. Joshua was to study the Word in order that he might observe to do according to all that was written therein.
God seemed to be telling Joshua that in doing the Word he would never be in danger of acting contrary to God’s Word. God never says one thing in His Word, and another thing by His voice, or vision. Remember, if any speak contrary to the Word, there is no truth in them. Our constant cry should be-Back to the Law and the Testimony.
3. Joshua was promised prosperity and success through obedience to the Law. God said, “Then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good success.” True success and prosperity as God reckons it, is that which is achieved alone by knowing and doing the Law. We need to learn this secret.
IV. CROSSING THE JORDAN (Jos 3:15-17)
1. The precedent to victory.
(1) An invincible faith. We read in the last verses of chapter two-“They said unto Joshua, Truly the Lord hath delivered into our hands all of the land.” Here was a faith that claimed the blessing before the blessing came. They took God’s promise as a fact before the fact had been realized. This is the call of the New Testament, “What things soever ye desire, * * believe that ye receive them, and ye shall have them.”
(2) Lodging by the Jordan. They came to the Jordan, Joshua and all the people, and they lodged there. We need to pitch hard up against any proposition that we may have to face. Victory does not come by standing aloof and dreading our task. We must begin at once to undertake. We must move in the direction of our commanded task, as rapidly as we can.
(3) After three days. It was not immediately that they went over Jordan-it was after three days. Of course our mind goes at once to Christ, three days and three nights in the tomb, and how, afterward, He came forth with the keys of death and of hell in His hands.
Three days stands, therefore, for death, burial and resurrection-not that of Christ alone, but it stands for our union with Christ in it all.
2. The crossing of the Jordan.
(1) The Ark of the covenant leading the way. When we journey in victory, we must not start forward until the Lord, our God, steps into the way before us. If the Lord is not in the house they labor in vain that build it. If the Lord does not lead us, we go out to sure defeat.
(2) The priest went with the Ark. God still has chosen men, ordained of God, to direct and lead His flock. The saints should follow their leaders providing their leaders are following the Ark.
(3) They stood first with their feet in the Jordan. As they began their journey the priests, bearing the Ark, came to the brink of the Jordan, and stood there while Joshua spoke unto the people and magnified God. As the soles of their feet rested in the water, the Jordan stood up in a heap, and the people passed over against Jericho.
3. The memorial stones. In the midst of the Jordan, twelve stones were placed, and on the other side of the Jordan there were likewise twelve stones. These were placed there as a memorial unto the Children of Israel forever, for Joshua set up twelve stones in the midst of the Jordan in the place where the feet of the priests stood, and the people came up out of the Jordan and encamped in Gilgal; and, the twelve stones which they took out of the Jordan, did Joshua pitch in Gilgal.
Once more we see in marvelous picture the story of the Cross and of the resurrection, for the Lord said unto Joshua, “This day have I rolled away the reproach of Egypt from off you.” Even so was the. reproach of our sins rolled away at the Cross-our Gilgal.
V. THE FALL OF JERICHO (Jos 6:20)
1. Jericho straitly shut up. Here is the picture of a city closed against the Children of God. It is illustrative of many a heart which has shut God out.
The story of Jericho is interesting in the extreme. When Joshua first came to the Jordan, he sent spies over to investigate. These spies entered into Jericho itself. They came into the house of Rahab and lodged there. The king of Jericho sent men to search out the spies, but Rahab first hid them upon the roof, mid the stalks of flax, and then let them down off the wall. This woman, who was a sinner, told the spies,-“I know that the Lord hath given you the land, and that your terror is fallen upon us.” She said, “We have heard how the Lord dried up the water of the Red Sea for you, when ye came out of Egypt.” A miracle of forty years’ standing, had not yet lost its message.
2. The march about the walls. For seven days the Children of Israel marched around the walls of the city of Jericho. The angel of God’s wrath moves slowly. God seemed to be saying to the men of Jericho, “Throw open your gates, and let Jehovah enter in.”
The seventh day Israel marched around seven times. It must have been a wonderful sight. The seven priests, bearing the seven trumpets of rams’ horns before the Ark; and the seventh day, the seven journeys around the city wall. The perfection of warning had been given. The day of grace was passed. Then it happened, that when a long blast was made with the trumpets, all the people shouted with a great shout, and the wall of the city fell down flat. Thus every man moved straight before him, and they took the city and utterly destroyed all that was in it.
This earth is hastening on in its sin to a state of wickedness rivaling that of Jericho; soon it must fall.
3. The salvation of Rahab. Rahab the harlot was saved alive because she received the spies, and because she threw out the scarlet cord. When the wrath of God finally falls, he who is under the Blood will find that he is not appointed unto wrath.
Rahab was as safe on the wall of the doomed city as though she had been safely housed in the camps of Israel. Her part of the wall did not fall, and it could not fall, because God’s judgments cannot touch the one who shelters in the Rock of Ages.
AN ILLUSTRATION
THE CLOCK OF PROVIDENCE
Joshua proved God’s clock, and in the moment that the clock struck he led Israel out “‘There is a clock with which Providence keepeth time and pace, and God Himself getteth it.’ So that everything happens with Divine punctuality. Israel came out of Egypt on the self-same night in which the redemption was appointed, and afterwards wandered in the wilderness till the hour had come when the iniquity of the Amorites was full. Our time is always come, for we are in selfish haste; but our Lord when on earth had His set times and knew how to wait for them. The great God is never before His time, and never too late. We may well admire the punctuality of Heaven. Our trials come in due season, and go at the apointed moment Our fretfulness will neither hasten nor delay the purpose of our God. We are in hot haste to set the world right, and to order all affairs: the Lord hath the leisure of conscious power and unerring wisdom, and it will be well for us to learn to wait. The clock will not strike till the hour; but when the instant cometh we shall hear the bell. My soul, trust thou in God, and wait patiently when He says, ‘My time is not yet come.’ “
Division 1. (Jos 1:1-18; Jos 2:1-24; Jos 3:1-17; Jos 4:1-24; Jos 5:1-15; Jos 6:1-27; Jos 7:1-26; Jos 8:1-35; Jos 9:1-27; Jos 10:1-43; Jos 11:1-23; Jos 12:1-24.)
The Entrance into the Land.
The first twelve chapters of the book give us, evidently, the entrance into the land, as the second half has for its general subject, its apportionment among the tribes. The entrance has to be in power, in the first place, where no enemies can oppose. Conflict there is not until they are across the river, and in the camp at Gilgal. And after this, they themselves begin it. So with us, Christ’s work it is that carries us through death, and gives us our place in heaven. Then if the land is to be practically ours, we must conquer it.
There are seven subdivisions, ending with rest attained: “the land had rest from war.” (Jos 11:23.)
1. The first chapter is plainly introductory, and gives the principles which govern the advance of the people into the land.
Moses was now no longer in the midst of Israel, and the leader of the people is his minister Joshua. The spiritual significance of this has been already before us, and needs only to be briefly repeated. It is this spiritual significance found ill the typical meaning which alone invests the whole history here with its true interest for the child of God. We are in the midst of things which “happened unto them for types” (1Co 10:11, marg.): words which justify the fullest importance that can be given to them in this character, and magnify them in every detail given, amazingly beyond mere historical proportions.
Moses and Joshua, as we have elsewhere seen, both speak of Christ: Moses, of Christ down here in the world, living among men; Joshua, of Christ (in spirit, not in person,) acting by the Holy Ghost in His people. Thus Joshua it is who leads into the land; and while Moses is the “servant of the Lord,” the picture of Jehovah’s perfect Servant as given in the prophet (Isa 52:13), Joshua is “Moses minister,” waiting upon and representing this personal Christ.
The divine call now summons the people of God to take possession of their inheritance, Moses’ (Christ’s) death being necessary to have taken place before the land can be opened and entered. To take possession there must be the energy of faith: “Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread on shall be your own.” Then come the definite limits in the meantime, which (though not the full final limits,) have been so narrowed in the thoughts of those who have taken what the people actually possessed as all that God promised them. In fact we are only beginning to realize that the “land of the Hittites” itself, which was yet less, not more, than the land of Canaan, went up far beyond Lebanon to the Euphrates itself; “all” of which to the sea-coast of the Mediterranean belongs to Israel by promise, and waits only faith on their part, to be made good to them. Keil even -an orthodox commentator, in one of the best of critical commentaries, -speaks of the “oratorical” character of the promise here! May we, then, without sin, ascribe exaggeration to God? What if the promise of a heavenly inheritance for us be equally “oratorical”? And though Israel has failed to lay hold of what is truly theirs, is it not simply what man has always done?
In fact they are, even in their unbelief, only the more fully our types. Had they taken possession of all that is here promised them as theirs, it would take much from the exactness of the picture which we may find of ourselves in them. How little have we indeed “apprehended that for which we have been apprehended of Christ Jesus” (Php 3:12)! And if our final possession of what is ours in Christ were to be limited, as we have limited Israel’s, by what we have, any of us, laid hold of in faith now, how little would be our portion! Thank God, His thoughts for us are far above our thoughts!
But we cannot pretend as yet spiritually to show these boundary-lines. As we go on we may trust that what our inheritance is will little by little dawn on us. This is the way ordinarily in which God teaches us, and we must go humbly, if we go in faith.
Enemies there are in this path, and we need therefore the encouraging exhortation which follows. “No enemy shall be able to stand before thee,” God says to Joshua. And when we remember who our Leader is, it is simple that it must be so. Christ is the “Captain of our salvation,” and in proportion as we identify ourselves with Him, we shall find strength given us which will not be wanting for any need; it will be not our own, but His who says, “I will not fail thee nor forsake thee;” words which the apostle teaches us so to apply to ourselves as boldly to say, “The Lord is my helper, and I will not fear what man shall do unto me.” (Heb 13:6.) This strength of an arm which is not our own arm is the sweetest kind of strength that creature can know. It is companionship, communion, perfect security, -all holiness in it, all wisdom. God with us means all that God is.
Well He may say, therefore, “Be strong and of a good courage.” And again, “Only be thou strong and very courageous.” Just because the strength needed is not our own, we may be strong, and in this, honor Him who has identified His glory with our blessing. Courage is the virtue by which we walk according to His Word; as it is added here, “that thou mayest observe to do according to all the law that Moses My servant commanded thee;” and this is the condition of success, -“turn not thou from it to the right hand, nor to the left, that thou mayest do wisely whithersoever thou goest.” And this is repeated with emphasis in the next verse. How needful for us this absolute insistence on the Word of God, so prone as we are to let expediency govern in divine things, to judge by results instead of by principles, and to count preciseness but Pharisaism. Indeed, in days such as ours, when the Word of God is spread abroad, and in a certain way there is much inquiry into it, how few are they who honestly, according to their light, carry out all that they know is enjoined! how few who have no questions in reserve which they dare not fully face! how many who do not wish to be disturbed by inquiries of which they cannot tell where they may end Let us all -readers and writer -make it a personal question for ourselves, neither as ready to judge others, nor excusing ourselves by others, and a question entertained before Him who can answer it, -“Lord, is it I?”
And what a grand word is this to give strength, -“Have not I commanded thee?” How good to bow ourselves to this yoke, and to remember that where God has spoken we must be either servants or rebels; let the matter of the command be what it may. And then again the exhortation, -not a word, be sure, more than is needed, “Be strong. and of a good courage; be not afraid, nor be thou dismayed; for Jehovah thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest.”
We have next the words of the leader himself; addressed to the people, and the first word is, to prepare food for themselves, for within three days they are to cross the river. One might think such an injunction scarcely needed, but the people of God undergo but too many willing fasts from spiritual food, whereby they are never strengthened, but weakened. The “three days” here make a difficulty for those whose critical wisdom these difficulties are to accredit. They wait for the spies who are detained three days across the river, and then take three days more mustering, as it would seem, before they pass over. In an ordinary history it would not have been necessary to invent three writers on this account, to make a patchwork of various accounts very indifferently put together. It would have been said simply that Joshua had not anticipated the delay which in fact took place. Why not say so? Is it necessary to accredit Joshua with infallibility, in order to discredit Scripture with a mistake? Let the mistake be with Joshua, and it may still be no mistake with Scripture, possibly even some spiritual thought attaching to these “three days” three times repeated. Gleams of resurrection break out through all these scenes, for it is by resurrection-power alone that we can cross the river of death into our inheritance.
A special injunction is needed by the two and a half tribes, because of the divergence of their interests from that of the whole nation, from which they have in measure separated themselves. They are now to have the fighting without the personal reward; just as from the conflict with the power of Satan no Christian can be excused; and yet for many it may not have its true significance.
Nevertheless, even from these, in the flood-tide of present enthusiasm, there comes back an encouraging response. And that it is not mere excitement Joshua would surely realize, as their answer re-echoes the Lord’s words. “We will hearken to thee as unto Moses,” is their reply: “Jehovah be with thee, as He was with Moses; . . . only be strong and of a good courage.”
2. We have now in Rahab’s story, very plainly, the testimony of salvation, and the answer of faith. Joshua sends spies across Jordan to “view the land, even Jericho.” Jericho, at the entrance of the land, presents the opposition of the enemy in those cities walled up to heaven which Israel before had spoken of so despairingly. But the power of the enemy, as we have seen, acts through the world, which, as darkness, opposes the light, in which is the inheritance of the saints. (Col 1:12.) Jericho, at the entrance of Canaan, and significantly close by Jordan, the river of death, is the world, upon which faith must, as it were, execute the judgment of God before we can possess ourselves of our heavenly portion.
The story of Rahab, with its New Testament comments, is so plain in its meaning that this is recognized by all who see any spiritual meaning in these histories at all. “Rahab” means enlargement.” As the psalmist says, “Thou hast set my feet in a large room,” so could this Canaanitish woman say. Not in figure merely, but in fact, she is a sinner saved from impending judgment. One of those nations upon whom, as having filled up the measure of their iniquities, the curse was already pronounced; among these a harlot, sinner among sinners; she is a witness that from whatever “end of the earth” a soul looks to God, there is salvation for it. And how beautiful to see that in such a case as this it is, where the lesson is one so needful beyond all others, the vail, elsewhere maintained, drops almost altogether, and fact and type come together as one!
But why does the story of Rahab occur just here?
In relation to the literal history it showed that even the doomed Canaanites, according to a principle openly announced by the prophet afterward (Jer 18:7-8), might have escaped their doom, by such a repentance and turning to God as was found in Rahab. It was a gospel of fact for all and every nation, before a gospel of words there could be.
In relation to the typical meaning, it shows that if, on the one hand, Christianity proclaims, as it does, the judgment of the world, it has, on the other hand, its assurance of goodwill and blessing for all who out of this world turn to God.
It may seem, in some sense, a turning aside from the line of things before us here; but God is always ready to turn aside for such a purpose; or rather would show us that such a thing as this is never foreign to His purpose, as it is never absent from His heart.
“Jericho” means “fragrance;” and such is the world to the men of it, though it lies, as they own, too near the river of death. Indeed, though the earth be full of the Lord’s mercies, and there is abundant testimony in it to the Creator-God, yet death is never out of view, and judgment lies the other side of death, as Israel’s camp lay beyond Jordan. God is for its inhabitants in the enemy’s camp, and how are they to distinguish Him froth the enemy? nay, is He not the One upon whom all the power of the enemy depends? Yes, that is plain; and the hearts of the men of Jericho sink as they realize it. Alas, faint hearts may yet make stubborn resistance, and the power of sin and Satan is nowhere more fully seen than here. Where God is seen but as an enemy, and His judgment against sin treated but as an enemy’s act, the soul hardens itself against Him, and would rid itself of the presence of those who are His people, and identified with the hated truth. The king of Jericho sends to apprehend those whom faith in Rahab welcomes as the means of deliverance. Yet they stand in the same relationship to her as to them; but faith argues, must there not be good in God? and there is the germ of repentance also, for if there be good in God realized, we must be with Him against ourselves.
Rahab hides the spies therefore, identifying herself at her own personal risk with those who are the people of God. Her works justify her as a believer, show by their character that she has faith, which is what James speaks of; not justify her as righteousness before God, which is what Paul denies absolutely as to Abraham. (Rom 4:2.) The harlot Rahab has no righteousness to trust in, no moral character to commend her to God. But she has the faith of a poor sinner that clings to Him; and that faith, as all true faith will, manifests itself as living and real, spite of her lying to the king of Jericho’s messengers, in which we see at once her faith and the weakness of it.
Rahab’s confession of God, and where He is, is full and clear: “Jehovah your God, He is God in heaven above, and in the earth beneath.” And then she puts in her prayer for mercy, in which she includes all her father’s house. And good it is to see how promptly and confidently the men of Israel are able to pledge themselves to the fullest extent that faith can ask. Theirs is no may-be gospel, but positive enough to give confidence to a soul in need. And such is the gospel of God today: it is a gospel the reception of which gives peace to the soul. It is not yea and nay, but yea. For if “blessed are all they that put their trust in Him,” self need not occupy or terrify me: the object of faith it cannot be. I am free to rest all upon a Saviour, and then not confidence is presumption, but the lack of confidence.
But Rahab wants a “token,” and the spies are able to give her that. The line of scarlet thread by which she lets them down out of the window is bound in the window as a sign, not to herself of course, but to the messengers of judgment when they come, that judgment is not to fall upon any in that sheltered house. What has been the means of their own deliverance they give to her as hers; and the likeness to the blood-sheltered houses in the night of the passover is at once evident. The “scarlet” was in fact the blood of an insect (vol. i. p. 487, n.) the “worm” of Psa 22:1-31, and in this way how plain the reference to the Lord! There is but one thing that can secure the sinner in the day of judgment, and of that God gives us many assurances.
Still Rahab has another witness for her, and without this the scarlet line would be of no avail, -a living witness -two being, as we know, sufficient testimony -in the camp of Israel. And this has its meaning for us: Christ risen from the dead is the living Witness for us before God. What would His death for us have been but the direst calamity, apart from resurrection? And thus if the apostle speaks of our “being justified by His blood” (Rom 5:9), he no less speaks of Him as being “raised from the dead for our justification” (Rom 4:25). If His death be, as it were, Christ for us, His resurrection is God for us; and thus we “believe on Him who raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead” (24), for this is what characterizes Him toward us as a Saviour-God. That the men tarry three days before they cross the river may be a further hint of this very thing.
3. We now come to another most impressive type of resurrection, most evident surely as this, the passage of the people through Jordan into the land. Our thoughts are necessarily carried back to the similar passage through the Red Sea which lay at the beginning of their wilderness-journey as this at the end of it, and of which it is thus, as it were, the completion. And so the history itself presents it, for when they have come to Gilgal Jehovah says to them, “This day have I caused the reproach of Egypt to pass from you;” and as then it was said that the “hosts of Jehovah went out of the land of Egypt,” so at Gilgal the angel of Jehovah comes as Captain of Jehovah’s host.
We shall find help, then, surely, in comparing these two passages, the one, the departure from Egypt and the entrance into the wilderness; the other, the departure from the wilderness and the entrance into Canaan. The wilderness was but necessary discipline by the way; the land is the end of the way, and rest.
We have already looked at the passage of the Sea, and found in it the vivid representation of the truth in Romans, that as dead with Christ we are dead to sin and to law. It is the backward glance at what we are brought out from; and resurrection with Christ, though implied, is not dwelt on. This is exactly the case in Romans: we have just suggested the “newness of life,” “the likeness of His resurrection” in which we are called to walk but we must go on to Colossians to find “risen with Christ” put in direct antithesis to “dead with Christ.” Ephesians carries us on still further to “seated together in Him in heavenly places,” and the side of truth in Romans, “dead with Christ,” is now omitted. The New Testament, like the Old, takes these things, as it were, apart, that we may consider them better.
Resurrection with Christ is at Jordan very strikingly shown forth, but our being dead with Christ is not omitted we go on also, as in Ephesians, into the land. Thus the whole truth is put together here.
We must examine it, however, now in detail.
(1) Strikingly and beautifully, in the first place, we have the ark of the Lord put in its unique place, as that which alone does the work, and manifests its power in behalf of the people. This is jealously maintained. Two thousand cubits separate between it, and those that walk in the track it opens. This two thousand is, of course, 2 x 103, and may speak to us of realized capacity for salvation: this is indeed the impassable distance between the cross and all that would seem to approach it. Let us remember what this ark is: that it not merely represents the throne of the Lord, but that it carries the blood-sprinkled mercy-seat, -that it is the throne of grace founded on propitiation. How necessary to maintain in its full breadth this separation between that peerless work and all else! How else should we know the way by which we should go?
And now Joshua is to be honored in the sight of all Israel, and it is to be shown that God is with him. The link is plain enough spiritually; the living Christ glorified in what His death accomplishes. All enemies must give way when God manifests Himself for Christ, in behalf of His people. Seven nations here exhibit the complete power of the enemy, only to show the power of the Lord supreme above it.
The ark too is the throne of the “Lord of all the earth.” We have seen that Satan acts through the power of the world to hinder our entrance into the heavenly portion. But though he has usurped power over the world through man’s lust to which he ministers, the earth is yet the Lord’s, and owns His sway. He maketh all things work together for good to them that love Him, and godliness to have the promise of the life that now is, as well as that which is to come. Our home is not on earth, but who enjoys even things here as he who can look up to the Lord of heaven and earth as his Father? The bitterest pain is eased, the heaviest blow finds us shielded from it, the front of an enemy becomes the salutation of a friend, when God is seen as everywhere, and every where for us; and this is what Ephesians, the book of the heavenly places, itself reminds us of -“one God and Father of all, who is over all, and through all, and in all” (Eph 4:6): not an unsuited truth to keep the dust of the world out of your eyes as you march to the conquest of the heavenly places!
Jordan fills all its banks all the time of harvest: for Christ, when He rolled back its stream for us, death had all its terrors. But its flood is stopped, its waters are heaped very far off, so that they should not come near His people at their crossing. It was our death He bore: it is taken then out of the way; we pass over to our inheritance, untouched and unhindered by it.
(2) This passage is ever to be remembered. Effected once for all, it is to be continually recalled. Joshua therefore commands twelve men, one being chosen of each of the twelve tribes, so as to represent clearly the whole of them, to take up out of the bed of the river, from the place in which the priests’ feet stand firm, twelve stones, to be placed as a memorial in the lodging-place they occupy that night. Twelve other stones Joshua has set up in the bed of Jordan at the same spot; but although they also clearly are representative, they are not connected with these living representatives: and in this the minute accuracy of the type is apparent. For the spiritual mind, the spiritual meaning, and the most perfect spiritual order, govern all.
Christ has been through death for us, and that death was our death: it was burdened with the weight of our sins, a death of wrath and curse, to deliver the children of wrath. Dying thus in our stead, we who believe in Him have died -are dead -with Him. It is not an individual experience; it is not experience at all: it is a fact independent even of our faith in it, but our faith in which imports much as to the character of our Christianity. We have died with Him, not die ourselves, but are dead, -“dead to sin,” “dead to the law,” “crucified to the world,” “our old man crucified with Him” (Rom 6:1-23; Rom 7:1-25; Gal 6:14): these are absolute statements of Scripture, true of every real Christian, and by faith to be translated into the sphere of practice: “reckon ye also yourselves to be dead indeed unto sin, but alive unto God in Christ Jesus.” (Rom 6:11, Gk.)
Here are the stones in the bed of the river, with which no living personality is connected, because they speak of death, not life; yet with which is connected the thought of representation, because it is in our Representative we died. We reckon ourselves dead, not feel or find: we impute that (upon God’s warrant) to be true which experience does not assent to, for it knows nothing of it; it is not within its sphere to know. How can we experience the death of Christ? We believe in it, and rejoice believing; we believe what it has accomplished for us, and experience its practical value for our souls.
Alive in Christ before God, we can look back upon what we were, and own it, yet refuse it. It is our old man that was crucified with Christ. As in the resurrection-day that (not far off) beckons us, we shall he able to look back upon our present selves as the men that were, so are we able to look back upon what we were before conversion as “our old man.” It is singular, however, not plural, for it is what we were in Adam that is intended by this, and there was no “second man” till Christ. We are now in Christ, a new creation, and so with a new standing. In Christ’s death we died out of the old. The “flesh” is in us, and “if we say we have no sin, we deceive ourselves” (1Jn 1:8), but we must distinguish between “flesh” and the “old man,” which is never spoken of as in us, but as “put off” (Eph 4:22, Gk; Col 3:9), even as in natural death the “tabernacle” is put off. (2Pe 1:14.) The flesh is in us, but we are not in it (Rom 8:9), not identified with it before God: the nature is there, but the person has passed away; we are alive in Christ Jesus.
This, then, is what we find in the twelve stones in Jordan; how distinctly is shown the change that has taken place, when now twelve other stones are taken from the bed of Jordan to be set upon the dry ground. “If any man be in Christ, he is a new creature: old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new.” (2Co 5:17.)
But we must remember that it is in Christ he is looked at; and this alone can justify the absoluteness of the expressions. If we make it read, “If any man be converted,” or born again, and think simply of condition as experience declares it to us, who can say, “all things”? There is a change indeed, a marvelous change, as “new creature” testifies: the man in Christ is a man born again, and a possessor of eternal life; but, as already said, he has still the flesh in him, even when he has the Spirit; “and the flesh lusteth against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh, and these are contrary the one to the other, so that ye should not” -not “cannot” -“do the things that ye would.” (Gal 5:17.) Looked at in Christ, however, we are seen as only in the new nature, not the old; and thus “all things new” cannot be too absolute.
The living men, therefore, are identified with these stones, which are taken out of Jordan and put on the Canaan side of the river. We are risen with Christ out of death: once more what is true of Christ is on that account true of His people. They are associated with Christ in His triumph over death, and in the new place He has taken. Resurrection is more than receiving a new life, -not a deeper, but a further thing; and always distinguished from it: “He hath quickened us together with Christ,” says the apostle, “and raised us up together.” (Eph 2:5-6.) And in Colossians we find death contrasted with life (quickening), as burial with resurrection. (Col 2:12-13.) Burial is the recognition of death; resurrection, of life out of it. Burial is putting the dead into the place of death and away from the living. Resurrection is, on the other hand, the bringing the living out of the place of the dead into that of the living. Christianity separates (as Judaism did not) the living from the dead, and the saint from the world. Christ is the Heavenly; and “as is the Heavenly, such are they also that are heavenly.” (1Co 15:48.) “They are not of the world,” He says, even as I am not of the world.” (Joh 17:14; Joh 17:16.)
And these things are to be remembered. We are dead; we must reckon ourselves dead. The memorial stones were not intended more strictly for Israel’s eyes than the admonition of them is for us. They “happened unto them for types, and are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the ages are come.” We ought to know them: we are responsible to walk in the power of this knowledge.
Only for the people of God is Jordan dried: they having passed through, it returns to its strength, and flows over all its banks as it did before.
(3) The people are now, as it were, on resurrection-ground. What the passage through the Sea implied is now accomplished: deliverance is now for the first time fully realized. True, there are now enemies before them, while at the Red Sea they were behind them; and the river now behind them cuts them off from retreat. God’s word to us is also, “Forward!” and in all the panoply of God which we are exhorted to put on, there is no armor for the back. All depends upon this for us, and with our faces to the foe we shall never be beaten.
(a) Gilgal is their first camp in Canaan, where the stones are pitched; and to it after their battles they constantly return. It is their impregnable stronghold, and base of support. How should they not be strong in the remembrance of that marvelous deliverance! God is for them: who shall be against them? who shall force them back into that flood through which He has so marvelously brought them? It would be His dishonor. The stones abide here solidly with their firm assurance: “Israel came over this Jordan on dry ground.” Thus “as the hills are round about Jerusalem, so the Lord is round about His people.” To reach them their enemies must strike through Him!
For us also the place of resurrection is our impregnable defense: it is upon this Rock Christ builds His church, and the gates of hades cannot prevail against it. We are dead with Him, and out of the old creation; with Him, and beyond death itself. Nay, we are “seated together in Him in the heavenly places,” -we have a secure lodgment, whence not all the power of the enemy can drive us back. But from thence the pleasant land our portion lies before us, and if there are foes to meet, we have the assurance that wherever we plant our foot, the land is our own.
(b) The news of the passage of Jordan fills the kings of the Amorites and Canaanites with terror; their hearts melt, and there is no spirit left in them. Satan knows well with whom in all this conflict he has really to do, and before the strength of the Lord he cowers. When we go forth in our own, he lifts his head again; and thus we go on now to learn afresh the lesson of circumcision, as we need to realize it afresh in every new sphere on which we enter.
(c) And here we come to that from which Gilgal gets its name. It is when Israel is circumcised afresh at the hill of the foreskins that God says, “This day have I rolled away from you the reproach of Egypt:” and so the place is called Gilgal, “a rolling, away.”
But what was the reproach of Egypt? If we realize the whole connection here, there can hardly be a doubt that it was the reproach of their bondage there which circumcision now, the token of their covenant with Jehovah, rolls away. For us this is to be a type and an admonition, and well it may be.
The bondage in Egypt answers to the natural condition as experienced in its bitterness by the awakened man. Egypt is the world in its independence of God, walking by its own light, doing its own will, following its own way. And this is sin: “we have turned every one to his own way; and the Lord hath laid upon Him the iniquity of us all.” Our way is the way of death; and this death He had to take for our salvation. When the soul is once awakened by God’s grace, the misery of our own way is felt as the bitterest bondage, but we cannot, at will, deliver ourselves. God must come in, and by redemption break our bonds, and set us free.
Israel had long left Egypt, however, and were then a circumcised people. Circumcision is the judgment of the flesh, the breaking of confidence in it, the putting it off as judged by the cross. (Php 3:3; Col 2:11; Gen 17:1-27, notes.) But this, if real, is the breaking of our wills therefore, that we may be yielded up to Another’s perfect will. It is the principle of holiness, of consecration; though in the consciousness of utter weakness, in which His strength alone can be perfected.
Israel came out of Egypt a circumcised people, as souls in the first joy of salvation devote themselves to God. But they came into a wilderness in which they lingered, refusing to go into the land; and in the wilderness lost largely their circumcised character. In the wilderness they had not circumcised: the toil of the way, as it seems, had pleaded excuse from a painful rite, and it had dropped out, as it would appear, unnoticed. Now, in the land, as soon as they reach it, the word of the Lord arouses them to their condition. Uncircumcised, they could only be, but for the Lord’s grace, cut off as outside His covenant. Grace alone it is that here comes in for them, and restores the broken link: how blessed to see in the face of all this assurance of man’s helplessness and ruin the grace of God thus shining forth!
Power for the mortification of the flesh, -power to keep it, that is, in the place of death that belongs to it, -cannot be maintained by the joy merely of salvation, of deliverance from Egypt. There must be entrance into the land, appropriation of a heavenly portion, the joy of what lies beyond that world, subject to death, through which we pass. Otherwise we get quietly accustomed to the fact of deliverance, and the grey hairs of the desert show that the vigor of life has declined. The uncircumcised cannot eat the passover: redemption fails more and more to minister to us; the pilgrimage becomes a toil, less and less relieved.
For this there is no remedy till the land is reached, and the fullness of our blessing spreads itself before eager eyes. Then, as in a moment, circumcision is recovered. “If then ye be risen with Christ, seek the things above, where Christ is, seated at the right hand of God. Set your mind on things above, not on things that are upon the earth; for ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God . . . Mortify, therefore, your members which are upon the earth.” (Col 3:1-5.) Here is the ground of circumcision realized and maintained. Its power lies in the development of a life which is hid with Christ in God, and must find its satisfaction in that which is heavenly and eternal. Here, on the other side of Jordan, consecration becomes easy, and strength is renewed.
Cowles well calls our attention to this act of Joshua in circumcising the men of war at this point as, humanly speaking, “a most unmilitary act.” “With apparently not the least fear lest the Canaanites should muster their forces, and fall suddenly upon them -with a deep feeling obviously that his first concern was to be right before God, and to have all his soldiers and people right in heart, and true to every precept of their God, he suspended all military movements; gave his enemies time to recover from their panic; halted his army, not only for some days of circumcision, but for the feast of the passover, seven days, -all as if religion was infinitely more than military strategy -as it truly was.”
For us, how much more important that we should tarry here by the banks of Jordan, until we are in our place before God, and have our souls fed, and our spiritual strength renewed. All this connects with the truth before us: “We are the circumcision who worship God in the Spirit, and glory in Christ Jesus, and have no confidence in the flesh.”
(d) Accordingly we have now brought together two things which give us the beginning and the end of the blessings of redemption, the passover and the old corn of the land. In the first, we are looking back to the work that sheltered us in Egypt, feeding on the lamb of atonement, remembering to keep the feast with the unleavened bread also of sincerity and truth. But along with this there is a new experience: the manna ceases the day after the passover, and they eat of the old corn of the land to which they have come, -unleavened cakes and parched corn. It is still, of course, typically Christ, for He is all the food of the soul; but it is no more the bread from heaven, Christ humbled as come down into the world. This land being typically heaven, it is the produce of the land itself, a heavenly Christ in heaven. It is ours not merely to know Him as come down into the world, but to know Him also as gone up where He was before. He is the same blessed Person, whom circumstances cannot change, and this is our joy to know. Were He in glory different from the One we have seen on earth, then we could not know Him now at all, for our knowledge of Him was gained in His humiliation here; and this is what the manna carried into Canaan, the “hidden manna” of Revelation, emphasizes for us. Yes, He is the same, unchanged, the same yesterday, today, and forever; but for that very reason, what joy and satisfaction to the heart to follow Him in faith beyond the clouds that hid Him from the disciples gazing after Him as He went up, and to know Him in His present glory, with the divine glory in His face!
This, as the apostle tells us, is the only Christ that now we can know: “Wherefore henceforth know we no man after the flesh; even though we have known Christ after the flesh, yet now we know Him so no more.” (2Co 5:16.) For there is but one Christ, not two: and He is in heaven: blessed be God, the very One who wrought redemption; Priest on earth to do it; Priest now within the sanctuary, and upon the throne.
That He is still Man this old corn of the land assures us; and what sustenance for our souls to know Him there, “faithful to Him that appointed Him,” bearing us upon His heart, as the typical high-priest bore the tribal names on the jewels of the breastplate. What blessedness to know that He is there also God still incarnate, the “very image of the Invisible,” “the effulgence of His glory”! This is indeed wondrous food for the sustenance of the new life; manna still, but in its golden vessel in the ark: food which from the hidden sanctuary makes the life of him who partakes of it practically a life hid with Christ in God, -a life which shall be manifested only when Christ who is our life shall appear, and we shall appear with Him in glory. (Col 3:4.)
(e) And now, before the beginning of a conflict which is imminent, the angel of Jehovah appears to Joshua as the Leader of Jehovah’s host. Commentators in general seem to decide that this host is angelic, and Keil to the reminder that Israel are spoken of as the hosts of the Lord when they come out of Egypt, makes the strange reply that the Israelites are “never called the host of the Lord in the singular.” Now in Dan 8:1-27, Keil himself agrees that Israel are called the “host of heaven,” and there is even seen a “prince of the host,” as here, who is clearly Christ. All that can be said against this is, that it is figurative language: and that is no doubt true; but the figure seems to be more in their being called the host of heaven, that is, compared to this, which leaves the rest scarcely affected.
When he says “never called,” moreover, it is only in Exo 12:1-51 that they are called so in the plural: why then should they not be once called this here, and no more?
We have seen, too, that this entrance into Canaan, completing the deliverance out of Egypt, recalls some of its features very distinctly. The reproach of Egypt is but now rolled off. The drying up of Jordan repeats the miracle of the Sea. What more natural than that the “hosts of the Lord” (which seems already to look forward to the warfare now at hand) should reappear after their long burial in the wilderness as the “host of the Lord” under their heavenly Leader?
Even a reason for the slight change from “hosts” to “host” may be suggested. In Egypt their number, to which they had so wonderfully increased, spite of all the opposition of the enemy, might naturally be implied by the plural. The wilderness, on the other hand, had not allowed even ordinary increase; but its discipline had at last compacted and unified them; the generation that went into the land with Joshua was in this respect superior perhaps to any other.
Israel, then, is Jehovah’s host, at the head of which Jehovah is putting Himself. He has unsheathed the sword, and the conflict to follow He Himself leads His people into; the judgment they execute is His judgment. If Joshua already speaks of Christ in us, it may seem strange that we should have Another introduced here, higher than Joshua, and the real leader of the people. We have already found, however, double representations of Christ contemporaneous with one another. Here if Joshua represent Christ in us, it may be yet necessary, because of our readiness to mistake, to guard this by showing us another Christ external to us to whom that which we account to be the Christ within yields the first place. For in all this line of things we have to remember that we have to do with those subjective experiences in which we are prone to go astray, and need, perpetually, correction by the Word. If we speak of Christ in us, it may easily be that impulses not really of Christ may simulate His voice, and that we may need the warning emphasized that there is a Voice external to us altogether, to which before all we must be in subjection. Christ is every where the same, and His Voice, wherever heard, must be of equal authority; but just on that very account what is of Christ in us will conform itself to, and own, the authority of the Christ without us, speaking by His Spirit through His Word. Here, indeed, the lowliest spirit becomes us, prostration of self, and the unshod foot. Only so can we be led surely, preserved alike from rationalism and from fanaticism, in a path of steady progress and of assured victory.
4. The fall of Jericho follows. We have seen it to be a special type of the world: to man, a savor of a sweet smell, in truth, a most fertile and attractive place, yet by the river of death, and for which beyond death lay judgment in the camp of Israel. The judgment had now come near, and in the details of it we see evident reference to the judgment of the world that shall be, but which faith anticipating makes a present thing. “And this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith.” (1Jn 5:4.)
Thus we have a prophetic and a present significance. As to the prophetic, we have to remember that it is of course not the judgment of the great white throne that is presented here. Then the heavens and the earth shall flee away from before the face of Him who sits upon the throne, and the dead -that is, those not raised in the resurrection of the blessed, a whole millennium before -small and great, stand before God to be judged out of the books, according to their works. But there is a judgment of the quick (the living) also, at the former time, when the Lord appears; and here not only do the “armies that are in heaven” follow in the train of their glorious Leader, but Israel also take their own place once more as of old, as solemn executioners of God’s sentence upon the ripened iniquity of the nations. (Comp. Rev 19:1-21; Rev 20:1-15 with Zec 12:6, Zec 14:14; Mic 5:7-9; Oba 1:14-21.) Thus Israel in the book of Joshua may well be here a type of Israel in the coming day: a day which in the book of Revelation the seven trumpets usher in (Rev 8:1-13; Rev 9:1-21; Rev 10:1-11; Rev 11:1-18), as here for seven days ring out the trumpets which precede the ark, the throne of the Lord, and on the seventh day, during seven circuits.
Note, too, that they are “trumpets of jubilee.” The word used here is the regular word for that, and there is no real warrant for “rams’ horns,” though the revisers of the common version have retained it. The trumpet was, no doubt, a cornet or horn, and is expressly called “horn” in the fifth verse (“horn of jubilee”) but this very verse proves that jobel does not mean “ram’s horn;” for horn of ram’s horn,” would hardly do, and the revisers could only settle the difficulty by dropping one of the words. That it was a “horn” may, according to the recognized idea of power associated with this, direct our attention to the Word of God, which, whether men recognize it or not, is that by which all events are governed, and in obedience to which the lingering judgment surely comes at last.
But “jubilee” seems in unnatural association with this thought of judgment; and here, no doubt, has been the reason for discarding the word. The prophetic meaning, if grasped, clears up at once the difficulty, and converts it into one of the strongest arguments for the deeper view. Earth’s jubilee not only lies beyond the judgment of the nations, but involves and calls for it. God’s blessing cannot rest upon an unpurged scene and with the casting out of the “prince of this world,” the whole system of it, which he sustains and inspires, must come to an end. And in this end God’s hand must be seen against it. To use the symbol of the prophet, the stone cut out without hands, the kingdom of Christ, which no human power can introduce, must first dash to pieces the image (of Gentile empire) before it becomes a great mountain and fills the whole earth. (Dan 2:1-49. )
Thus every voice of nearing judgment is yet a trumpet of jubilee. Upon the wreck of what at best is but the lifeless form of true humanity, is to be established the glory of the kingdom of the Son of Man.
On the seventh day, at the end of the seven circuits of the city, with the final blast of the trumpet and the people’s shout, the walls fall flat; the breath of the Lord has smitten down their defense, and the city is taken. So in the last days will the Lord, as prophecy shows, Himself intervene for His people, and the power of the world be prostrate as in a moment. Yet, as we hear of a spared Rahab in the type, so in the antitype are there those spared among the nations (Isa 66:19; Mat 25:31-40); and the sessional judgment prophesied in Matthew reads much like the story of Rahab: “I was a stranger, and ye took Me in, . . . I was in prison, and ye came unto Me. Verily, I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it unto the least of these My brethren, ye did it unto Me.”
This judgment of the world by God stamps it for faith already with its character. The ground of judgment is, as with all the heathen, primarily the rejection of God, which leads them into idolatry, the changing the Creator into an image of the creature, for the gratification in fact of their own lusts and passions without rebuke. The rejection of Christ when He came was but this primal sin in a form aggravated in proportion to the display of His glory, in the fullness of grace and truth. Hence the cross was the judgment of the world, a sentence it pronounced upon itself long since, though the long-suffering of God has delayed its execution. But for him who believes upon the Crucified One as Son of God the world is overcome. (1Jn 5:5.) “God forbid,” says the apostle, “that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, whereby the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world.” (Gal 6:14.)
Egypt indeed, which is the world, has been long since by Israel left behind; hut as we have seen in other ways, here alone is the complete realization of this deliverance. Passing the sea, they had come into the wilderness, and such is the world for the redeemed of the Lord. But the wilderness in its very nature is not the place of satisfaction for the heart, which the land is; the land flowing with milk and honey, their inheritance and rest. Looked at as in the wilderness, the people of God are still in the world, and with all its barrenness the heart can seek its own in it. Power there must be found in that which is beyond it. We must be fully outside that which is to be judged, to accept heartily that judgment; and thus it is that what seems strange at first sight is most fully in order, that it is on the entrance into the land that Jericho falls.
It is the first thing also for the conquest of the land, because, as we have seen, the conflict in heavenly places is with the “rulers of the darkness of this world;” and therefore the judgment of the world is the first necessity for successful warfare. We shall have this illustrated for us and emphasized in the very next section; and we must remember it as a practical reality, if this book of Joshua is to be translated for us into living experience. God grant that it may be so; for otherwise all these things so blessed in themselves will be but a shame and reproach and witness against us.
The details of the fall of Jericho seem not, however, to be facts of present experience, but prophetic of actual judgment when it comes; and this is quite as we might expect. We see by them, however, that the people of God have to maintain the testimony as to these things: compassing the city and blowing the trumpets until the city falls; although it be only in the meantime to awaken the scorn of the men of the world, as they hear the frequent alarm of that which seems never to come. But it comes, comes steadily nearer, is surely even now at the door, and how urgent should be our testimony, which, if of no effect upon the mass, yet helps to fill Rahab’s house, where the true scarlet line, as despicable in men’s eyes as that of old, shields with the power of the Almighty the prisoners of hope.
5. We have now a very different lesson, in which Ai and Achan are united together. Ai, in its meaning, a “heap,” -to the present time known as Et-Tell, “the heap,” -naturally enough connects it with Jericho, just reduced to one; still more when we remember that the “principalities and powers in heavenly places,” with whom our conflict is, are the “rulers of the darkness of this world,” and that these cities, therefore, naturally represent the world in some shape. Ai is the world seen in its ruin as faith sees it, which yet apart from God’s presence with us we are not able to overcome. Unjudged evil in us will yet make the world too strong for us, and this the sin of Achan does for Israel.
(1) The unity of Israel in God’s sight is also clearly shown. As one sin ruined the world at first, so here one sin unjudged brings judgment upon all Israel. But it is plain also that there is carelessness otherwise, judging by the report of the spies instead of taking counsel of the Lord, and counting on their own strength for an enemy of little power, -our own behavior, alas! too often, and a simple reason why small difficulties often overcome us, while greater ones, casting us on God, are in His strength overcome.
But Israel’s unity, as realized in this way, made them every one in very deed his brother’s keeper, and enforced powerfully upon them a care for holiness such as hardly any thing else could be imagined to produce. While an habitual walk with God, step by step, according to his direction, would be the only possible rule for the detection of whatever stood in the way of blessing, the only condition of success.
(a) To come to details: we have first of all the rebel pointed out to us, with his genealogy, which is carefully repeated afterward when his sin is brought to light. Doubtless this has a meaning: whether we can trace it or not is another matter. But our own descent from Adam has much to do with our being sinners: “heredity,” great word as it is now in the mouths of men of science so-called, is found in what it represents in Scripture just as much. The difference is that what is mere “natural” science takes account only of nature, leaves out God, and binds all together in a fatalistic succession under materialistic law. Upon this understanding of it, sin disappears: it is misfortune. God disappears on the other side: He would be anomalous in such a scheme; and, instead of accounting for any thing, would need Himself to be accounted for. The iron wheel grinds out man’s destiny; and he is part of the wheel: how can he complain?
Heredity there is, however, and in the history of a sinner God counts his ancestry, -his birth, and, as men say now, his environment. For these, moreover, he is not condemned: thus far Scripture agrees with materialism. But when man acts according to the nature he is born with, and according to his environment, then for this it declares him guilty, and to be punished! Somehow man is responsible to live contrary to his very nature morally, and to stem the stream he is in. And Scripture not only declares this, but a voice within man, spite of all reasonings, adds its confirmation, and makes out the man obedient to his nature to be disobedient to his God!
And “the testimony of two is true.” And God can appeal to man’s reason and conscience against himself, that there is, after all, in him that which should be for God, and power that he should have from God, if he has not. That he cannot have power but from God, cannot have it in independency, is simple, and the law of creaturehood; and of this he has no title to complain.
Walking apart from God, his nature and his environment govern him absolutely: and thus a sinner’s genealogy counts for much. Nay, a saint slipping away from God falls under the same iron rule, and his conduct may be accounted for after the “scientific” fashion, without any more excuse for the one than for the other. This much, without going further, Achan’s genealogy as given here may preach to us.
(b) Next we hear of Ai. It is beside Beth-aven, the “house of vanity,” and in front of Bethel, the “house of God.” In Abram’s time, when he first comes into the land, Bethel and Ai lie on either side of him, and thus opposed to one another. (Gen 12:1-20.) Ai is known plainly by what it associates itself with and what it is opposed to, and the stamp of the world is evidently upon it.
Jericho the greater has been overcome: they think but little of Ai; if the world has been judged in gross, it may be supposed a little thing to overcome it in detail, in the little things in which it still presents itself in our path. Just here, and perhaps on this very account, we may suffer unexpected defeat. Israel’s detachment of two or three thousand turn their backs before the men of Ai, who smite them on the descent -we are always apt to be smitten upon the descent, -and inflict a loss of thirty-six men, a number which, if small, yet plainly speaks of the government of God (3 x 12) against them. In this there is hope, however, for those that know Him.
(c) And Joshua turns to Him at once. Yet he is in dismay at so unforeseen a calamity; all the more as he knows no reason for it. Alas! how easily we slip out of communion with God, and are not aware of it! “Deliver me from secret faults,” says the psalmist. How easily, too, with most of us, God’s ways, if in the dark, provoke murmuring! How unbelief dogs faith, as if it were its shadow! After all God’s glorious deeds, one little check, and the whole future darkens. Yet even with its burden of unbelief on its back, faith is seen in its turning to God; and in His presence finds deliverance.
There is really no mystery about it. What has happened can have but one solution of it. Israel has sinned. All shadows that have darkened the world find their explanation in a similar manner. Own it, and the cloud begins to clear. “The humble He guides in judgment; the humble He teaches His way.” “What wilt Thou do for Thy great name?” asks Joshua. The answer is simple: God is caring for it in the very thing which now perplexes the soul of the inquirer. What poor reasoners are we, when we do not begin with God! That He will care for His name is an axiom for faith, and needs no demonstration. How shall we prove that every event has a cause? The thing is plain: the difficulty is created by trying to prove it. Suggest the doubt, and reason itself is useless, except to recall faith to its vacated post.
Doubt it not: God will care for His great name. Let no man labor to get Him out of a strait which never existed; which, if it existed, all creature resources would be too little for. Let us despair indeed, if God cannot uphold the honor of His name! Nor will He give up His people: just on this account will He chasten them. Had they not chastisement, whereof all are partakers, then they would be bastards and not sons.
But all must learn this where the Psalmist did, in the sanctuary, And there it is we learn to kiss as well as to know the rod. “So foolish,” he says, “was I, and ignorant; I was even as a beast before Thee. Nevertheless” -spite of all my doubts -“I am continually with Thee: Thou hast holden me with Thy right hand.” (Psa 73:1-28.)
(d) Israel has sinned: but who is the actual offender? To discover this they are made to present themselves by tribes, by families, by individuals, the lot being cast and unfailingly determining all. This slow approach toward conviction, when it might rather have been expected that the sinner would have been at once named by Him under whose eye he was, seems perfectly suited to exercise the consciences of all, and to lead the guilty one to anticipate conviction by a free confession. But it comes all too late, pressed out at last, when concealment can no longer avail any thing. Then he owns: “I saw, I coveted, I took:” the old, ever-repeating story of sin, in which heredity clearly manifests itself, kleptomania from our first mother; but there is no justification on this account.
It was on the new earth, risen out of the flood of Noah’s day, that Babylon was first developed. Here among Israel, on typical resurrection-ground, we find connected with this first sin, a “mantle of Shinar.” With this, too, silver and gold are not difficult to associate, standing here, of course, just for what they represent to those who lust for them. Shinar is not indeed precisely Babylon, though more in name than in reality separate. It was the plain in which the city stood, in the same relation to it as Lot’s coveted “plain of Jordan” to Sodom, into which he gravitated from it.
(e) Judgment follows the discovery of Achan’s sin; and it is plain that his family suffer with him. As the law forbad the putting to death of children for their father’s sins, we are shut up to the conclusion that they were involved with him in the guilt of what he had done, as the burial of the stolen things in the midst of his tent would otherwise make probable. It would seem out of place to infer, as some have done, mob violence in a solemn judgment executed in the presence of Joshua and all Israel.
(2) And now what hindered God’s power acting for them being removed, Joshua is encouraged to go up again against Ai. But their former presumption still needs rebuke and thus they are made to labor in the capture of the city, spite of its littleness. All the people take part in it. An ambush is placed behind the city, and they are made to feign that they are fleeing as they fled before. All this is clearly humiliation for their pride. How much in that which is work that we do for God has to conform itself to the need there is in us! God shapes His instruments, even while He works with them.
Ai is taken, however, and destroyed, her king hung upon a tree, and then taken down, and a heap raised over him, as before with Achan. They had been indeed partners in evil and Achan a worse trouble than the king of Ai could have been. Evil indulged among the people of God is the ally of the foe without, and the only true hindrance to continuous progress.
(3) And now the seal of their covenant with Jehovah is set upon the land, according to Moses’ commandment, an altar of whole stones being reared upon Mount Ebal, along with other great stones plastered, upon which the law was written. (Comp. Deu 27:1-26.) The blessings were then read from Gerizim, the curses from Ebal. Thus the whole land was declared to be under the authority of the law, and sanctified to Jehovah.
6. Hardly, however, is this accomplished before we are called again to see the incompetence of the hands which have just graven the law upon the stones of Ebal. The “wiles of the devil” are in Ephesians that against which we are especially called to “stand.” Canaanitish wiles we find here prevailing against the people of God and once more the secret of failure is the lack of seeking guidance from God.
How hard it is to learn aright the lesson of dependence upon God! And our own wisdom, how continually does it deceive us! It is the last thing perhaps to which we apply the cross. Yet it is plain that Satan, with his thousands of years of acquired knowledge, will have immeasurable advantage over us, except as revelation is adhered to, and the Spirit of God gives us ability to use the point and edge of the Word. For “the sword of the Spirit” is not the “Word of God” exactly, but rather “the saying of God.” (Eph 6:17, Gk.) We must have, not the book merely, but the text: and thus even the Lord, as a perfect example for us, met Satan in the wilderness.
The Gibeonites are able to talk piously. They have a certain kind of faith grounded on Jehovah’s miracles, and concede to the people of God their title to the land. They are friends, not foes, and seek alliance. They have come a long way (if they are to be believed) to seek it, have endured privations, and brought themselves to destitution. The evidences of this are not indeed infallible, but their profession is without a flaw, and charity would accept it. This the Israelites do: Joshua and the princes swear to them in Jehovah’s name, and in three days find that they are dwellers in the land and Canaanites.
Gained by deceit, must this covenant stand? Yes, it must: for had Israel been with God, no deceit could have prevailed against them. And thus there are yokes which, though unequal, we cannot escape from. If we may without injustice to another, then indeed we are bound to do so as a matter of course, if the work for which we have yoked ourselves is itself evil. If I have married an unbeliever, the oath of the Lord forbids withdrawal from it and there may be in like manner business relations, from which, after having contracted them, simple righteousness would forbid us to withdraw. But the spiritual yoke, the yoking of believer and unbeliever in the things of the Lord, is what the words of the apostle in the fullest way apply to (2Co 6:14-18): “What fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? And what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath he that believeth with an unbeliever? And what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people. Wherefore, come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father to you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.”
Had the Gibeonites come openly as what they were, to subject themselves to Jehovah’s yoke, they in whose camp Rahab was, with her whole family, could not have refused it but they came in craft, and though they may not be slain, are subjected as bondmen to the service of the people of God, as hewers of wood and drawers of water for the sanctuary. So perforce must it be, thank God, that all must serve the glorious Lord we own: willingly or unwillingly, as free or bond, this is the only choice permitted: but how momentous are the issues of that choice!
7. Needful as are the lessons as to failure, the history as a whole is here full of abundant encouragement; and the last part of the first division, upon which we now enter shows us the complete subjugation of the land under Israel’s feet. The power of their enemies is prostrated, although it is true that at the end of it we still find that there is very much land to be possessed, -much even that in fact they never do possess. But the work that needs the combined power of all the tribes is accomplished. The rest is left to individual energy, such as is so strikingly illustrated for us in the case of Caleb. What he achieved might have been achieved by all the rest: the thing needed for it was simply what his name and his history expressed, -“whole-heartedness.” It was this which, as we are told, preserved in him to eighty-five the strength of forty, and to see dispossessed before him the giant owners of the land he had explored. It was of God that there should be such testing, though the result might be to make the failure sorrowfully apparent, a failure only briefly indicated in the present book, while Judges treats of it from end to end.
(1) The first section alone gives the history, the second simply summing up the general results. In the history the principal lesson is evident, that their power was wholly of God, who demonstrates it by what has seemed to many even disproportionate miracles; but who can measure the magnitude of the necessity of what indeed ought to appear to us so simple a lesson! It is the first and foundation one for the Ephesian conflict which we are tracing in type here, -to “be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might.” The grace of it in the illustration is seen in its coming after the sin of Achan and the failure as to the Gibeonites. Yet does it display itself unweakened, -never more gloriously divine. This is the power which has acted for us to make the land our own, and which is ready to act in us, if there be but faith in it. We need it as much as they did, for our warfare is “not with flesh and blood, but with principalities and with powers, with the rulers of the darkness of this world, with spiritual wickedness in heavenly places.” Yet of the meaning of this conflict even how many are not aware, who know it, as all must, but perceive not the object aimed at, to keep us out of the realization of our inheritance. Here we must remember the condition, “Every place that the sole of your feet shall tread on shall be your own.” This is the need we have of an activity of faith which will call up to resist us all the power of Satan, and will make us prove the need we have of the “whole armor of God.”
(a) The enemies seldom appear single: they are a mighty confederacy, leagued together by a common hatred to God and to His people. Canaan swarms with kings, which, independent of each other and often at strife, make peace and common cause against the “hosts of the Lord.” So the jarring forces of evil are compacted together by the presence of that which is of God; and the first king of this company startles us with his evident apostasy: Adonizedek, “lord of righteousness,” king of Jerusalem, “the foundation of peace,” the awful mockery and antagonist to “that Melchizedek, King of Righteousness, King of Salem, that is, ‘peace,’ Priest of the Most High God, who met” Israel’s forefather, “Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings, and blessed him.” In what striking contradiction, made so evil by the resemblance, is this man and his attitude, an Antichrist (one might well say) to the true Melchizedek, the Christ of God! Not that we are to suppose any special Antichrist here, which would seem unsuited, but rather that primitive type which is found in Satan, the adversary, wherever Satan is found, enmity working in disguise and by imitation, “as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses.” He is “lord of righteousness,” as where on the ground of it, coming among the sons of God, he pleads against Job. And he is not “king of peace,” as Christ is, but only of the foundation of peace,” -which is righteousness again. (Isa 32:17.) He can plead righteousness, but only against, not for men; therefore “priest of the Most High God” he is not: he is no saviour; readily discovered by this fact. His darts are “fiery darts,” flaming with wrath, and putting distance between the soul and God, while Christ’s voice, even in the discovery of sin, wins to God; He does not accuse, but is a refuge from the accuser. Therefore with the “shield of faith” shall we “quench all the fiery darts of the wicked one.”
The next named to Adonizedek in the confederacy which he heads is Hoham king of Hebron, a city which we already know in connection with Abraham’s history, and by that most interesting note upon it upon occasion of the visit of the spies. Hebron, which according to its derivation speaks of companionship, stands throughout as the symbol of communion.” But we have heard of it as in the hands of the Anakim, and even in Genesis as the city of Arba, the father of them all. The Anakim are the “long-necked,” giants in stature, and children of pride, of whom the vain-glorious boast is uttered, “Who can stand before the children of Anak?” (Deu 9:2.) “Arba” is supposed by Fuerst to mean “hero of Baal,” and this is accepted by many; but it seems too purely conjectural; while the word is common Hebrew for the numeral four, which has more easily the significance of “square, four-square,” suited to the father of a giant race. That the number four is that also of the creature, and of weakness, is in no wise against this, but a divine comment on the other side. It is upon what is loftiest in nature that God puts the mark of nothingness and abases it.
Hebron is thus dedicated to man worship, the utter destruction of its true character; and the Hoham here is king but of the Anakite Hebron, where the enemy has massed his strongest force to keep out of it its divinely appointed possessors. The meaning of “Hoham” is variously given, but the last syllable has the same root idea with our similarly formed “hum,” the confusion of sound as in the noise of a multitude, and from which it is transferred to the multitude itself. The first syllable seems most naturally to be abbreviated from hovah, another form of havvah, which speaks of “a sinking of the mind into a corrupt, depraved state, into a gulf of lusts and insatiable desire.” (Wilson.) These two thoughts are certainly completely opposed to that of Hebron, most suitable therefore, to its Anakite usurpation. Hebron figures largely in the report of the spies, -largely again in the conquest of the land, -and we might expect its Canaanite king to figure in the resistance to its conquerors. Certainly we may expect that Satan will keep us off if possible from that communion with God in an enjoyed heavenly portion which Hebron represents to us; and that in no way could he better succeed than by stirring up in us that tumult of desires which are veritable sons of Anak, only to be subdued by such a spirit of “wholeheartedness” for God as was found in Caleb.
The third of these confederates is Piream king of Jarmuth; and as to neither of these names does there seem much dispute. Jarmuth signifies elevation; Piream is from pere, the wild ass. The latter is what man is born as (Job 11:12), and it is his obstacle to finding wisdom. Free and independent, he brooks no yoke nor restraining hand. Nebuchadnezzar, forgetting in the pride of his heart Him who had raised him up, “was driven from the sons of men, and his heart was make like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses” (Dan 5:21), -he was made to take his place with those which his moral state resembled. This may throw light upon the connection of the two names here, -the wild-ass king and his city of “elevation.” Thus, “man being in honor abideth not: he is like the beasts that perish.” (Psa 49:12.) He who can abide is the one who recognizes and is subject to the hand that raised him. How completely does the glorious place that God has given us declare that such exaltation is of His grace alone! how simply, then, as owing all to His love should we act as in that place!
Japhia king of Lachish is the fourth confederate. Lachish is again a difficult word. Gesenius from the Arabic gathers the meaning “obstinate,” as referring to its impregnability to assault. Young makes it similar to Jarmuth -“height;” but he has at least twelve other names of Israelitish cities translated in the same way: we may well suppose there is some difference of meaning among so many different words. In Hebrew we can only find a meaning, as it would seem, by dividing it. Lach-ish may then mean walk (as) men.” In fact Lachish stood longer than most cities of the land against Joshua, though not long; for it was taken the second day.
Japhia corresponds with his city: his name means “shining, resplendent.” In the world at large the manly virtues are thus lustrous; but there is manifest danger when shining qualities are prized as such. When lustre is king then the king is surely Canaanite. Lachish comes thus into the confederacy against Joshua, and is not the least among the enemies of Israel. A world of show and splendor is such “darkness” for the people of God as the “principalities and powers” which are “rulers of” it love to work with. Dazzle is easily read as darkness: and alas! the children of God can both be dazzled, and love to dazzle. Eyes that see the glory of God are alone strong enough to meet the resplendent king of Lachish.
So far, then, we can realize meaning in these confederate kings. It will be seen too that they answer exactly to the numerical significance of their order, which is a test one could hardly have insisted on perhaps in this case. That they should so answer may encourage us to a closer and more complete application of the symbolism of numbers, which ought thus to be proportionately more fruitful. When we come now to the fifth of these confederate powers we shall need to avail ourselves of it, as we shall find here a deeper mystery facing us, -and even this is accordant with the numerical place.
The names, happily, are here simple. God has planted stepping stones firmly for us to prevent slipping, according to His constant mercy. First, “Eglon” is “round” or “circular,” its root-meaning showing applicability either to form or motion. Thus the derivatives from it are words such as agil, “ring;” agalah, “chariot,” “cart,” -which, as moving on its circular, revolving wheels, combines form and motion; and from this, maagalah, the roadway for these wheels; galgal is the ordinary word for wheel, nearly identical with the Gilgal we have met before; gal is billow, wave; and so on.
How are we to take it here? The town very likely was circular, and it may have derived its name from this; but as in the wheel form implies motion, so may it be spiritually in this case. Indeed, the wheel itself is found in the visions of Ezekiel as that of the chariot of Deity, a prominent symbol in connection with the divine government. Five, the number attaching here to Eglon, is, let us now remember, the symbol of God’s governmental ways!
In the book of Ecclesiastes we find the wheel in motion, but that it is the wheel of God’s triumphal chariot is not seen. On the contrary, “vanity of vanities” is inscribed upon it; and that God has ordained the wheel is the cause of infinite perplexity. “One generation passeth away, and another cometh; but the earth abideth forever. The sun also ariseth, and the sun goeth down, and hasteth to his place whence he arose. The wind goeth toward the south, and turneth about unto the north: it whirleth about continually: and the wind returneth again according to his circuits. All the rivers run into the sea; yet the sea is not full: unto the place from whence the rivers come, thither they return again. . . . The thing that hath been is that which shall be; and that which is done is that which shall be done; and there is nothing new under the sun.”
Thus “to every thing there is a season,” and a season only; but the generations pass, and do not return: if they do, experience, at least, knows nothing about it; and thus the bat’s wing of death throws its sombre and sinister shadow over every thing: beyond, “who knoweth?” Here God, who is light, can alone give light; and revelation is our, one source of certainty. Then, indeed, still the wheel turns; but the wheel of destiny becomes the chariot-wheel of God, as in Ezekiel.
Now there is purpose in it, -a double purpose: Man is abased, God glorified. Man needs abasement, and divine goodness has ordained it; otherwise that would be fulfilled which the psalmist declares, “Because they have no changes, therefore they fear not God.” (Psa 55:19. ) But for man, too, there is a resurrection, not within the cycle of change, but beyond it; and “he that humbleth himself” to accept God’s lesson, turning to Him thus, “shall be exalted.”
Eglon speaks, I doubt not, of this wheel of destiny, which by its mystery exercises so man’s heart, and which, while it has its good, and is meant for good, can yet bring out the rebellion that is in it, and urge man also to all kinds of secret arts to discover the mystery. From the heathen oracle of old to the Spiritism and theosophy of modern times Satan has used this craving of man to enthrall him in the bonds of superstition and slavish dread, or to lure him by the fascination of unearthly spectacles. Thus Debir is the true king of Eglon: for “Debir” on the one hand may mean “speaker,” while on the other it is the word used for “oracle” of the temple, out of which the voice of God was to be heard. Here indeed Debir has no evil sense. God lies responded to the need of man in view of the mystery of existence, as we know; but there are Canaanite “debirs,” and satanic mockeries of the divine answer. And thus we find the fifth confederate against Israel in the scene before us.
(b) It is not indeed directly against Israel that they gather, but against Gibeon which has made peace with Israel. Satan often, as it were, sidles up to the attack. Gibeon, false all round, may well provoke the onslaught of the “lord of righteousness;” but Joshua, remembering the oath of the Lord, comes up against the Canaanite host with haste, and smites them with a great slaughter, pursuing them the way of Beth-horon (the “place of wrath”), as far as Azekah (“fencing round”) and Makkedah (“bowing the head”). Thus God puts to defeat His enemies, and they are as cattle in the hands of the slaughterer. Beth-horon proves its title by the fall there of a great hail from heaven, slaying more than the swords of the Israelites.
(c) And here occurs the notable miracle which has awakened so much discussion and provoked so much the scorn of unbelief. The language of Scripture being so purely phenomenal every where, -dealing with things as they appear to us, rather than with the scientific explanation, -I see no reason for any actual stoppage of the sun and moon, which must in that case be rather of the earth’s own revolution, and so not literally according to the description after all. The economy of miracle which the Bible shows to one who attentively considers it, notwithstanding the large actual amount, would suggest that, for the purpose Joshua desires to have accomplished, the extreme supposition need hardly be the fact. For him and for all beholders the sun and moon did actually stop, and that is all that the words fairly taken imply; and the miracle is mighty enough, if it were accomplished by means of refraction or mirage or what not: it is not worth the labor to speculate upon how it might be done. Whatever the means that might be used, the day stands alone in the world’s history, -surely miracle enough. And there is no tampering with the record involved in this, no trifling with revelation, no giving way in the least to the infidelity of the day. It is to us the sun rises or sets, as to them it stood still in the heavens: why should language be pressed in the one case in a way which would be admitted to be straining it in the other?*
{*The author of “Joshua’s Long Day” believes, however, that he has demonstrated by the double aid of astronomy and chronology, the occurrence of the miracle in the full extent which many give it. But this involves a chronology from the creation of man exact to the very hour; a precision it can hardly be hoped even ever to attain. According to his view also the moon could not have been visible in the position indicated, and Joshua must have addressed what was to all observers but a blank spot in the heavens! This, although Joshua spake, it is said, “in the sight of Israel,” -evidently implying that the objects of his address were before their eyes.}
The spiritual lesson more concerns us here, and this seems to be the manifestation of divine power as acting for Israel. Sun and moon were both worshiped in many forms by the nations around them, Baal and Ashtoreth standing for them respectively among the Canaanite population. Hence Israel’s God was proclaimed here to be “God of gods.” The very deities of Canaan lengthened the day to accomplish their destruction! as indeed they had in every generation been the destruction of their worshipers. But Israel warred not in their own strength, and it was not their right hand saved them. If they or their enemies imagined this, the significance of their victories was wholly lost and turned to the glorification of man. Hebron could never in this way have been redeemed from the Anakim, but would have been Kirjath-arba still. Lachish would have kept its resplendent Japhia; and Eglon’s wheel have revolved but to grind out “vanity of vanities.” So important is it that Israel’s victories should be seen not as their own but God’s!
But then how wonderful to be leagued with supreme and omnipotent power! Should not sun and moon standing still impress this upon us? How can it be sufficiently emphasized for us that it is really Jehovah who fights for Israel? All this magnificent blazonry upon the face of the heavens to convey to us what appears perhaps so simple a truth! The need, then, of the lesson must be great indeed, and hard it must be to raise to its proper height the enthusiasm of the Lord’s host for the banner they fight under! a banner not to be dishonored by cowardice or half-heartedness or fleshly confidence. The quotation from the book of Jashar fittingly therefore is a song; and the appeal is to the joyful experience of the “upright” (Jashar). Songs like these are easily remembered: the heart retains what it has welcomed in this way.
(d) We have to see that the victory that the Lord has gained is followed up, and that the foe is not merely in retreat, but in rout. Many a victory has been lost by slackness of pursuit. The enemy must be pursued to his stronghold; and after all may escape.
(e) But the kings are in the caves of Makkedah. Now they are brought forth and judgment executed upon them. Our spiritual foes cannot indeed be slain as yet; and this is but the anticipation of faith: a picture such as we have seen in the case of Jericho. Faith can pass its judgment upon them, foreseeing the divine one that shall be: branding them thus with their infamy.
It is a great thing to know enough to call Satan Satan; and to meet him with the assurance of with whom we are contending; to draw him forth from the darkness of the cave in which he may have taken refuge, and, in the light of day, convict and put him under the doom that awaits him.
(f) And now the strongholds yield, one by one. Six cities are marked especially here, exactly in the midst of which we find the attack and destruction of the king of Gezer. The series in this way becomes a septenary one, and the first four a 3+1, after the usual manner: three cities taken and one army destroyed. By such slight yet sufficient indications is the structure of a part made known to us.
The cities taken are not to be looked at simply as strongholds of the enemy. They belong by the gift of God to Israel, and many of them figure afterward in Israel’s history: hence what they signify for us is of the more importance. Their meanings too will be essentially good, as we see in Hebron, which is called by this name continually, although to the Canaanites it was Kirjath-arba. Indeed, in general, the Canaanite possessors are of little account, except as hindrance to the true heirs, and their names even in most cases are not recorded. Nor are there here details given of the assault, nor any account save of the extirpation of the inhabitants. The names of the acquired cities seem to be alone significant.
The first is Makkedah, “bowing the head.” It is the place where we have seen the five kings were forced to bow those proud Amorite heads which only divine power could humble. As an Israelite habitation it has a better significance, and as its place in this series may denote, the thing itself is a choice blessing and leading to many others. How good when the stiff neck first gives way, and man the rebel is subdued to allegiance! when God becomes God indeed, and man too, as he abases himself, rises from the level of the beast to real manhood. The use of the word is in connection with homage -the owning of a superior, though not always God. And Canaan, which sets forth the highest -heavenly -blessing, is just the place where we should find this acknowledgment constant and complete. Nearness to God produces of necessity, and may be measured by, the filial fear of Him and submission to Him. In Ephesians it is that God’s will is emphasized in the strongest way.
The second city is Libnah, “whiteness:” which, read spiritually, and in connection with its numerical place, we may take as “separation from evil.” Its following subjection to God guards it from pharisaism, and defines it, according to the Word, a measure of evil much less observed among the people of God than is supposed; simple morality or popular conscience governing everywhere the mass. In their associations for benevolent, moral, and even religious purposes, how many permit themselves the greatest license that can be imagined, and on public platforms the friends and the enemies of Christ are found commonly together. Nay, as in Masonic lodges, for instance, they can even exclude Christ, that “good” fellowship may not be hindered. Libnah has, in fact, few citizens in the Israel of today.
The third city is Lachish, which we have seen under its Canaanitish king already, but which we have now to see as a possession of Israel. In this sense, and in its numerical place here, the spiritual application is easy. The number is that of resurrection; it is a city of the land beyond Jordan, the heavenly country: how else, then, can this “walk as men,” which is the meaning of “Lachish,” read but as “walk as in the risen Man, -not as of the world, but as heavenly, as Christ is”?
Thus the three cities here connect naturally in meaning, and at the same time fill their numerical place, while they develop in fullness and positiveness as they go on. But in the fourth place in this series, as usual under that number, we find what is not in the order of progression hitherto, but distinct and peculiar. Horam king of Gezer comes up to assist Lachish, and is smitten, -he and his people; but there is no taking of his city at this time. In fact, the Canaanites were not really expelled from it till Solomon’s reign, and by that the city seems to have lapsed into separation from Israel. For it is Pharaoh king of Egypt who takes it then, and gives it to his daughter, Solomon’s wife.
“Gezer” means a place “isolated,” or “cut off.” “Horam,” according to its apparent derivation, most literally would mean “tumid, swollen.” May not this speak of the pride of man’s nature, which, maintaining itself in independence, refuses the judgment of the first Adam, even though it be for exaltation in the Second? Certainly this is no fictitious antagonist of Joshua, or of Israel in our day at least, and Lachish, the “walk as men,” is still hotly contended for in behalf of the Canaanites, ignoring God’s true Man, in whom all believers have a common place.
In the allotment of the land, Gezer falls to Ephraim as a Levitical city of the family of Kohath, and in this differs again from the other cities named here, whether before or after, which are given to Judah. The enumeration of them now proceeds, Eglon filling the fifth place, as in the list of the confederate kings. We have seen already of what it speaks to us, and may easily perceive now how it connects with Horam and with Lachish. The wheel of destiny finds its place in the chariot of God’s providence when Eglon is subdued by Israel, and the humiliation of man’s changes gives us profitable exercise, but is no hopeless, no impenetrable mystery any longer.
Hebron comes next, and with its meaning we are quite familiar; but it fills another place from that we might expect, -the sixth instead of the second; for, as following Eglon, it shows us communion maintained amid all changes, which are but the fruitful discipline which is ordained “for our profit, that we might be partakers of His holiness.” What is this -to be partakers of His holiness -but to be in practical communion with Himself?
Debir, therefore, ends this series, -the name that before we found attached to the king of Eglon, but which here is that of an Israelitish city: a wonderfully blessed name to end with, speaking as it does of the dwelling with man of Him who, if He be nigh, cannot be mute; whose voice has answered faith’s questioning wherever faith has been, -yea, gone before to win men to Himself. How well the numerical place suits here! It is the voice that spake once openly to the winds and seas, and hushed them; and which gives rest still, whatever be the cause of trouble.
These are all the cities specified here, and of course for a special purpose. It is added to this now that Joshua took all the land (connected with these cities) -the southern part of Canaan. “And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, to the camp at Gilgal.”
(g) The northern part of the land remained yet unconquered. Excited and alarmed by the ruin that had come upon their kindred tribes, the kings of the north now gather together in a vast confederacy, of which the Spirit of God points out, however, only four, and names but two. Jabin king of Hazor is the leader now, Hazor being the head of all these kingdoms. “Hazor” means “enclosed;” “Jabin,” “discerning.” The city was strong in its defenses and in the wisdom of its king. The only other king whose name is given is Jobab, the “shouter,” whose city is Madon, “contention.” There seems no reason to doubt of these meanings. But what, then, do they represent? It would certainly seem that Jabin was the Sihon of this side Jordan, -the human wisdom which would intrude itself into the things of God, always hostile to faith and to God, and which always has its “enclosure” within which it permits neither the one nor the other. There is a charmed circle of science today which is thus agnostic, and from which it has made raids upon Scripture in the shape of “higher criticism.” This is only illustration; but the rational spirit is one from which in all time -never, perhaps, more than now -Christians have suffered, and by which they have been deprived of much of the good land God has called them to possess. That it allies itself often with the spirit of strife which exalts mere noise rather than reason, is not difficult to see, and may be the meaning of Jobab’s place here. Reason alone would soon have to submit to faith as to what is highest reason, if it were not for this. To these the king of Shimron -“keeping,” from a word which is the common one used for the keeping of law, adds the thought of a spirit of legality, which readily unites with the reasoning of unbelief; while the king of Achshaph -“sorcery,” supplementing the whole, speaks of the deep satanic spell which works with all this to give it a power that after all without it would be unintelligible still. “Who hath bewitched you,” the apostle asks of the Galatians, “that ye should not obey the truth?”
These are the leaders; with them is gathered a multitudinous host of other powers less precisely marked, and which we cannot attempt to particularize. They gather at the waters of Merom, “the high place;” and with such enemies are not the highest levels of truth just what they would lay hold upon and deprive us of first of all? For what is highest is for that reason what mere reason can least grasp, and legality least believe our portion, and Satan envy us most. But Joshua, with the energy of faith, and specially encouraged by the divine assurance, falls upon them there, and inflicts upon them an overwhelming defeat, Israel pursuing them as far as Zidon and Misrephoth-maim, and east into the Lebanon-valley (?). They hamstring their horses and burn their chariots in the fire; for if “some trust in chariots and some in horses,” they are to “remember the name of Jehovah their God.” (Psa 20:7.)
Joshua then turns back to smite Hazor. “God will in no wise allow the world’s seat of power to become that of His people; for His people depend exclusively on Him. The natural consequence of taking Hazor would have been to make it the seat of government, and a centre of influence in the government of God, so that this city should be that for God which it had been for the world; ‘for Hazor before-time was the head of all those kingdoms.’ But it was just the contrary. Hazor is totally destroyed. God will not leave a vestige of former power: He will make all things new. The centre and source of power must be His, -entirely and conclusively His: a very important lesson for His children, if they would preserve their spiritual integrity.” (
Synopsis, vol. i., p. 370, 371.)
The Word of God governs every thing for Joshua, and all that he does prospers. How needed a lesson, amid the constant temptations to self-will! It is precisely to obtain success that we are urged to adopt all sorts of unscriptural methods. Expediency is the constant plea for latitudinarianism, -a plea than which nothing could be more foolish: as if to depart from God’s way would insure His blessing. “As Jehovah commanded His servant Moses, so did Moses command Joshua; and so did Joshua: he let nothing fail of all that Jehovah had commanded Moses.” So according to the Word of God does our Joshua lead today. May we follow Him!
(2) The results are now summed up: the land within its limits for the time, from Mount Halak, the “smooth” or bald mountain bordering Seir upon the south, to Baal-gad, under Mount Hermon, in the north. Not a city except Gibeon that yielded itself to God: all were taken in battle. This was the effect of God’s retributive justice, making the hearts firm in resistance to Israel’s power that had shut themselves up against the God of Israel. Thus they met the judgment rightly decreed upon them.
The extirpation of the Anakim is specially recorded, and with reference once more to the seats of their power, Hebron and Debir, a connection so important that we are reminded of it again and again. Communion and the living voice of God, all the power of the enemy will be indeed employed to keep us from the realization of these. Both of these cities in Anakite hands, let us remember, had very different significance: they were Kirjath-arba and Kirjath-sepher, the city of man and of books respectively; we are soon to have their capture, by Caleb and Othniel, related to us. Yet the children of Anak are not wholly destroyed: there are some left in Gaza, in Gath, and in Ashdod, cities still held by the Philistines; and there we find them at a later time. All this has meaning, not obscure, if we consider who these Philistines are: their history is elsewhere. (Gen 20:1-18; Gen 26:1-35, notes.)
Now the land rests from war.
The enumeration follows of the kings dispossessed and slain on both sides of the river, by Moses and by Joshua.
Joshua
F. W. Grant.
JOSHUA IN COMMAND
This book might have for a secondary name, The Book of Conquest and Division, with reference to the events it records. The marginal chronology indicates that it covered a period of about twenty-five years, but we have seen that this chronology is not part of the inspired text, and is not to be taken as absolute authority. It is safer to say that we do not know how long a period may have been covered by these events. According to Martin Ansteys The Romance of Chronology, seven years elapsed from the entry into Canaan to the division of the land.
The book is a record of a military campaign, and criticisms of it from that point of view have placed Joshua in the first rank of military leaders.
THE CALL OF JOSHUA (Jos 1:1-9)
Here note that the Lord spake unto Joshua (Jos 1:1), just how we do not know, but as He may have spoken unto Moses out of the cloud of glory, or by Urim and Thummin (Num 27:21).
Note also the renewal of the promise of the land which had been given to Moses and to Abraham (Jos 1:2-4), and with this a reassurance of the divine support to Joshua as it had been with his predecessor.
Observe the reference to the Hittites. They were the dominant nation of Canaan and rivals of Egypt, and to merely human eyes it seemed preposterous that Israel could dispossess them, but, Is anything too hard for the Lord? Notwithstanding the greatness of the Hittites secular history has known nothing about them until recently, and archaeological discoveries revealing their record have been one of the triumphs of the past century and one of the strongest evidences to the historicity of the Old Testament.
Only one condition is required of Joshua for the fulfillment of these promises strength and courage. But this strength and courage is not physical, but the moral quality found in obedience to God. And even this is narrowed to one thing the observance of the written law, knowledge of and meditation upon which will produce this virtue within him (Jos 1:6-9). Thus God provides our requirements and rewards us for exercising them!
THE PREPARATION OF THE PEOPLE (Jos 1:10-18)
The victuals in Jos 1:11 could scarcely have been the manna, which would have spoiled in the keeping, but the corn, cattle, etc., which may have been gotten in the enemies country through which they had passed.
The reference to the two and a half tribes (Jos 1:12-16) recalls their wish to Moses and his consent that they might locate east of the Jordan for the sake of their flocks; provided, that leaving their families for the time being, the men of war should cross the river and aid in the conquest of the land (Num 32:1-42).
The point that strikes one here is the relation of faith and works in the execution of Gods plans by His people. Why should these tribes be required to cross the Jordan since in one sense they were not necessary? Could not God have conquered Canaan without them? But God does not work miracles unnecessarily, and what man himself can do, consistently with the divine glory, he is obligated to do, a principle which has a wide sphere of application.
THE RECONNOITERING OF JERICHO (Joshua 2)
We cannot pass by Rahabs falsehood (Jos 2:1-7), which we must not suppose God endorsed, notwithstanding the commendations she received in Heb 11:31 and Jam 2:25. It is her faith that is spoken of in those instances, but God was no more pleased with her lie than her unchastity. Lying is a common vice among the heathen, and Rahab probably had no consciousness of its moral guilt.
Rahabs faith was very simple (Jos 2:8-14). Like the heathen round about, she believed that each nation had its own god, and that some gods were stronger than others. The god of the Hebrews seemed the strongest of all, for she had heard what He had done for them (Jos 2:10). Her city could not stand before such a God and hence she surrendered at once. The other inhabitants of Jericho from the king down had the same evidence as she, but did not act on it. In other words she had faith and they had not. There was fear mingled with her faith, and ignorance, and superstition, and selfishness, but God overlooked these things.
In the same way we are not expected to have a perfectly intelligent faith in our Lord Jesus Christ before we can be saved, nor must we know the whole Bible, or be able to explain its great mysteries. Do we apprehend our danger, and are we disposed to fly to the refuge He offers, that is all.
Every Christian is impressed with the symbolism of the red cord in the window (Jos 2:15-22). It forces itself upon us in the light of all the Bible teaches about the blood of Jesus Christ and the token of our salvation from the more awful destruction than that awaiting Jericho. It was Rahabs sign of the covenant the men had made with her. It was her mark of identification as one to be saved in the day of calamity. And it was that which her deliverers required as the condition of the fulfillment of their pledge. The story affords many points of resemblance to that of our redemption through Christ, and will repay a study as a basis for a Bible reading or address.
QUESTIONS
1. Give a secondary name to this book.
2. How has Joshua been estimated?
3. What can you say about the Hittites?
4. What gives moral courage to men?
5. Give an illustration of how God uses second causes.
6. Does God commend men for bad deeds?
7. Describe the nature of Rahabs faith?
A Leader for Israel’s First Steps
When God selected a leader to succeed Moses, it was only fitting that it should be such a great man of faith. Despite his strong desire to take Israel over Jordan, Moses was told Joshua would lead the people ( Deu 3:23-28 ). God had used a number of different circumstances to prepare Joshua to be a leader. It was he who led the people in battle against Amalek ( Exo 17:8-16 ). When Moses went unto God on the mount, Joshua was with him ( Exo 24:12-13 ). He was there when Moses came down from the mount with the tables of stone and found the people worshiping the golden calf ( Exo 32:15-20 ). Joshua also got to see the unselfish nature of Moses when he would not forbid Eldad and Medad to speak for God in the camp ( Num 11:24-30 ).
In Num 27:15-20 , Moses asked God to select a man to be the leader of Israel when he was dead. God had him lay his hands on Joshua to symbolize the transfer of authority, much like laying hands on a sacrifice symbolized placing the sins of the people upon it (see Exo 29:10-14 ; Num 8:5-13 ). This was done in front of all the people so they would recognize that the honor of Moses was now on Joshua. So, when Moses died, the people followed Joshua because he was full of the Holy Spirit and wisdom ( Deu 34:9 ).
Joshua’s first instruction from God was to lead the people over the Jordan ( Jos 1:1-9 ). One author says there are 27 fierce rapids between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea. The Jordan River falls some 700 feet in the space of 60 miles. McGarvey says it plunges with terrific force when it is at flood stage, which it was when Joshua took command. He also said it swells to a width of from one-half to one mile. Joshua was to lead from 2 to 3 million people and their herds across such a swollen torrent.
He did receive God’s promise that they would be given all the land they walked on within the boundaries promised to Moses. Notice, the reception of this gift of land from God was dependant upon them meeting God’s conditions. The land that was theirs for the taking was from the Arabian desert on the south to the mountains of Lebanon on the north and from the Euphrates River on the east to the Mediterranean Sea on the west.
Just as God had supported Moses in all of the works he did in his behalf, he promised to sustain Joshua. Joshua knew that no man, even powerful Pharaoh, had been able to successfully oppose Moses. God promised none would be able to oppose Joshua either (compare Heb 13:5-6 ). Of course, God’s strength would be his only as long as he obeyed his commandments. Prosperity and success actually come from keeping the law which was designed for man’s good.
Jos 1:1. After the death of Moses Either immediately after it, or when the days of mourning for Moses were expired. Joshua was appointed and declared Mosess successor in the government before this time; and here he receives confirmation from God therein. The servant of the Lord This title is given to Moses here, and Jos 1:2, as also Deu 34:5, and is repeated, not without cause, to reflect honour upon him, to give authority to his laws and writings, in publishing whereof he acted as Gods servant, in his name: and that the Israelites might not think of Moses above what was meet, remembering that he was not the Lord himself, but only the Lords servant; and therefore not to be too pertinaciously followed in all his institutions, when the Lord himself should come and abolish part of the Mosaical dispensation; it being but reasonable that he, who was only a servant in Gods house, should give place to him who was the son, and heir, and lord of it. The Lord spake Either in a dream or vision, or by Urim, Num 27:21. Mosess minister Who had waited upon Moses in his great employments, and thereby been privy to his manner of government, and so was prepared for it.
Jos 1:1. The Lord spake to Joshua. Messiah, the Angel of the covenant, called him anew, and encouraged him to enter on the conquest of the promised land. All gentile mythology is built on this foundation, that God at sundry times and in divers manners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets. Heb 1:1.
Jos 1:2. Arise, and go over Jordan. Christian, be alive like Joshua, whenever the Lord shall address this word to you.
Jos 1:4. Lebanon. Liban, white. This mountain being nine thousand feet high was covered with snow nine months in the year. The southern point of the promised land was the small river Sichor, about fifty miles south-west of Gaza; the eastern boundary was the range of mount Gilead. Num 34:2. Deu 1:7. Jos 3:15. The northern was the entering of Hamath in the pass of Lebanon.
Jos 1:6. Be strong. Christian princes, on their ascension to the throne, should always be addressed in this manner by some venerable minister, with regard to their duties to God and their country. Sovereigns in their high duties need divine counsel, and the best of ministers.
Jos 1:11. Prepare you victuals, of the spoils already gathered from the conquered countries. The manna required preparation when kept. Besides, the land of Bashan abounded with cattle and corn.
REFLECTIONS.
We have just seen Israel mourning for Moses, which was highly proper from natural affection, and the consideration of all the great things which God had done for the people by his ministry. The grand pillar of Israel was taken away, but the church still stood, for God was her rock and her support. Joshua succeeded in all the duties of Moses, and in the accomplishment of all the divine pleasure.
The Lord was graciously pleased to qualify him for government and command. He instructed him in his duty, and inspired him with courage by exhortations adequate to the conquest, and with wisdom requisite for the government of the people. No prince, no minister can acquit himself in the duties of his high station, without the guidance and care of providence. Man elevated to power, and embarrassed with a multitude of objects, is not always able distinctly to trace his duty. He is limited in his foresight, and all beyond is vague conjecture. He infers the future from the past, but providence, fertile in resources, takes unexpected turns, leaving speculation far behind. Hence the rulers of nations, though they watch appearances, and act according to the most recent changes of affairs, need nevertheless in all things, direction from Him to whom futurity is without a veil. A single false step may involve themselves and their country in misery or ruin. Hence the divine counsel and blessing should more especially be sought for commandants and kings, when they enter on the important duties of their station.
The diligence of Joshua in public affairs, the wisdom and accuracy of his arrangements, the precision of his orders, and the boldness with which he executed all his designs, soon convinced the Israelites that the Lord had graciously filled the place of Moses with a qualified prince. How great a blessing is the gift of such a magistrate to a nation! He applies himself to the public weal, he rules his affairs with discretion, and is the best gift of God to his country.
The people congratulated Joshua on his accession to the offices of supreme judge, and captain-general of all Israel. They revered him as Gods vicegerent; they avowed allegiance to him as formerly unto Moses, denouncing death, at the same time, against the man or the faction who should dare to oppose his power. The hands of a sovereign and his ministers, engaged in the great act of defending their country, should not be fettered with faction, but supported by the prayers and congratulations of the whole state. This is pleasing to God, who has appointed civil government for the paternal protection and defence of all the people.
Jesus Christ, who like Joshua, has undertaken to heal the breaches of a broken law, to vanquish our foes, and give the promised inheritance to a victorious people, should in like manner receive the homage and congratulations of all the earth. Kiss the Son, lest he be angry, and ye perish quickly when his wrath is but a little kindled. He is wicked who delays allegiance; and he shall surely die who opposes the Lords anointed.
I. Joshuas Commission; Preparation for the Passage of the Jordan.This chapter does not call for much comment. It is, for the most part, an introduction to the whole book from a Deuteronomic writer. There may have been a Deuteronomic account of the conquest of the land which the compiler of our book used, but more probably the old narrative of JE was taken over by the Deuteronomist, who managed to superimpose his own views by means of an introduction and various additions. These additions are very considerable; hardly any chapters have escaped.
Jos 1:4. The boundaries of the land are strangely indicated, and the passage should no doubt read, From the wilderness in the south to Lebanon; and from the river Euphrates to the western sea (i.e. the Mediterranean) shall be your borderor rather, territory. In reality, the kingdom never extended as far as this from E. to W., though the N. and S. boundaries would hold good for Davids time.
Jos 1:12-15. See Numbers 32.
THE LORD’S CHARGE TO JOSHUA
(vv. 1-9)
Since Moses had passed off the scene, the Lord now speaks directly to Joshua.Joshua had been prepared for leadership by his close association with Moses for many years. Never is there any indication that he aspired to this place of honor, but in God’s time he was able to fit into this place because he was God’s choice for it.
The Lord gave him clear, simple instructions to cross the Jordan, and all Israel with him, into the land provided them by God (v. 2). There was to be calm decision in steadily going forward, for the Lord promised that “everyplace that the sole of your foot will tread upon I have given you” (v. 3). They were expected to take possession of it, just as believers today are expected to take possession of the vital truths connected with their present inheritance in “heavenly places.”
The borders described in verse 4 are more extended than Israel has ever yet possessed, for it included the wilderness (in the south), Lebanon (in the north) and eastward as far as the Euphrates River. Or, if looking westward, all the land of the Hittites (toward the east), and to the Great Sea (the Mediterranean) was included. In Gen 15:18-21 God’s promise to Abram gave the borders from a viewpoint further south –” from the river of Egypt (the Nile) to the great river, the River Euphrates.” Israel will eventually, in the millennium, possess all this property, but only when they have received their Messiah, the Lord Jesus. Then He will clear the way for them to claim their full inheritance.
How wonderful the encouragement given to Joshua then, that no one would be able to stand against him all the days of his life, for God would be with him as He was with Moses.This encouragement is intended too for all now who are “in Christ Jesus.” As we depend on Him, no enemy can prevail against us, for we read concerning the Church built by Christ, “the gates of Hades shall not prevail against it” (Mat 16:18). Let the words of the Lord burn deeply into every believer’s heart, “I will not leave you nor forsake you” (v. 5). Such a promise is a wonderful basis for faith to “be strong and of good courage” (v. 6). Yet it is not a selfish courage, for Joshua was to divide the land as an inheritance for all the children of Israel.He was to be a leader whose concern was first for the glory of God, and which therefore also involved concern for the children of Israel.
Verse 6 emphasizes Joshua’s strength and courage in relationship to the people; now in verse 7 he is urged to be strong and very courageous in observing to act upon the law Moses had given.This involved his relationship to God, which was of vital importance if his relationship to the people was to be maintained in faithful integrity. He was to be consistently well balanced, not to waver in one direction or the other, in which way he would prosper. We today are not under law, but God’s governing hand is still over us, and we are called to so value the grace of God that we should be willingly obedient to the truth revealed in the New Testament.
The Book of the Law was to be the meditation of Joshua day and night, in order that he might do all that was written therein (v. 8). We today need, not only the Old Testament, but the whole truth of the New Testament if we are to have spiritual prosperity and success.
It is the living God who commanded Joshua. Therefore again he is told to be strong and of good courage (v. 9). He had no reason to give way to fear or discouragement, for the Lord God was with him wherever he went. Even when we have learned the Word of God there may be still a danger of giving way to fear, so that we need constant encouragement from the Lord.
INSTRUCTIONS IN VIEW OF CROSSING JORDAN
(vv. 10-18)
There was to be no rushing to cross the Jordan and yet no delay either, but calm deliberation and action. Joshua commanded the officers of the people to tell the people to prepare provisions for themselves, for in three days they would pass over Jordan (vv. 10-11).
Then Joshua addressed the Reubenites, the Gadites and the half tribe of Manasseh, who had obtained possessions for themselves on the east of Jordan. They were not on this account to be exempt from warfare. Moses had made it clear to them that, though they were allowed to settle east of Jordan, and their wives, children and livestock could remain there, yet all able bodied men were to accompany the rest of Israel into Canaan to help them in conquest of the enemy (vv. 12-14). Not till all Israel were settled in peace in the land were these warriors to return to their possessions east of Jordan (v. 15). This was to be an effective testimony to the unity of Israel. We too should have such concern for the blessing of all the children of God.
Theresponse of these men is commendable, being fully agreeable to do just as Joshua commanded. They desired to be as subject to Joshua as they had been to Moses, and expressed the desire that the Lord God would be with Joshua as He was with Moses (vv. 16-17). There was general unity in this, yet they added that if any individual among them rebelled against Joshua’s command, he would be put to death. Then they repeated to Joshua what God had told him, “Only be strong and of good courage.” How deeply does every believer need this positive message!
1:1 Now after the {a} death of Moses the servant of the LORD it came to pass, that the LORD spake unto Joshua the son of Nun, Moses’ minister, saying,
(a) The beginning of this book depends on the last chapter of Deuteronomy which was written by Joshua as a preparation to his history.
1. God’s charge to Joshua 1:1-9
In one sense Jos 1:1-9 are a preamble to the whole book. They contain the basic principles that were to guide Joshua and Israel so they could obtain all that God had promised their forefathers.
The first word of the book is a conjunction translated "now" or "and." It shows that this book picks up where Deuteronomy ended.
"’Servant of the LORD’ is a title of honor shared by Abraham, David, and the Servant of the Lord in Isaiah. (It is used most frequently of Moses: Exo 14:31; Num 12:7-8; Deu 34:5; and thirteen times in Joshua; ’my servant’ occurs twice.) The term ’servant’ was used to designate even the highest officials of a king. . . . Only at the end of his life was he [Joshua] honored with the title ’servant of the LORD’ (Jos 24:29)." [Note: Madvig, p. 255.]
Joshua was from the tribe of Ephraim (Num 13:8; 1Ch 7:27).
CHAPTER III.
A SUCCESSOR TO MOSES.
Jos 1:2.
THERE are some men to whom it is almost impossible to find successors. Men of imperial mould; nature’s primates, head and shoulders above other men, born to take the lead. Not only possessed of great gifts originally, but placed by Providence in situations that have wonderfully expanded their capacity and made their five talents ten. Called to be leaders of great movements, champions of commanding interests, often gifted with an imposing presence, and with a magnetic power that subdues opposition and kindles enthusiasm as if by magic. What a bereavement when such men are suddenly removed! How poor in comparison those who come next after them, and from among whom successors have to be chosen! When the Hebrews mourned the death of Samson, the difference in physical strength between him and his brethren could not have appeared greater than the intellectual and moral gulf appears between a great king of men, suddenly removed, and the bereaved children that bend helpless over his grave. A feeling of this sort must have spread itself through the host of Israel when it was known that Moses was dead. Speculation as to his successor there could be none, for not only had God designated Joshua, but before he died Moses had laid his hands upon him, and the people had acknowledged him as their coming leader. And Joshua had already achieved a record of no common order, and had been favoured with high tokens of the Divine approval. Yet what a descent it must have seemed from Moses to Joshua! From the man who had so often been face to face with God, who had commanded the sea to make a way for the redeemed of the Lord to pass over, who had been their legislator and their judge ever since they were children, to whom they had gone in every difficulty, and who for wisdom and disinterestedness had gained the profound confidence of every one of them; – what a descent, we say, to this son of Nun, known hitherto as but the servant of Moses – an intrepid soldier, no doubt, and a man of unfaltering faith, but whose name seemed as if it could not couple with that of their imperial leader!
Well though Joshua did his work in after life, and bright though the lustre of his name ultimately became, he never attained to the rank of Moses. While the name of Moses is constantly reappearing in the prophets, in the psalms, in the gospels, in the epistles, and in the apocalypse, that of Joshua is not found out of the historical books except in the speech of Stephen and that well-known passage in the Hebrews (Heb 4:8), where the received version perplexes us by translating it Jesus. But it was no disparagement of him that he was so far surpassed by the man to whom, under God, the very existence of the nation was due. And in some respects, Joshua is a more useful example to us than Moses. Moses seems to stand half-way in heaven, almost beyond reach of imitation. Joshua is more on our own level. If not a man of surpassing genius, he commends himself as having made the best possible use of his talents, and done his part carefully and well.
The remark has been made that eras of great creative vigour are often succeeded by periods dull and common place. The history of letters and of the fine arts shows that bursts of artistic splendour like the Renaissance, or of literary originality like the Augustan age in Roman or the Elizabethan in English literature, are not followed by periods of equal lustre. And the same phenomenon has often been found in the Christian Church. In more senses than one the Apostles had no successors. Who in all the sub-apostolic age was worthy even to untie the latchet of Peter, or John, or Paul? The inferiority is so manifest that had there been nothing else to guide the Church in framing the canon of the New Testament, the difference between the writings of the Apostles and their companions on the one hand, and of men like Barnabas, Clement of Rome, Polycarp, Ignatius, and Hermes on the other, would have sufficed to settle the question. So also at the era of the Reformation. Hardly a country but had its star or its galaxy of the first magnitude. Luther and Melancthon, Calvin and Coligny, Farel and Viret, John a Lasco and John Knox, Latimer and Cranmer, – what incomparable men they were! But in the age that followed what names can we find to couple with theirs?
Of other sections of the Church the same remark has been made, and sometimes it has been turned to an unfair use. If in the second generation, after a great outburst of power and grace, there are few or no men of equal calibre, it does not follow that the glory has departed, and that the Church is to droop her head, and wonder to what unworthy course on her part the degeneracy is to be ascribed. We are not to expect in such a case that the laws of nature will be set aside to gratify our pride. We are to recognise a state of things which God has ordained for wise purposes, although it may not be flattering to us. We are to place ourselves in the attitude in which Joshua was called to place himself when the curt announcement of the text as to Moses was followed by an equally curt order to him – “Moses My servant is dead; now, therefore arise.”
The question for Joshua is not whether he is a fit person to succeed Moses. His mental exercise is not to compare himself with Moses, and note the innumerable points of inferiority on every side. His attitude is not to bow down his head like a bulrush, mourning over the departed glory of Israel, grieving for the mighty dead, on whose like neither he nor his people will ever look again. If there ever was a time when it might seem excusable for a bereaved nation and a bereaved servant to abandon themselves to a sense of helplessness, it was on the death of Moses. But even at that supreme moment the command to Joshua is, “Now therefore arise.” Gird yourself for the new duties and responsibilities that have come upon you. Do not worry yourself with asking whether you are capable of doing these duties, or with vainly looking within yourself for the gifts and qualities which marked your predecessor. It is enough for you that God in His providence calls you to take the place of the departed. If He has called you, He will equip you. It is not His way to send men a warfare on their own charges. The work to which He calls you is not yours but His. Remember He is far more interested in its success than you can be. Think not of yourself, but of Him, and go forth under the motto, ”We will rejoice in Thy salvation, and in the name of our God we will set up our banners.”
In many different situations of life we may hear the same exhortation that was now addressed to Joshua. A wise, considerate, and honoured father is removed, and the eldest son, a mere stripling, is called to take his place, perhaps in the mercantile office or place of business, certainly in the domestic circle. He is called to be the comforter and adviser of his widowed mother, and the example and helper of his brothers and sisters. Well for him when he hears a voice from heaven, “Your father is dead; now therefore arise!” Rouse yourself for the duties that now devolve upon you; onerous they may be and beyond your strength, but not on that account to be evaded or repudiated; rather to be looked on as spurs provided and designed by God, that you may apply yourself with heart and soul to your duties, in the belief that faithful and patient application shall not be without its reward!
Or it may be that the summons comes to some young minister as successor to a father in Israel, whose ripe gifts and fragrant character have won the confidence and the admiration of all. Or to some teacher in a Sunday-school, where the man of weight, of wise counsel, and holy influence has been suddenly snatched away. But be the occasion what it may, the removal of any man of ripe character and gifts always comes to the survivor with the Divine summons, ”Now therefore arise!” That is the one way in which you must try to improve this dispensation; the world is poorer for the loss of his gifts – learn you to make the most of yours!
It was no mean impression of Moses that God meant to convey by the designation, ”Moses My servant.” It was not a high-sounding title, certainly. A great contrast to the long list of honourable titles sometimes engraved on men’s coffins or on their tombs, or proclaimed by royal herald or king-at-arms over departed kings or nobles. One of the greatest of men has no handle to his name – he is simply Moses. He has no titles of rank or office – he is simply “My servant.” But true greatness is ”when unadorned adorned the most.” Moses is a real man, a man of real greatness; there is no occasion therefore to deck him out in tinsel and gilt; he is gold to the core.
But think what is really implied in this designation, “My servant.” Even if Moses had not been God’s servant in a sense and in a degree in which few other men ever were, it would have been a glorious thing to obtain that simple appellation. True indeed, the term “servant of God” is such a hackneyed one, and often so little represents what it really means, that we need to pause and think of its full import. There may be much honour in being a servant. Even in our families and factories a model servant is a rare and precious treasure. For a real servant is one that has the interest of his master as thoroughly at heart as his own, and never scruples, at any sacrifice of personal interest or feeling, to do all that he can for his master’s welfare. A true servant is one of whom his master may say, ”There is absolutely no need for me to remind him what my interest requires; he is always thinking of my interest, always on the alert to attend to it, and there is not a single thing I possess that is not safe in his hands.”
Does God possess many such servants? Who among us can suppose God saying this of him? Yet this was the character of Moses, and in God’s eyes it invested him with singular honour. It was his distinction that he was “faithful in all his house.” His own will was thoroughly subdued to the will of God. The people of whom God gave him charge were dear to him as a right hand or a right eye. All personal interests and ambitions were put far from him. To aggrandise himself or to aggrandise his house never entered into his thoughts. Never was self more thoroughly crucified in any man’s breast. Beautiful and delightful in God’s eyes must have seemed this quality in Moses, – his absolute disinterestedness, his sensibility to every hint of his Master’s will, his consecration of all he was and had to God, and to his people for God’s sake!
It was thus no unsuggestive word that God used of Moses, when he told Joshua that “His servant” was dead. It was a significant indication of what God had valued in Moses and now expected of Joshua. The one thing for Joshua to remember about Moses is, that he was the servant of God. Let him take pains to be the same; let him have his ear as open as that of Moses to every intimation of God’s will, his will as prompt to respond, and his hand as quick to obey.
Was not this view of the glory of Moses as God’s servant a foreshadow of what was afterwards taught more fully and on a wider scale by our Lord? ”The Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give His life a ransom for many.” Jesus sought to reverse the natural notions of men as to what constitutes greatness, when He taught that, instead of being measured by the number of servants who wait on us, it is measured rather by the number of persons to whom we become servants. And if it was a mark of Christ’s own humiliation that ”He took on Him the form of a servant,” did not this redound to His highest glory? Was it not for this that God highly exalted Him and gave Him a name that is above every name? Happy they who are content to be God’s servants in whatsoever sphere of life He may place them; seeking not their own, but always intent upon their Master’s business!
And now Joshua must succeed Moses and be God’s servant as he was. He must aim at this as the one distinction of his life; he must seek in every action to know what God would have him to do. Happy man if he can carry out this ideal of life! No conflicting interests or passions will distract his soul. His eye being single, his whole body will be full of light. The power that nerves his arm will not be more remarkable than the peace that dwells in his soul. He will show to all future generations the power of a “lost will,” – not the suppression of all desire, according to the Buddhist’s idea of bliss, but all lawful natural desires in happy and harmonious action, because subject to the wise, holy, and loving guidance of the will of God.
Thus we see among the other paradoxes of His government, how God uses death to promote life. The death of the eminent, the aged, the men of brilliant gifts makes way for others, and stimulates their activity and growth. When the champion of the forest falls the younger trees around it are brought more into contact with the sunshine and fresh air, and push up into taller and more fully developed forms. If none of the younger growth attains the size of the champion, a great many may be advanced to a higher average of size and beauty. If in the second generation of any great religious movement few or none can match the “mighties” of the previous age, there may be a general elevation, a rise of level, an increase of efficiency among the rank and file.
In many ways death enters into God’s plans. Not only does it make way for the younger men; but it has a solemnizing and quickening effect on all who are not hardened and dulled by the wear and tear of life.
“Can death itself when seen in the light of this truth [the adjustment of every being in animated nature to every other] be denied to be an evidence of benevolence? I think not. The law of animal generation makes necessary the law of animal death, if the largest amount of animal happiness is to be secured. If there had been less death there must also have been less life, and what life there was must have been poorer and meaner. Death is a condition of the prolificness of nature, the multiplicity of species, the succession of generations, the co-existence of the young and the old; and these things, it cannot reasonably be doubted, add immensely to the sura of animal happiness.” – Flint’s “Theism,” p. 251.
What a memorable event in the spiritual history of families is the first sudden affliction, the first breach in the circle of loving hearts! First, the new experience of intense tender longing, baffled by the inexorable conditions of death; then the vivid vision of eternity, the reality of the unseen flashing on them with living and awful power, and giving an immeasurable importance to the question of salvation; then the drawing closer to one another, the forswearing of all animosities and jealousies, the cordial desire for unbroken peace and constant co-operation; and if it be the father or the mother that has been taken, the ambition to be useful, – to be a help not a burden to the surviving parent, and to do what little they can of what used to be their father’s or their mother’s work. Death becomes actually a quickener of the vital energies; instead of a withering influence, it drops like the gentle dew, and becomes the minister of life.
And death is not alone among the destructive agencies that are so often directed to life-giving ends. What a remarkable place is that which is occupied by pain among God’s instruments of good! How many are there who, looking back on their lives, have to confess, with a mixture of sadness and of joy, that it is their times of greatest suffering that have been the most decisive in their lives, – marked by their best resolutions, – followed by their greatest advance! And it sometimes would seem as if the acuter the suffering the greater the blessing. How near God seems at times to come to the height of cruelty when really He is overflowing with love! He seems to select the very tenderest spots on which to inflict His blows, the very tenderest and purest affections of the heart. It is a wonderful triumph of faith and submission when the sufferer stands firm and tranquil amidst it all. And still more when he can find consolation in the analogy which was supplied by God’s own act, – “He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?”
And this brings us to our last application. Our Lord Himself, by a beautiful analogy in nature, showed the connection, in the very highest sense, between death and life – ”Except a grain of wheat fall into the earth and die, it abideth alone; but if it die it beareth much fruit.” “Without shedding of blood there is no remission of sin.” When Jesus died at Calvary, the headquarters of death became the nursery of life. The place of a skull, like the prophet’s valley of dry bones, gave birth to an exceeding great army of living men. Among the wonders that will bring glory to God in the highest throughout eternity, the greatest will be this evolution of good from evil, of happiness from pain, of life from death. And even when the end comes, and death is swallowed up of victory, and death and hell are cast into the lake of fire, there will abide with the glorified a lively sense of the infinite blessing that came to them from God through the repulsive channel of death, finding its highest expression in that anthem of the redeemed – “Thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us TO God by Thy blood.”
Fuente: Everett’s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures
Fuente: The Popular Commentary on the Bible by Kretzmann
Fuente: The Complete Pulpit Commentary
Fuente: Commentary on the Holy Bible by Thomas Coke
1. The Summons to the War,
Fuente: A Commentary on the Holy Scriptures, Critical, Doctrinal, and Homiletical by Lange
Fuente: Hawker’s Poor Man’s Commentary (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Expositor’s Dictionary of Text by Robertson
Fuente: The People’s Bible by Joseph Parker
Fuente: B.H. Carroll’s An Interpretation of the English Bible
Fuente: John Trapp’s Complete Commentary (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Expositions Of Holy Scripture by Alexander MacLaren
Fuente: You Can Understand the Bible: Study Guide Commentary Series by Bob Utley
Fuente: Companion Bible Notes, Appendices and Graphics
Fuente: Through the Bible Commentary
Fuente: An Exposition on the Whole Bible
Fuente: F.B. Meyer’s Through the Bible Commentary
Fuente: Commentaries on the New Testament and Prophets
Fuente: The Sermon Bible
Fuente: Gaebelein’s Annotated Bible (Commentary)
Fuente: The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge
Fuente: Neighbour’s Wells of Living Water
Fuente: Grant’s Numerical Bible Notes and Commentary
Fuente: James Gray’s Concise Bible Commentary
Fuente: Gary Hampton Commentary on Selected Books
Fuente: Joseph Bensons Commentary on the Old and New Testaments
Fuente: Sutcliffe’s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments
Fuente: Peake’s Commentary on the Bible
Fuente: Grant’s Commentary on the Bible
Fuente: Geneva Bible Notes
Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Expositors Bible Commentary